Show Posts

This section allows you to view all posts made by this member. Note that you can only see posts made in areas you currently have access to.


Messages - Kristopher Ryans

Pages: 1 2 [3] 4 5
41
Supercard Archives / Kristopher Ryans Vs Tommy Crimson
« on: October 21, 2017, 09:59:54 PM »
 High Stakes Fan Event
Las Vegas Convention Center
Tuesday, 17 October 2017.
OFF-Camera


It had been a long day. Even worse, it had come at the end of a long flight. Flying from Australia, back to the states had always been a flight that he hated, and being released from the hospital just a couple hours before boarding had not made it any easier. He had slept off most of the flight, which was not hard to do on a mostly empty private plane, and was at least a little refreshed by the time he landed. However, that was hours ago. He spent the morning at his table, signing autographs and shaking hands. It was the kind of thing that he had been indifferent about until recently, but now enjoyed. It also meant having the same conversation dozens of times in a day. Everyone is your biggest fan. Everyone is curious about the change of heart. Everyone wants to see him win at High Stakes. He understood, because otherwise, why would they be in his line? Why would they want to take a picture to show off to their friends and family? So he endured. Not because he had to. He could have left. In fact, he had left dozens of these events early in the past. When he got up from his desk, the crew around him expected that he would be continuing the trend. He enjoyed the surprise on their face when he told everyone in line that he just needed some fresh air and would be right back. Kris scooped up the SCW Roulette Championship off of his table, and put it over his shoulder. With a wave, he disappeared behind the curtain that functioned as his backdrop, and out onto the convention center floor. Almost immediately, several crew members surrounded him, and walked him through to a back exit door. They formed a barrier between Kris and anyone that would look to follow him, and the champion disappeared through it, out to the back lot of the facility. He closes his eyes as the sun hits his face, and takes a deep breath.

Fan: “...and here I was thinking that I was wasting my time because you don’t smoke anymore."

Kris spins on his heel, sliding the championship off of his shoulder, down his arm, and into his hand. His left hand balls into a fist, ready to take a shot at whoever owned the voice that caught him off guard. When he lays eyes on the man, he has his hands raised up in innocence. In his right hand is a cigarette, burned most of the way down. Kris’ eyes dart around their immediate surroundings, seeing several identical filters on the ground at the fan’s feet. He had been out here for a while, but that is not what bothered the Roulette Champion.  If his words were any indication, he had been waiting for Kris, and that never turned out well.

Fan: “Tommy Crimson really has you all fucked up, doesn’t he? Look at you!”

The fan drops one of his hands, and points at Kris’ clenched fist with a smile on his face. Kris had not even realized that he had made a fist, or was prepared to fight. The reaction was completely instinctual, and once it was brought to his attention, he relaxed. He sizes the man up, seeing he had both a height and weight advantage. The fact that he was a fan made him less intimidating as well. There was something that left the champion unsettled though. This man knew who he was, knew what was going on, and was waiting to talk to him.

Fan: “Calm down. I saw Climax Control. I understand why you would be on edge after getting dropped like that…. And when you were doing so well too… It was almost sad to see."

This was not what he came out here for. Kris just needed a few minutes away from the questions, and the advice. He needs a time to breathe, and recenter himself. Kali had been sent home following the attack. Heather was not on tour with them. For the first time in a long time, he was entirely on his own. This was supposed to be a break from everything, not a lecture.

Kris: “Look man, no offense, but I’m just trying to get some air. You have something you need to say, or want a picture, there is a line back that way."

The champion points back at the door he came out of in the hopes that it would end the conversation. However, almost as soon as the words were gone, he knew that they were not going to have any impact. The fan shrugs, and flicks away his cigarette without finishing it.

Fan: “Don’t lump me in with the rest of them. I might be a fan of yours, but I am not one of them. Sin City is not the only company promoting things today. Yeah, High Stakes is a big deal, but you’re not the only company in town."

The fan steps forward, and extends his hand. Kris notices that it is his left. In addition to the information that he had already thrown at Kris, obviously he was also well aware of his handedness. The uneasy feeling that the champion had when he came through the door was starting to come back, but he steps forward, and accepts the man’s hand into his own.

Fan: “Kyle Kavanagh, and you can trust me when I say that I actually am your biggest fan."

He points back over his shoulder, and shakes his head.

Kyle: “Those people in there are not fans. They are sheep. If you pander to them a little, they will love you. If you turn on them, they will hate you. They don’t know what it means to be a real fan. They are the equivalent of the people who change sports teams based on who won the last championship."

Kris lets go of the man’s hand, and takes a step back. He was not sure where this was all leading, and now the fandom was bordering on stalking. The man was not physically intimidating by any means. He was wearing a plain white t-shirt, black cargo pants, and shoes that were not meant to run in. If it came to blows, Kris was confident he could take him. If by chance he was wrong, he knew he could outrun him.

Kris: “Thanks for following me… I guess. It is nice to know that people think I---”

Kyle cuts him off, and finishes Kris’ thought for him. The timing of the words, the lightly joking tone, and even the pause to chuckle were identical to the way that Kris repeated the line to fans over and over again at every event.

Kyle: “I’m interesting enough to pay attention to. This is all that I ever wanted to do with my life… at least once drugs were off of the table."

Kris’ brow furrows as he raises his eyebrows and a slight smirk comes across his face. He raises his hands, but Kyle is quicker to the motion. The two both sarcastically clap their hands lightly three times. Kris cannot stop the words from coming out of his mouth at the same time as Kyle’s.

Kris: “I’m impressed."
Kyle: “I’m impressed."

The smirk disappears, and Kris’ voice raises. He was done playing this game with a man that he did not even know. If he was honest, it was bordering on creepy. Something about this whole meeting had him just as on edge as when he was in the room with Crimson. Kyle holds up his hands though, and tries to ease his fears.

Kyle: “I told you that I am a fan. It means I have been paying attention Kris. I have watched your whole career in SCW. I even caught your stuff in Pride, and Force 1. You can’t expect to talk to me like you do the people in there. Crimson might tell you that he can see behind the curtain, but rest assured that I know which parts of what you do are an act, and which parts aren’t."

Kris shakes his head and brings the Roulette Championship back up onto his shoulder. He takes a step forward, looking to go around Kyle and back into the building. Before he can though, Kyle steps into his path, and cuts him off from the door.

Kris: “You can let me go around you, or I can go through you, but I don’t have to stand here and have this conversation with you. I don’t know you. I don’t owe you anything. I definitely don’t need you to tell me things that I already know."

Kyle is not caught off guard, or even remotely surprised that Kris’ tone changes. He knew it was going to come to this. Nobody ever wanted to participate in a conversation full of hard truths. It was actually what made most people hate Kyle. What Kyle knew that Kris did not, was that Kris needed to hear what he had to say.

Kyle: “You can’t go into the match as a Nobody. You can’t be Kris Halc, or Halich anymore. If you do, you’ll lose. Crimson will beat you and you will have nobody to blame but yourself."

Finally, Kris snaps. There were no cameras around, and this was not a social media platform. Whoever this guy was, he knew which buttons to push and which order to push them in, because Kris explodes. His voice raises loud enough to cut through the door.

Kris: “I have to. I can’t hold back anymore! You saw what happened on Climax Control! I let him push me! I let him dig at me! I tried to blow it off! I wasn’t going to let him get at me, and look what happened! He took Kali, tied her up, and then used her to get the drop on me! The old me? The Nobody? If he wants that guy so bad, that guy can take him apart for all I care!”

The door pops open, and two of the security guards step through. As soon as Kris lays eyes on them, he closes his mouth. Kyle turns to look back over his shoulder, not intimidated by the fact that each of the two men were at least twice his size.

Kyle: “This is a private conversation gentlemen, can we get some space?”

His tone is cool and collected, which catches both men by surprise. Kyle even goes as far as to sell it with a smile that eases their fears. Both men look up at Kris, who shakes his head and raises a hand to wave them off. Without argument, the two go back inside, and close the door behind them. Kyle watches the door closed, and appears proud of himself when he turns back to Kris.

Kyle: “Those are some impressive trained dogs you have there. Did it take long to housebreak them?”

Kris laughs, welcoming any change of subject following his outburst. He nods towards the door.

Kris: “The bigger one still shits on the floor occasionally, but the ugly one takes care of it for me."

Kyle is already done with the distraction though. He reaches into the leg pocket of his pants, and pulls out a soft pack of cigarettes. He slaps the top of it, and one pops up through the top. He raises it to his lips, and pulls it from the pack without touching the filter with his fingers. One hand works the pack back into his pocket while the other finds his lighter.

Kyle: “Tell me why you saved Mikah…”

The words are slightly muffled, but clear enough to be understood through the cigarette. He raises the lighter as Kris struggles to figure out what he is talking about. Kyle takes a long drag from the cigarette and pulls it away from his lips. He exhales, and then helps Kris out.

Kyle: “On your birthday. Mikah’s little wardrobe malfunction. You saved the day, and possibly her career. Before the cameras caught anything you scooped her up and got her out of there. Her opponents would have used that against her for months, but you stopped it. You were the guy that wasn’t supposed to give a shit about anything, but you stepped in to protect her."

Kyle meets Kris’ eyes, and takes another drag from the cigarette. He does not exhale before speaking, and small bits of smoke come from his mouth alongside his words.

Kyle: “I mean you had been talking about getting her top off on social media for weeks at that point. You were given the chance, and you chose to save her the embarrassment."

He exhales the rest of the smoke, and shakes his head.

Kyle: “Your opponents could have used that against you. I would have. I mean it was one of the first looks that we got behind the mask. It was a little crack in the armor that was Kris Halc. There was more to it than that though. You showed us all something new. Why?”

Kris struggles with it, but something tells him that lying his way out of it was not going to work. Every time he tried to blow Kyle off, he had his reaction scouted. With nobody around to corroborate the story, Kris figured there was no harm in answering honestly.

Kris: “I didn’t want her to lose everything because of a party she organized for me. I didn’t want it to turn her into a punchline. If that meant that people made fun of me for being soft, I could handle that. I was undefeated for a long while at that point. I had control of the show. Anybody that spoke out against me, I could have taken care of one way or another. She didn’t need to live through that."

Kyle raises his free hand up, and brings the tip of his thumb together with the rest of his fingers. He repeats the motion a few times, a way of making fun of Kris for talking a lot but not saying anything.

Kyle: “It’s simpler than that and you know it."

Kris takes a sharp breath in, trying not to explode again. He forces all of the negativity into the back of his head, and says the first thing that comes to mind.

Kris: “It was the right thing to do for a friend."

Kyle shakes his head. He was closer, but he was not there yet.

Kyle: “So if it had been anyone else you would have just enjoyed the sight? You would have pointed and laughed if it were Mercedes, or Veronica, or Jessie?”

Kris opens his mouth, but again Kyle says the words before he can get it out. His pacing, and even the sound of his voice mimics Kris’ perfectly.

Kyle: “Well… no."

Kris locks onto Kyle’s eyes with his own and yells out louder than before.

Kris: “STOP DOING THAT!”

Kyle shrugs, and takes another drag from the cigarette. He holds it away from Kris, and flicks the end of it, sending ashes flying through the air.

Kyle: “Stop lying to me then."

Kris sighs heavily and moves towards the door.

Kris: “I don’t owe you anything dude…”

He reaches for the door, but as soon as he pulls the handle, Kyle spins and brings his leg up to kick the door closed. Kris moves his hand from the handle, and swings at the smaller man, but Kyle hops back, avoiding contact. He tosses the cigarette, and uses his free hand to bat Kris’ second shot away before it can make contact with him. Kris swings a third time, and Kyle ducks under his arm. On the way under though, Kyle reaches out and grabs the bottom strap of the Roulette Championship. He pulls it away from Kris while he is off balance, and holds it in his hand. Kris turns back towards him infuriated, but Kyle holds it out in front of his face.

Kyle: “Crimson is going to do the same thing if you don’t shut up and just listen to me…."

He extends his arm and offers Kris the championship.

Kyle: “...and he’s not going to give it back as easily."

He seems hesitant to take it, but Kyle makes no move to pull it away when he reaches out. Kris takes it, and positions it back on his shoulder.

Kyle: “You helped Mikah because you started to realize what people like me have always known. You got dealt a shit hand in life, and you bought into the idea that you were a piece of shit. It wasn’t enough that everyone else thought it about you, you believed it about yourself. It’s why you got into the drugs. It’s why you competed while hurt in Japan. It’s why your career, until this last year, has been a series of disappointments."

Kris rolls his eyes, but Kyle reaches out and slaps him across the right cheek. It is not hard enough to hurt, but it definitely gets Kris’ attention. His eyes ignite when he refocuses on Kyle, and the smaller of the two men can tell that the champion is having a hard time not lashing out again. The fact that he holds back only works to prove his point though. He knew that whatever Kyle had to say was important enough for him to take this chance talking to him.

Kyle: “You came back with the right attitude, and you started winning. Something was different. Something was better. You weren’t miserable anymore, you were having fun. Yeah, you stumbled. It was never thrown out there, but Jet City broke up because you were struggling again, didn’t it?”

Kris knew exactly what he meant, even without saying the words. He flashes back to the conversation he had with Jason in that hotel room. He had slipped, and everyone was willing to bury it but Jason. As much as he blamed his half-brother publicly, Kris knew it was his fault. He opens his mouth to say as much, but Kyle raises his hand and stops him.

Kyle: “...and that’s fine, because it brought on Kali. It also brought on everything that happened to you this summer. The thing that a lot of people miss, is that you didn’t change. You are exactly the person that you have always been under that mask. I saw it when you saved Mikah, and that was way before Kali came to Sin City. She didn’t change you. She helped you strip away that lie you told yourself over and over again."

Kris looks down. This had been his worst fear for a long time. The whole reason for separating his feelings from how he acted on camera was to prevent this from happening. Yet, here he was, standing behind a convention center with someone that could tear through the layers of bullshit and see what was happening beneath the surface. He was starting to understand what Kyle was saying, but there was something he needed an answer for first.

Kris: “...and why do you care? What’s in this for you?”

Kyle shrugs his shoulders, and sighs lightly.

Kyle: “Getting to say I told you so. That’s all that’s ever in anything for me. A while back, you got into an argument with someone that might mean something to me. I told her she was wrong about you when she blocked you. I told her there was something else in there. I intend to prove myself right."

It was all starting to make sense now, and Kris was surprised that Kyle would admit his motivations so easily. Other people would have tried to circle around to some moral obligation to do the right thing. There was something different about this guy though. Something that made Kris think that no matter what he asked, he would get an honest answer. On one hand, it was comforting. On the other, it made him incredibly jealous that someone could be so open.

Kris: “So all of this is selfishly motivated? You’re not even just here to do me a solid?”

Kyle shakes his head with a laugh, and then searches the ground for his discarded cigarette. When he does not immediately spot it, he seems disappointed, but lets the idea go.

Kyle: “Nothing in life is free. If I didn’t get something out of it, I wouldn’t be wasting my time. I’m not important though. It’s you we’re talking about."

The door swings to the building swings open again. This time, instead of either of the two large security guards, the man that steps through is more Kyle’s size. He has a headset on his head, with one of the two earpieces pulled back behind his ear. He has a clipboard in his hand, and looks back and forth between the two fighters. Kris looks to Kyle confused, and for good reason. Kyle addresses the man before either of the two others can say anything.

Kyle: “I said just give me a second, okay? It’s not like there are people waiting to see some rookie with one match. I’ll be there."

The man with the headset turns around, and goes back inside the door. Kris moves to follow him, but Kyle’s words stop him.

Kyle: “You’re not the Nobody. You’re not Kris Halc. You’re not ‘Pure’ Kris. You’re not an accident. This person you are, this ‘Miracle’ is the real you."

Kris stops, and turns back towards Kyle.

Kris: “...and what am I supposed to do with that? Crimson already proved to everyone he could manipulate that person."

A smile crosses Kyle’s lips, and it reminded Kris of how he looked just before signing off of his promos.

Kyle: “I actually had a few thoughts about that too…”

Kyle moves towards the door. Kris pushes it his direction, and the smaller man catches it, holding it open wide. Kyle reaches into his front pocket and hands Kris a small business card before stepping through the doorway and into the building.

Kyle: “Remember who the real you is."

Kris turns the card over, looking down at the message scribbled on the other side. When he looks up confused, Kyle is gone, lost in the crowd. The security guards close in on Kris as fans take note of his coming back in and try to approach him. The Roulette Champion shakes his head, trying to push the conversation to the back of his mind. He slides the card into his back pocket and makes the short walk back to his table, somehow feeling lighter.

==============================================================
==============================================================


Learning Experience
ON-Camera



“This is where it started, Crimson."

Kris is standing in front of the camera as the scene comes to life. Behind him is an empty bar. The display behind the counter lights up the bottles so that they draw attention away from how shoddy the craftsmanship was around the rest of the space. None of the tables sit at the same height. All of the lights hanging above the booths came down different lengths. Not even the lightbulbs matched. Some tables were brightly illuminated with LED bulbs, while others could barely be seen older, dimming ones. Nothing captures the attention of the fans like the red hoodie that Kris is wearing though. It had come up often lately. The debate about it was all over social media. Half of everyone seemed to support his putting it back into the ring with Crimson. The rest thought that he would be doing himself a disservice.

“When I first started in this business, it was from right here. I stood in this bar, I hustled people out of some money. I bragged about how things were not always as they seemed. According to you, that is the real me, not the guy that has been walking around the locker room of Sin City lately."

The camera follows him as he walks, and he runs his fingertips across the wood railing of one of the pool tables.

“It’s a convincing argument. I certainly enjoyed my time here. People liked me. I could pretend to be wasted, and they would just let me take their money. We had fun every single night. When it was all over, I would show up in one of a handful of companies, work a sloppy match, get paid, and start the cycle over. It didn’t matter if I was homeless. It didn’t matter what I was putting in my body. It just mattered that I was having a good time. I didn’t have anyone in my life that mattered. All I wanted to do was tear people down, and make a few people laugh while I was doing it."

He laughs, and then shakes his head. If he was really being honest, he needed to correct himself a little bit.

“I guess it didn’t really matter if anyone other than me was laughing. That’s kinda the point though, isn’t it? As long as I was entertaining myself, I could live with it. As long as I felt like I had taken a step forward, I was happy with where I was. I did that, everyday. You know, I never realized what would happen though. I never realized that, in pushing forward, that I was moving towards something. I had plans. I had goals. That is not what I mean though. I was moving towards something that I would have never expected. It was not something that I could even wrap my head around until after it happened. I used to be the cynical guy that called people weak when they showed they cared about something. I used to be the one that would cross any line, just to do it. I used to be the guy that fit in here."

He looks around, and then back to the camera.

“At one point, this was one of the most important places in my life. Now, I look around and all I see is a shit hole. I don’t have a good time looking back. I look back and remember people blowing their rent checks on alcohol while their kids were at home being babysat by a television. I remember people that were so despicable that they would steal wallets from people that just happened to walk in off the street without thinking twice. I remember the shooting gallery in the back office that everyone pretended didn’t exist. I associate this place with throwing years of my life away. You say that is the real me. I say I don’t know who that person is. I don’t even recognize that person. More importantly though, I’m saying that eventually you are going to look back and think the exact same thing about yourself."

He taps his lips with his index finger, trying to organize his words. After the third time, he holds his hand up to stop Crimson from arguing with his screen, if he was indeed watching.

“I know you’re going to say that I am wrong. I know you are going to say that I sold out. You already touched on it at Climax Control. You said that I am the best competitor on this roster, but I have made myself beatable. You said that I have run out of steam. You think that I am tired, injured, and ready to have someone unburden me from the trials and tribulations of being Roulette Champion."

The smile on his lips shows exactly what he thinks of the accusations. It does not seem to be weighing on him at all.

“To you, I am in the middle of an identity crisis, and you are here to expose and embarrass me. You insulted, pushed, prodded and picked at me all night, and you couldn’t get me to life a finger. You had your people put their hands on someone that I care about, and then took advantage of that distraction and knocked me unconscious. I can’t really be mad, because that is the same kind of thing that the man that used to frequent this place would have done. In fact, that is the kind of thing that I HAVE done. What was surreal was talking to Stoner about how it is like looking in the mirror when you talk, only to have you do the same thing that I would do. Once my ears stopped ringing, I actually found it kind of funny. Last week was a learning experience for sure."

This time he holds up both of his hands, not wanting anyone, Crimson included to jump to conclusions.

“I didn’t learn that I could be manipulated. I didn’t learn that I was wrong. I learned that SCW thinks the best weapon to use against me, is a less evolved version of me. Crimson, whatever your goals, whatever your motives, I’m sure you think you’re doing everyone a favor by putting me out of my misery. You look at me and see someone who needs a break. You see someone who is weighed down. Whether you’re right or not does not matter. What matters is that you think that you are right. You think that you NEED to beat me. Sure, you want to beat me because of what it means for your career here, but it is more than that. You see someone that used to be so much like you, but has found a better way. You feel the need to validate your existence by tearing down what I have. If you can beat me, it shows you that you’re right. If you beat me, you can sleep easy knowing that your way is the best way to the top."

He laughs, and this time cannot hold it in at all. One hand comes up to his mouth to cover it, but it is of no use. It takes him a few moments to compose himself.

“If you had done as much research as you claim, you will have seen my record here. You would see that on the list of the best ever here, my win/loss ratio is not looking so hot. You would see that I needed this year long winning streak just to break even. Right now I have lost as many supercard matches as I have won. I went on a losing streak that lasted through two separate runs in this company. The really funny part, is that I did all of it at my worst. I did all of it as the person that hung in this place. I did all of it, as the person that was so much like you."

He unzips the famous red hoodie, and shrugs his shoulders out of it. He pulls his wrists free, and tosses it off camera. The shirt underneath came with the phrase that he had not yet said printed across the front. Everyone watching was now painfully aware that he was definitely going to get to it this time, and he was amping up to it.

“I changed in the last year. It wasn’t because of a crisis of faith, it was because I was shedding all of the things that were wearing me down. I changed my name, because my name should have never been tied to the person that attempted to raise me. I opened up about my family, and had Kali tour with me because I had gotten to a place where I was comfortable just being myself and letting people know that I was having a good time doing it. Back when I walked around acting like a badass, I made a lot of mistakes. It took me the entire last year to make up for them. It took me a year of busting my ass to even make my record look reasonable. It took me a year to make up for coming up short when I went for the Roulette Championship in both my third and fourth matches with this company. It took me a year to realize that being you, was not going to get the job done. I already walked your path. I already came up short. I already wasted my time learning the lesson that I’m giving you right now for free."

He is forced to stop, having gone as far as he could without a breath. Each word had come out faster and faster, and had did not stop to break between them. It was more excited than fans had seen him in a while.

“It took me four years to right all the wrongs and fix all the mistakes, and all because I couldn’t grasp the things that you can’t grasp. You actually said that this championship was your key to the main event. You think that beating me, the best person on the roster, and the champion of champions, is going to launch you up to the top. That shows your profound misunderstanding of the way that things work around here. See, I maybe the best here, but how many main events have you seen me in? I have been unpinned for an entire year, and have only been in a few. Holding this championship keeps you at the bottom, even if you are the best. That is why I had to beg and plead with Christian and Mark to give me a shot at it. That is why when I did it, everyone said I was taking a step back. The only thing that has kept me going this long, was that I had a record to break. The desire to be better than Equinox, to right those mistakes I made in my first year, was enough to carry me through to being the longest reigning SCW Roulette Champion in company history. That desire came from getting my ass handed to me by the best person in SCW in my third match. Just like so much of my career, that desire is a feeling that you are going to be really familiar with after High Stakes."

He takes a step towards the camera now, and his face is lit up like it has not been since his promo from New York City before he won the Roulette Championship.

“I think what stung the most was that after Equinox beat me, and shut me up, he left. I could never come back and beat him. I could never prove that I was better in the ring. Instead, I had to attack his record. You told me that I looked tired on Climax Control. To tell you the truth, I am tired. I am tired of this title. I am tired of not knowing what stipulation I am walking into. I am tired of the endless string of brutal matches. I have suffered through watching two people less talented than me work main event after main event. I have listened to people call me the best while seeing my name placed in the opening match of card after card. The Roulette Championship is not your ticket to the top, it is a weight around your ankle that keeps you grounded at the bottom. It is a championship that means you will face every sorry excuse for a competitor that comes into this company, likely in their first few matches. It is a title that means you defend against people like Steve Ramone and Joshua Acquin who couldn’t buy a win with all of the money in the world. You say I am tired. I say for the last 150+ days, I have been asleep. I would have stayed asleep if not for you. You may have even beaten me in this match without your little stunt. Now, just like Equinox did to me, I am going to beat you, and then move on."

He gets to the camera, and reaches under it, taking the strap of the Roulette Championship into his hand, and holding it up in front of the camera.

“I can see how bad you want it. I can see how badly you want in my head to twist me up. I see the lengths that you are willing to go, but I have lived the fact that you are wrong. I could throw this match. The old me probably would have come out all fucked up, and enjoyed losing. Before Climax Control, I may have just blown off really taking this seriously. You bit off more than you could chew by waking me up. All of this could have been yours, but it is going to be so much more satisfying to deny you the opportunity. I will carry this title until my contract with this company is up. That doesn’t mean anything to most people, because it is just another couple of weeks. It means everything to you though Crimson. It is denying you the opportunity to be champion, and passing off the title once you are at the back of the line. It is letting you know that no matter how good you think you are, you’re not better than I am. It’s about teaching you how much better you will be once you grow up, and stop trying to be so intimidating. I want you to remember this moment, because it is the beginning of a very rocky road."

He brings the championship up and drapes it over his shoulder.

“All you had to do was keep your mouth shut, and maybe you would have beaten me. You had to go out of your way to get my attention. You just had to step up and give me a reason to defend this championship one more time before moving up to bigger and better things. I’m gonna need you to do that just one more time at High Stakes. Step up, and #JustTakeTheL."

==============================================================
==============================================================


Home
Jet City Sports Lab
Thursday, 19 October 2017.
OFF-Camera


The gym had been closed for a few hours at this point, but it did not stop Kris from stopping. The imported white sportscar his half-brother made a spectacle out of was parked around the back of the Jet City Sports Lab, meaning that Jason was undoubtedly working late. He punches the keycode into the pad next to the door, and waits for the green light to pop on before pulling on the latch. The door swings open into the storage area, and Kris can hear voices talking. He walks through the hallway, finding Jason’s door ajar. The two voices inside are familiar, and he smiles as he pushes the door open.

Kris: “It’s good to see you up and around, white girl..."

Kirsten Reynolds turns in her chair, and looks back towards the door. She sees Kris standing there and looks back and forth between him and Jason. The older of the two brothers nods with a smile, and she gets up from her seat. She makes short work of the distance between them, and wraps her arms around his neck, hugging him tightly. He puts his arms around the small of her back, and hugs her back. His lips hover close to her ear, and he speaks low enough so that Jason cannot hear him. When the two separate, she looks him in his eyes, and places a hand on both of his cheeks so that he cannot look away.

Kirsten: “You better hurt this guy."

She smacks his cheek with her right hand, and shoots and look back at Jason.

Kirsten: “We can finish this later."

She does not even wait for a response before turning back towards the door. Jason shakes his head with a smile on his face.

Jason: “I’m not changing my mind...”

She waves her hand in his direction but does not turn back towards him.

Kirsten: “That’s what you always say…”

She squeezes around Kris and out into the hallway. Kris watches her go, and then makes his way into the room, taking her chair. He puts his arms up on the rests, and then lifts his foot up to place against the side of the desk. The smile on his face catches Jason off guard. It was not something that he was used to seeing.

Kris: “It was easier when it was just the three of us, wasn’t it?”

Jason leans back in his chair, and lets out a laugh that he was not sure that he still had in him. The idea was insane of course. When it was the three of them, he and Kirsten were arguing nonstop, and most of it was about which rehab they were going to try and convince to take Kris. It was clear that the two remembered the times differently, but Jason was not about to take that away from him. The two of them had enough problems already. Instead, he redirects a little.

Jason: “Easier doesn’t mean happier. Look at us. You just had the owner of the company you work for say that you ARE the company. We built Jet City. I brought back Pride. We are both married with kids, or kids on the way. Easier? Maybe. Better? Not a chance in hell."

Kris laces his fingers together, and rests his hands on his chest. They had agreed to keep up appearances as far as anyone else was concerned, but now that Kirsten was gone and away from earshot, the energy faded from the room. Jason’s smile disappears, and he falls silent. If Kris had come by, he needed something.

Kris: “I’ve been thinking a lot about something that you told me."

Jason shrugs. He knew better than to try and interrupt or lighten their conversation. Every time he had tried at the wedding, he had been shut down. He could not hold back though.

Jason: “I was under the impression you never listened to me."

Kris does not look up, or even acknowledge the comment. He spins his thumbs in a circle around one another.

Kris: “You said that I needed to separate myself from everything. That I should keep the parts of myself that I wanted fans to see separate from the person that I was around friends and family. It was to protect me. It stops people from really being able to use my own feelings against me."

Jason nods, not quite understanding where Kris was going. It was strange that words from four years ago were suddenly on his mind.

Jason: “It’s like with Emily. Or Lindsay. Or Talia. You don’t see people bringing that up and hammering me about it on Twitter or even when I was competing. I don’t put that part of my life out there. We even hired JJ as a manager so that people would make comments about which of us were banging her instead of focusing on anything important. It is all crafted so that nothing that someone says before a match can get in your head."

That was the point though. As soon as the words come out of his mouth, he realizes why Kris had it running through his head.

Jason: “...and that’s what you’re worried about. You created that persona. You lived it for most of your career. Now that you decided to be more like yourself, you think you fucked up."

He laughs, and it brings Kris’ icy glare up from his hands. Most others would be intimidated, but Jason had seen the look more often than anyone, Heather included.

Kris: “What?”

Jason shakes his head, and takes a second to get his wits about him. When he is finally able to quell the outburst, Kris is about to blow up.

Jason: “Your ability to blame yourself for everything knows no limits does it?”

Kris averts his eyes. His mouth falls open, and he mumbles some sarcastic comment that Jason does not quite pick up. For Jason, it was a familiar look. Every time Kris failed a drug test and they had another rehab talk, he had gotten the same look. The relationship between the two was already broken though, so holding back was going to get Jason nowhere. Where he normally would have backed off, he pressures Kris instead.

Jason: “Seriously. You are going to put Kali getting kidnapped on your own shoulders? Because you didn’t snap and beat the guy right there in your locker room? Because you didn’t take him seriously? Now it is your fault that Kali got tied up, and you got knocked out? You’re the one to blame, right? All because you did not listen to me. You let too much of yourself shine through and now the sky is falling. Is that what you think?”

Kris does not bother looking back in his direction. He was not going to argue with him, because it was not the reason that he came. He was glad that Jason was able to walk himself through the majority of the problem. It meant that Kris’ job became easier and their conversation became that much shorter.

Kris: “Somebody said something to me… well kind of…”

He thinks back to the card Kyle had given him just days before. The words printed on it were kicking around in his head no matter what he had done. That was the reason he found himself sitting here.

Kris: “... nobody is a villain in their own story."

Jason laughs, and nods his head.

Jason: “It is a George R.R. Martin quote. The rest of it is, ‘We’re all the heroes of our own stories.’ Like nobody goes out of their way to be a hateful person just to be a hateful person. Even the worst of the worst people think that they are doing the right thing. It is all a matter of finding their motivation and understanding them. Why would someone say it to you?”

He was not quite sure yet, but he was starting to figure it out. His eyes dart back and forth, thinking through his conversation with Kyle to put together what he was trying to tell him. More importantly, even though Jason had given him the rest of the quote, it did not explain the second line on the card. Something told Kris that now was not the time though. He looks back up at his half-brother, and switches gears.

Kris: “If it were you? You have the choice of taking the high road, as unproven as it is, or going low and walking away unscathed. What do you do?”

Kris knew the answer before Jason even had a chance to open his mouth. It did not change the fact that he needed to hear it though.

Jason: “If someone put their hands on someone I cared about, I’d burn their whole world to the ground. You’ve seen me do it. I made a career of doing it. There are no lines. There’s no holding back. You do what you have to do to make sure that they suffer. You walk into a match knowing one of the two of you aren’t walking away from it. Then you make sure that person is you, no matter the costs."

It was only then that Kris realized what it was that Kyle was trying to tell him. He shakes his head, but more importantly than that, his eyes light up. Jason sees it like a cartoon light bulb switching on over his half-brother’s head.

Jason: “Did that help?”

Kris shakes his head, not even checking his tone for rudeness.

Kris: “No, that was bullshit, but you did give me the answer though."

He gets up out of his chair, and turns towards the door, but Jason rises out of his seat.

Jason: “Wait."

Kris spins, and is genuinely surprised to see Jason caught off guard by his running out. It takes Kris a second to process that it bothered Jason that he did not understand. The single word he managed to spit out was dripping with desperation.

Jason: “What is it that you figured out?”

Kris laughs, not sure that Jason would understand.

Kris: “Something our marooned friend told me before he left. There’s a difference between playing the hero, and being one. Put that with what Kyle said, that everyone thinks they are the hero of their own story, and what do you get?”

Jason smiles, thinking the whole thing over to try and get to Kris’ point. It only takes a second, and he is almost ashamed of himself for not getting it sooner..

Jason: “You could use Kali to justify being that person. You can spin it to make it sound like Crimson deserved you to be your worst. You could give him exactly what he wants, and leave him to regret that decision, but you would know…”

Kris nods.

Kris: “I would know that it was just an excuse to take the easy way out. I have a chance to beat him my way, to play my game, to prove him wrong. Beating him any other way, wouldn’t really be beating him. I’m always going to be the hero in my own head. It’s not me that matters though."

Jason chuckles a little, and adds to the sentiment with some of Kris’ own words.

Jason: “When in doubt, follow the fans."

Kris smirks, remembering telling the confused Scott Oliver to do the same thing.

Kris: “I think it’s time that Tommy Crimson met The Miracle."


==============================================================
==============================================================


The Miracle
ON-Camera



“This week has been eventful. It kicked off with a concussion and and long flight. I had fan events that really flipped my world upside down. I stopped by Jet City and did the family thing for a while. Then, I jumped on a flight to come all the way back out here to Australia all on my own. Crimson made sure of that fact, didn't he? Fool me once, shame on me. There will never be someone to fool me twice, because I'm a fast learner."

The scene comes to life with Kris standing in the Margaret Court Arena in Melbourne, Australia. The show is still a week out, so nothing has been set up. The floor that he is standing on is hard wood, and the stands around him are completely empty.

“Anyone paying attention on social media knows that I have been going back and forth about something else as well. Maybe that is why the fan events had me so twisted up. I left Climax Control last week thinking that there was nothing that I wouldn't do to beat Tommy Crimson. I ran through all of the foul things I was going to do during this match during every second of the CT scan that I got following your cheap shot. I talked to friends, family, and people that I had never met before in my life. I honestly got more advice in the last week than I have in my entire life. That's not the only surprising thing that happened either. For the first time, I actually listened to what a lot of these people had to say. You know what I realized? I don't need to be a Nobody to beat you, but you need me to be a Nobody in order to beat me."

He smiles widely, and the camera starts to circle around him. The champion stays stationary, but his head turns with the camera as it crosses in front of him.

“Why else would you tell me that the version of me that exists now is not good enough to challenge you. As an opponent, as an underhanded and pathetic excuse for a human being, why would you want me to be at my best? Also, if you really wanted me to be at my best, why would you take me out in a way that could have taken me completely out of this match? The easy, and most obvious answer, you gave me. It's all some game that you are trying to play. You tried to bait me into snapping in my locker room. When that didn't work, I forced you to play Kali against me. When I maintained my cool, you got frustrated and took your best shot. Well I have news Crimson, I'm still here. I'm still standing. I'm ready for this match."

The camera passes behind his shoulder, and he pauses for the time it is behind him. It moves back around his side, and he turns his head towards it as it rotates back in front of him.

“It was all part of your mind fuck, right? You see The Miracle. You see me having a name that I can be proud of. You see me surrounding myself with positive influences. I have been building towards this since I first came back a year ago. I will give it to you. You almost had me. You almost got me to buy into the idea that the people around me only worked to make me weak. You had me believing that if I went back to how I used to do things, I had a better chance. It didn't matter if it was The Accident, The Nobody or Pure, anything was better than the fraud that I had become, right? So you pushed, and you pushed. You did everything that you could to get me to change my tune. You overplayed your hand though. Had you not taken your cheap shot, maybe it would have eaten away at me over the course of this week. As it stands, you made this easier than you could ever know."

He steps forward and the camera follows behind him as he walks forward. He starts to make his way towards two double doors leading to the main lobby of the arena. As he nears them, two security guards reach for the handles and pull the doors open. The hallway outside is empty, but the camera picks up a ton of background noise. It sounds like a large group of people all having individual conversations. Kris turns, still walking backwards but now facing the camera.

“You say being surrounded by people makes me weak? How weak does this sound?"

Kris turns back around, and steps through into the lobby. The camera follows him, and catches the reaction of all of the fans standing by a makeshift stage set up just outside the doors. The outcry of cheers from the crowd makes the audio on the recording equipment cut in and out a few times. Kris makes his way up the stairs and onto the stage as the camera moves around to take its place at the back of the crowd. There is a podium at the center of the stage, and he makes his way to it, but only long enough to take the microphone off of the stand attached to the top of it. He spins it in his hand, and then moves around the podium. He points down at the crowd, who back up a little to allow him some space to sit down on the edge of the stage. Instead of speaking, he reaches out, shaking hands of everyone that can get close enough to reach him. The crowd packs in around him as he raises the microphone up to his lips.

“I was talking to Tommy Crimson a little before coming out here..."

Kris points towards the camera, and the fans follow the trail, booing loudly as they turn. Most stop when they realize that it is just a camera, and not the man himself, but the point was made.

“He thinks that I'm wasting my time by talking to you guys. He thinks caring about people or things is weakness. To him, the world should burn, and all of us with it. Now I have already talked a little about that. I have said it sounds like me. I have said that he is wrong. What I haven't said, and probably the most important thing that I could say, is that it sounds awfully lonely out there by himself. I think everyone in here would agree with me that having people around that want to see you succeed is a good thing, right?"

The crowd roars back with cheers in response. It takes a second to organize, but they break into a undeniable chant of "YES!". Some even turn to point at the camera, sending a message to the man set to challenge their champion.

“Crimson says that I need to turn my back on all of you to beat him. He says I need to stop worrying about what you think because it makes me beatable. I think it's exactly the opposite. I think all the energy that I wasted picking on you guys, and irritating you is put to better use these days. I mean the second that I stopped trying to piss you guys off, I started winning. I let you guys into my life starting back at Summer XXXtreme and all of you have been supportive. I put up a poll about changing my name and you backed me up, even if it meant that things got a little confusing for a while. I never gave any of you a reason to be on my side, but all of you came around. I couldn't have broken this record, or beaten everyone that I beat, as many times as I had to beat them, without you guys in my corner. Crimson took it upon himself to challenge that. He decided that he was going to try and drive a wedge between us. He put Kali in jeopardy so that there was no way that I would bring her to High Stakes."

The crowd boo again. Kali had quickly become a popular person at fan events. In the last few months, the two had rarely been seen separate. Kris raises a hand, trying to calm them down.

“Don't worry, she is fine. We just thought that maybe it would be better for her and Heather to watch from home. I got myself a six foot tall, two hundred and fifty pound babysitter in the form of Aaron Isaacs, so they know I am not going to get into too much trouble. At least back in Seattle, she doesn't have to worry about some white-eyed failure at life to put their hands on her."

The crowd laughs, and Kris laughs with them. It was clear that he was starting to enjoy his back and forth with them.

“So Crimson may have succeeded in separating me from one person for this match, but I think I am bringing a few thousand people with me that he has no chance of scaring off!"

Again, the cheers short out the audio equipment in the small space. The sound becomes choppy as the whole lobby area seems to vibrate in excitement. When the crowd dies off, Kris is still smiling.

“So I'm not gonna say that he should call an ambulance, or that there's gonna be an accident. I'm not gonna say that right now I'm a nobody, and he's going to make me a somebody. I'm not going to sit out here and find a dozen different creative ways to make him a more pure individual. I am just going to say that it is miraculous that I can sit here after all this time, and have you people in my corner."

On cue, the fans pop again, but this time Kris talks over them.

“I have spent my whole life letting other people tell me what they think I should be. I have gone through dark times, I have had some truly amazing experiences. I have died. I have been injured. I have had my family taken away from me, and I have had my family returned to me after more than twenty years away. In the last year, you have all taught me that it's not worth being in this business if I am not enjoying it with all of you, instead of in spite of all you. I promised to come back and make things right, and you guys gave me that opportunity. I had no idea that it was going to change me, but it has. It took time. It wasn't overnight. It wasn't because of one person. Each and every one of you had a hand in it, and I just wanted to say thank you."

He stands up from the stage, and points out at some of the security crew. They all seem to come together in front of the stage, right in the middle of the crowd. There is a lot of pushing but Kris is focused up on the camera.

“Hey Tommy! You want to know my name? I am 'The Miracle' Kristopher Ryans, and in a little over a week, I am going to beat your ass with the help of all these people. Right now though, I think I'm going surfing."

He tosses the microphone aside as the crowd roars in approval. He backs up, and gets a running start before leaping off of the stage. Mostly it is security members that catch him, but as the camera starts to fade, the crowd carries him away from the stage and deep into the heart of the crowd. The last shot that the camera picks up is Kris, riding on the hands of his fans, raising the SCW Roulette Championship up in the air.


42
Climax Control Archives / Miracle
« on: September 29, 2017, 11:25:22 PM »
 â€Forward”
Jet City, WA
27 September 2017
OFF-Camera


Jason had been driving past the Jet City Sports LAb on his way from the Pride Arena back to his house when he noticed lights through the window. It caught him so off guard he almost ran head-on into another car as he pulls into the parking lot. There were no cars in the parking lot, and no windows broken. He drives through the parking lot to the far side of the building, and down the small alley leading to the employee entrances. Again, there were no cars in the parking lot. However, it was where whoever was in the building got in. One of the entrances was lit up, with a paint can propping the door open. The light inside was on, which was enough to make Jason whip his car around next to the door. He steps out and closes the door of his car quietly. Before pulling the door open, he leans close to the crack, listening to see if he could hear what was happening inside. There was nothing to be heard. He pulls the door open and steps inside, walking slowly, and checking around corners before rounding them himself. If whoever broke in was robbing them, they were doing a terrible job because all of the valuable equipment seemed to be in place, and the office had not even been opened. Just before he gets to the end of the hallway leading into the main room of the gym, he finally hears something.

*THWACK* *THWACK* *THUD*

Jason leans against the wall, looking around the corner without exposing himself to whoever it was. The same sequence of sounds echoes through the gym again, and then a third time before Jason finds the source of them. When he lays eyes on the intruder, his anxiety skyrockets. Not because it was a stranger, but precisely the opposite. Standing in the center of the ring was his half-brother. He has a heavy bag set up in one of the corners of the ring, and Jason watches. Kris sprints towards the bag, getting airborne just a few steps before he reaches the corner. He drives his forearm down into the top part of the bag, and lands on his feet in front of it. In rapid succession, he follows with a knee to his would-be opponent’s rib area. Jason can see the wheels turning in his brother’s head, trying to find a way to close the move. He takes a step towards the rope, jumping to land on the middle rope. He tries to propel himself towards the corner, sending a kick at the bag, but his trajectory is off. He misses the bag, and the loud thud sound that Jason was hearing was Kris falling back to the mat in disappointment of having failed. He smacks the mat and rocks back on his shoulders. He kicks his legs, and rolls forward, kipping back up to his feet. He was winded, and his red shirt was dark with sweat. It brings a smile to the older brother’s face as he moves away from the wall and into the light.

JASON: “You only need one foot on the rope. Don’t linger long enough to have to put your hand on the top rope. Think like those wall runs and ping-ponging back and forth on walls in all those games you used to play.”

Kris wheels around towards the sound of the voice, raising his hands up on top of his head. He tries to catch his breath and appear more together than he is, but fails miserably. He leans forward, putting his hands on his thighs and breathing heavy. He points towards the bag.

KRIS: “I can’t without having to take a step back first, and if I let them have space they are going to kick me out of the air on the way down.”

Jason shakes his head, surprised that Kris even acknowledged him at all. For the most part, they had not spoken since Summer XXXtreme. Kris had been clear that they were not family anymore. He had even relinquished his half of the gym they were standing in. Yet, here he was. Even better, he was taking criticism without bringing up their issues. Jason could not help but feel like Kris was here to get his attention. Jason hops up on the apron, and then between the ropes. Kris steps into his path, having started to catch his breath, but Jason holds his hands up and moves around him.

JASON: “Just trust me here….”

He moves around Kris, taking a few quick steps towards the corner. He leaps, mirroring the first two strikes in Kris’ new combination. However, instead of turning towards the ropes for the springboard, he takes one running step to the opposite side of the corner. He plants his right foot on the middle rope, and springs left, rolling his body, and able to catch the top of the back with his toe and he rotates to the ground. He lands on his stomach, but gets his palms planted on the mat, and pushes up to be standing face-to-face with an unimpressed Kris.

KRIS: “You’re still as big of a show off as ever.”

Jason shrugs his shoulders, not letting his brother’s attitude take the smile off of his face. He did not expect Kris to cave in just because he saw it done successfully. He just wanted to be able to prove his usefulness.

JASON: “Why are you here?”

It cuts right through all the small talk, or circle-talking. There was really only one thing that the two of them needed to talk about, and as much as he would enjoy helping Kris with his ring problems, it was not the pressing issue.

KRIS: “You want me to leave?”

There it was, the flight option. Kris never wanted to talk about anything serious, but he was always too big of a pansy to take responsibility for that himself. He always threw it out as an option for others to terminate the conversation. Jason was not dumb enough to take the bait though. The two of them had been playing this game for too long for him to lose that easily.

JASON: “No, I want to you to come back to Seattle, to Jet City, and throw me some kind of lifeline here. I crossed a lot of lines. I apologized. I gave you space, now I want to fix this. It’s been long enough, and I don’t think you’d be here if you didn’t think the same thing.”

Kris did not expect this kind of honesty, but Jules had already done a number on Jason since confronting Kris a week ago. He sighs, and takes a step away, turning back towards the corner with the heavy bag.

KRIS: “Your wife came to see me. She said I’ve been slipping lately. That ever since I left Jet City I have been coasting. I have had to get more and more underhanded to keep my title, and my ring game just isn’t looking as sharp. She actually has me convinced that even though I’m not losing, I’m getting worse, all because I’m not here.”

On one hand Jason is quite impressed by the mindfuck that Jules must have laid on him to get him this twisted up. Jason was smart enough to know that all of the self-doubt his brother carried around never went away. He did a damn good job of hiding it in front of a camera, or on social media, but he also had all of those people convinced that he actually liked himself, so how smart could they be.

JASON: “I don’t think just being in the gym is what she meant, Kris...”

Kris waves him off before he can even finish the thought. He did not need to hear it.

KRIS: “Oh, save me the nauseating pitch! I know what she meant. She meant I need you, Parker, Coby, Violet, the students, and the feeling of being part of this place if I am going to keep getting better. She meant that I got to where I am because of what we built, and without it I am just stagnating instead of moving forward…. I get it,,. Trust me.”

Jason shrugs his shoulders, raising his arms out to his sides.

JASON: “You expect me to tell you that she’s wrong?”

Kris spins back towards him, anger on his face now. The smug way that his brother talked down to him was not going to make this situation any easier for either of them.

KRIS: “What would you know about it Jason? You haven’t paid any attention to my life since you left SCW. Now you have your own company to deal with, and all your big names on the roster. Is it enough to make you happy? Is people talking about you, and all the well-known asking you for a paycheck what you always wanted? I hope it is, because you finally got what you wanted. You got your perfect little picture now. You have the girl, the company, probably a new family before too long. Tell me I’m wrong!”

Kris’ voice steadily raises as he goes, and when he pauses it is only because he runs out of breath. Jason tries to interrupt him, but before he can even produce a single word, Kris is back on offense, dumping out all of the things he was holding back.

KRIS: “You cut the dead weight. Maybe you didn’t mean it to go as bad as it did, but you don’t have to worry about me fucking up your name anymore. Isn’t that what you wanted? You don’t have to be associated with all my fuck ups. It makes it a little easier to walk away when you don’t have to see your name attached anymore. I’m just another face in the crowd.”

Jason holds up his hand, not appearing to get riled at all. From the moment he laid eyes on Kris in the gym he was waiting for this. In fact, he was hoping for it to happen. It had been months since they said more than two words to each other. Jason would take this over nothing.

JASON: “I know you’ve been seeing E.G and talking out your problems. That you and Holden have been spending a lot of time together, so much so that you are actually just waiting on paperwork to get back to confirm your name change. I know you are just two weeks away from breaking the Roulette record, which was something you have been talking about since the day I asked you to sign with the company again. I know that each of these defenses has gotten harder for you....”

Kris tries to cut his brother off, but Jason raises his hand to quiet him before he can argue. Kris mouth slams closed, and Jason continues in the same even tone as before.

JASON: “You cheated at Summer XXXtreme to beat Keys at the end. At Violent Conduct you let the other two do most of the legwork against each other. Even against Devereux last week you didn’t look yourself, and I know where it started too.”

Kris rolls his eyes, and sighs heavily, turning away from Jason. He had already heard this from Jules. He was not about to listened to it from Jason as well.

KRIS: “You don’t know shit….”

Jason steps forward as Kris tries to escape through the ropes, done with the conversation. However, as he leans forward, Jason catches him from the side, taking his younger brother’s wrist in his left hand and applying the thumb on his right hand to a spot on the base of Kris’ neck. Almost as once the smaller man falls down to a knee, and yells out in pain. Jason raises Kris’ arm higher, and as he goes the pain on the champion’s face becomes more and more pronounced.

JASON: “It was when Joshua Acquin ripped that thing off the wall in that bathroom and hit you with it. I saw it then, and I have seen it in every match since. It’s why they didn’t want you to leave the hospital after the match, and it’s why you’ve been struggling since. You can’t even take pain medication to make it go away.”

The last bit may have been the reason that Jason had been keeping his space. At the very least, he could see from his performance that his brother was not using again. It was a step in the right direction.

JASON: “Not that I am complaining. I’m proud that you have gone so long without slipping.”

He releases his grip on his brother, and Kris immediately pulls away. He raises a hand up to his shoulder, rolling it a few times. As he gets back to his feet, he tilts his neck at an awkward angle and it pops. He seems almost instantly relieved.

KRIS: “I can manage. It’s only another couple weeks and I can drop the title and take some time off. I just have to make it through the end of October.”

The stupidity of the statement finally causes Jason to raise his voice.

JASON: “You’re not going to make it that long without our help. You need to have Parker look at it. You need to have someone like Coby around that can push you, instead of those idiots you have been picking on at gyms on tour. You need someone like me who is going to see through your bullshit, but isn’t going to get tired of dealing with you.”

Kris shakes his head, but immediately regrets it. Whatever Jason had done to him had landed perfectly. He could still feel the pain radiating all the way down his arm and into his hand.

KRIS: “I’m supposed to trust you not to bail? Yeah, that’s going to happen. We are supposed to just act like the last few months didn’t happen? You left me to drown during the worst time in my life, and instead of helping you made it worse on purpose. What am I supposed to do with that?”

Jason’s answer was simple enough to say, but he had been struggling with actually it.

JASON: “You have to accept it as something that happened, that you can’t change, and then you have to move on. It sucked. I’m sorry. But it’s over now. There’s only one direction we can go: forward, but it’s up to you if you want the help.”

He backpedals across the ring, away from Kris.

JASON: “Just think about it.”

Jason steps between the top and middle rope before dropping to the floor and walking off towards the office. Kris crosses the ring like he is going to follow him, but stops. He shoots a look back over his shoulder to the heavy bag, but before he does anything looks back to make sure Jason has already turned down the hallway. He approaches the bag, taking a leaping side-step with one foot landing on the middle rope. He rolls his body just like Jason had, and brings his foot up, tagging the top of the bag and actually knocking it over. He lands on his stomach, just like his brother had, but tucks his head and rolls forward instead of pushing up from the mat. He rolls back to his feet to find his brother leaning against the wall, having only faked walking down the hallway. His eyes are locked on Kris’, and he nods, clapping so softly that Kris could not hear the sound. He lingers for a second, and then rounds the corner for a second time, leaving Kris to think over his offer.


=========================================================
=========================================================



“The Miracle”
ON-Camera



The the camera starts rolling the fans are quick to realize that it is not the typical set up that we are used to from Kris. He appears to have the camera somehow mounted to his wrist. We get a long view all the way up the left arm of the champion, who wears the smile of a young child who has just laid eyes on presents on Christmas morning.

“People have been asking me if I have been enjoying the tour, but to be honest, I have had a little bit too much on my mind lately.”

Wind muffles his voice, and from what little we can see from around Kris, he seems to be high up in the air. There are straps over his shoulders, and someone behind him seems to be attaching wires to his back.

“I mean let’s be honest, I have never been a fan of international travel. Tours have always been difficult for me. As a matter of fact, the last time I was part of an SCW tour, I lost my championship. How is that for a mindfuck?”

He frowns, but it only lingers on his face for a half a second.

“This time was different though. I brought my family. I brought friends with me. Yet, I have found myself sitting out on my balcony and asking myself questions. I watch back a lot of the shows, including parts that have me on it. Today I made the mistake of reading back through a lot of my tweets, and interactions with everyone. I have been forced to ask myself over and over again, if that is the person that I want to be. Is that the person that I really am?”

The person behind him pats him on the shoulder, telling him that whatever it is that they were setting up was ready to go. Kris nods back at him, but turns back to the camera without giving the man much thought.

“To be honest, I’m surprised that the questions did not come sooner. I’m surprised that it took me this long for it to catch up to me. I have been doing this whole thing for four years now, and only now am I starting to have doubts about parts of it. I guess you can say that I have been trying to clean up my act for the whole last year though. I came back to correct the path that I was on, and fix the legacy that I was leaving behind. I never thought that I was going to rise to a point where I was the most paid-attention-to person on the roster. I never thought that people would look at me as a standard bearer. If you would have asked me last year if I would be standing here now, I wouldn’t have been able to give you an answer. It’s nothing short of a miracle that I have come this far.”

Kali Fox steps into the frame, reaching out for Kris’ face. Without taking his eyes off of the camera, he allows her to pull his glasses off of his face. She folds the arms closed on them, and then trades him for something else, the SCW Roulette Championship. Harness, wires, and what appears to be a flight suit, don’t stop him from taking it and slinging it over his shoulder.

“Yet, here I am, and the thoughts that have been kicking around my head as of late have been about that very subject. From Summer XXXtreme until now, my life outside this job has seen a ton of changes. All of you were quick to pick up on the fact that my name officially changed to that of my actual father. I left Jet City. I have been on a roll that nobody has been able to stop in SCW. It seems like everything I say ends up working out in my favor. For someone that has stumbled through life, I have started to look at each of these things as a small miracle of sorts.”

>[He shrugs his shoulders. It did not seem too far-fetched to him, but for the fans that were not sold on it, he elaborates./i]

“I spent my whole life weighed down by being in Jason’s shadow, or blaming the person I thought was my father for my shortcomings. I was always able to point, and lay blame on someone else. Finding out more about myself this summer, has help me to reframe all of my actions, to take responsibility, and to move forward, not backwards. Yet, it all hinged on one piece of information falling into my hands that I was deprived of for twenty-eight difficult years. Any one of the times I have stumbled could have been the end for me. I was a bastard child that should not have been born. I was a drug addict that pissed away his career. I was a loudmouth that shit all over the fans. I was horrible to be around and pushed everyone in my life away before they could leave of their own accord.”

He holds his arms out to his sides, his head turning so that his eyes can stay focused on the camera. We can now see that Kris is standing high above Auckland, New Zealand. In fact, he was currently higher than just about any other living person in the southern hemisphere. Behind him, the camera catches a banner reading ‘SkyTower SkyJump’. Suddenly the wind, the harness, and the wires made perfect sense to the viewers.

“The fact that I am here, have the beautiful family that I do, have all the success in the world, and walk into an arena where people cheer me despite some of the horrible shit that I have said, is miraculous. There’s not a single person that can deny that fact. I should be dead, alone, or at the very least, strung out on a couch somewhere without being able to tell you what day it is. But here I am, standing on top of the world by literally and metaphorically.”

He brings his arm back down so that the camera is in front of his face.

“I am the best of the best that SCW has to offer. I have beaten just about everyone that has been around longer than a half a second. I have taken down all challengers. I have three amazing women in my life that joined me on this trip, and two beautiful kids. Oh, and I am standing on Observation Deck of the SkyTower here in Auckland.”

He turns his wrist so that the camera moves from his face, looking straight down from the deck to the ground below. People walking on the sidewalk are barely visible. Kris holds the camera on the ground for a second before rotating his wrist to put the camera back on his face.

“That’s six hundred and ten feet straight down to the ground. Normally they make you take everything out of your pockets and get into one of these flashy suits.”

He pulls on the collar with his free hand and scrunches up his nose to signify he was not a big fan of it.

“Then, as you saw, they take your glasses or anything else you might be in danger of dropping. If anything falls off of me and hits the ground, it can injure someone. Even this camera is basically bolted to my wrist so that I can’t drop it without losing my whole arm. That’s actually the reason that I have been up here for a few hours already. See, I had to talk to just about everyone working here, and convince them all of something that you fans already know. As you can see, I am strapped in and ready to go, so obviously they ended up seeing things my way. What was my point though? So glad you asked.”

He shrugs his shoulder, angling the camera over to the SCW Roulette Championship draped there.

“My point was that they didn’t need to worry about my championship slipping through my fingers on the way down. I had to explain to them, at length, that there isn’t any way that I am letting it go until I am damn good and ready to. At first they weren’t really receptive, but give me enough time, and I can win anyone over. For almost an entire year now, SCW has been sending people at me with the aim to beat me, or at least shut me up. Everyone has failed. Nobody has been able to pin me. Nothing and nobody could pry this championship out of my hand until after I break a couple records. I am so close now, but it has been brought to my attention that some people are starting to think that I am slipping. I have something to show them though….”

He looks back over his shoulder and gets a nod from one of the workers, and then steps off the ledge. The camera follows his short free fall, as the cords catch, and propel him a safe distance from the tower. He angles the camera to be on his face, knowing he only has precious few seconds before he plummets to the ground.

“Ready for another miracle?”

There is the faint sound of two clicks, and wind rushes up around Kris. He clutches the title to his chest with one hand while keeping the camera extended for the entire fall. The top half of the belt flaps against the helmet on his head, while the bottom half appears anchored with the harness. Kris is screaming, but not in fear, more out joy than anything. As he starts to slow with the aid of the cables attached to his back, he catches his breath, a smile appearing across his face.

“That was insane... ”

His eyes are wide, but the look of being overjoyed does not fade from his face as his feet hit the ground gently. The crew on the ground are quick to help him shrug out of the harness, and he makes his way away from the drop zone. He still has the camera held out, but angles it up so that the viewers can see how far he fell.

“I’ve never experienced anything like that before. That was pretty awesome.”

He brings the camera back down to his face, and rocks his shoulders a little to draw attention to the fact that the title was still there.

“Miraculously, terminal velocity does not apply to me. Clearly I am incapable of dropping this title no matter what the circumstance. Joshua Acquin should have learned that by now, but I’m kind of glad that he hasn’t. That guy got the better of me not too long ago, even though I walked away with a win. You don’t forget about the guy that tried to smother you to death during a match. You don’t let it slide when a guy rips a tampon dispenser off the wall and bludgeons you with it. We have done this a few times now Josh, and every time I have walked out with a victory. The problem was, I have never really gotten to enjoy it, so I am glad that you came out and asked for another shot without Sam around to mess it up for you.”

In a rare moment, he seems totally sincere. The smile even wavers on his face.

“The first time, Tim did most of the work. Every time since, has been in the middle of this big shit storm that became of my life. You caught me in a time of rebuilding. You caught me at my weakest, and because of that, you were able to do a whole lot of damage. I have bad news for you though Josh, that time in my life is over.”

He shrugs, not even thinking about apologizing for that fact. He normally would have tacked on a wink and that cocky smirk for good measure, but for some reason, he does not show any signs of it.

“This isn’t going to be the fifth, sixth, or whatever nth time it is that Kris Halich will have beaten you. This isn’t going to be another beatdown brought to some chump by Kris No-Last-Name-Here. No, this is going to be the debut of a whole new me. This is going to be the start of something all new. I’m not weighed down by all that bullshit that I have been letting hold me back. I’m not standing in the shadow of someone else’s name anymore.”

He smiles widely, possibly the happiest he has ever looked on camera in SCW.

“I’m Kristopher Ryans, and I’m the miracle that you’ve all been waiting for. I’m sorry I took so long to figure that out.”

He winks, but there is no sarcastic smirk accompanying it.

“See you soon….”

With that, the camera is cut off and the screen goes black.



43
Climax Control Archives / #JustTakeTheL
« on: September 22, 2017, 11:19:17 PM »
 19 September 2017
Seattle, WA
12:21 PM
OFF-Camera


Jules Fischer-Halich had about enough of the fighting between her husband Jason and his half brother Kris. It had been weeks since the two had spoken. As much as Jay tried to hide it, Jules knew that it was eating at him and if Kris was anything like him, it was probably eating at him as well. Plus, she had been paying attention one night while Jay and Parker had been talking at the kitchen table. About how although Kris was still retaining his title, he was only getting by with the bare minimum. So, she waited. And waited and finally her opportunity came about. She had given Jay a kiss he wouldn't soon forget before he got in his car to deal with things for Pride, she noticed that Kris was across the street, visiting with his children. Heather’s car was absent meaning that he would likely be alone. If the people he knew and cared about couldn't get through, then maybe she was the perfect solution. They barely knew each other and it might just be what he needed. She starts to walk across the street but her nerves get the best of her and she immediately pulls the silver cigarette case from her pocket, pulls one free, and lights it. It calms her nerves a little as she approaches the stone stairs and takes a deep steadying breath before ringing the bell.

JULES: “Yeah… this is a great idea…”

She listens carefully, trying to gauge what was going on inside from the sounds produced. Just like Jason in their own home, Kris made no effort to silence his movements. He descends back to the main floor, slamming his foot down on each step just from how quickly he was moving. He takes the few feet between the stairs and the front door at a jog and swings it open without even looking to see who was outside. Almost as soon as he lays eyes on the woman standing outside, he shakes his head and moves to close it.

KRIS: “Nope…”

He closes it most of the way, but seemed less than satisfied with his comment. It did not have any of his usual flare. Just before the door can close, and stops, leaving it cracked but keeping his hand on the knob.

KRIS: “If you are here to be the last person in the unanimous ‘let’s all be happy and get along’ front, you’re wasting your time just like they were. I’m not interested."

Jules expected this, but thankfully she was not easily offended or dissuaded from things.

JULES: “Just like you are hardly interested in defending your title every week?”

She takes an exaggerated drag of the half cigarette between her fingers and raises an eyebrow in question. Anybody else would probably have closed the door after the jab, but it was just enough to catch Kris’ interest. He pulls open the door to reveal his scrunched up, confused face.

KRIS: “I’m undefeated for like nine and a half months… like 300 days or some shit. I think I’m doing alright. Things on your side of the street are much shakier than they are over here."

It was his own way of turning attention away from himself and back onto everyone else. He was the only one of the family not really involved in any way, even though he had taken his shots at his brother’s company on social media.

KRIS: “...or are you over here as executive producer trying to lure in some actual talent to your roster? I’m pretty happy where I’m at, thanks."

Jules chuckles before tossing the butt into a planter beside her.

JULES: “I am here as the only person in this crazy ass family that has absolutely no feelings about you but..."

She offers a shrug.

JULES: “But I love your brother and this shit is driving me nuts. So... as the only person you can’t push away, insult or threaten to cut out, it hasl regrettably fallen on my bony shoulders."

She takes a step forward.

JULES: “You got coffee? I really need one."

She pushes past him. He moves to follow her, but stops, stepping out the door and pulling the butt from the planter. If not, Kali or Heather would have found it and blamed him. He pockets it, and follows her through the house. It is pretty obvious to him that she had been there in the time he spent living in San Diego, which only worked to annoy him more. He pushes through the door of the kitchen to find her taking a cup down from the cabinet.

KRIS: “I see it’s just me that has excommunicated your side of the street…."

He grabs his own cup from a rack at the end of the counter, and steals the pot of coffee before she can grab it, filling his own cup first.

KRIS: “Kind of annoying that nobody listens to me…."

She snorts.

JULES: “You think anyone listens to me? Like me even coming here is a crapshoot but I just said, fuck it. I got nothing to lose in this scenario because you hate me regardless."

She doesn't seem at all affected by that revelation, instead she pushes his cup out of the way by sliding her own in its place, getting half full before Kris naturally stops.

KRIS: “I don’t hate you. I don’t know you. How long have you been around?”

It is not until he lays the last question on her that he starts pouring again, filling her cup before turning to finish his own. He slides the pot back onto the stand and leans back against the counters.

KRIS: “You guys get together, and before too long are just gone. No word about it, just off traveling the world. All because I had a kid or something? Really? Then you guys up and get married without anyone knowing? Refuse to even say anything about it publicly?”

He raises his cup up, blowing on the liquid inside. He stops short of taking a drink though, lowing it instead and adding the next thought that strikes him.

KRIS: “Oh, and as if just leaving doesn’t fuck shit up bad enough, you do all that, then decide it’s just cool to let me know the guy that made my life hell isn’t my dad, and leave my actual dad to let me know my mom is dead."

He goes to raise the cup again, but a small smirk crosses his lips before the cup can cover it. His next words are more under his breath than anything.

KRIS: “... not that, that last part was any kind of huge loss."

However, he fails to take a drink yet again, as it would cut off his train of thought. He lowers it, having unpacked most of his frustration and finding it easier to just let the rest of it out as well.

KRIS: “And there’s the whole bringing Kurtis into my life, and then handing him the keys to ruining my marriage. That was fun to go through. Or what about the fact that during the worst week of my life, that guy was the messenger instead of Jason having the decency to drop any of this on my himself? Was that cool?”

He puts his cup down now, not even really interested in it anymore. He takes a few steps away from her, holding his hands up innocently and shaking his head.

KRIS: “I’m sorry. I know it’s not all on you, but just like I’ve told everyone else, there’s not a whole lot I can say about it that I haven’t already said. You guys can run your company, or go back on vacation. I don’t care. Obviously he doesn’t give much of a shit about me, so you have no reason to."

He turns on his heel, shoving at the swinging door from the kitchen and heading back towards the living room. Jules smirks and sets her cup down. She hated coffee but she knew how to get under people’s skin. Even someone as closeted like Kris. She pushes through the swinging doors herself.

JULES: “You could always say it to the person you are really pissed at so he can stop acting like a man-child. At least it's somewhat expected from you. He was pretty upset at you too you know."

She notices that her niece is sleeping in the playpen. She smiles at her, reaching in to brush some dark hair away from her eyes.

JULES: “I know you meant her name to be in tribute but Jay doesn’t think that. I don’t know for sure since the horse's ass won’t talk about it to anyone but Mack."

She shrugs, then collapsing heavily onto the couch beside him.

JULES: “And technically... our marriage isn't legal here in the states. No certificate so it's just ours and some monk’s word."

He stops at the foot of the stairs, and turns back around.

KRIS: “Are you trying to irritate me?”

The question comes out honestly enough. There does not seem to be some game behind what he is getting at. It was not a trick. However, before she can even wrap her head around an answer, he takes a step towards her.

KRIS: “The reason I don’t need to tell Jason any of this, is because I have said all of this to his face already. You know what he did? He left. He tucked his tail between his legs, and took off back to his side of the street. He spent six months ignoring me, then threw a bomb into my life before running away and leaving me to deal with the consequences. I am done being some piece in a game he is playing with everyone."

He turns back towards the stairs again, going up one before turning back around and coming back towards her. She could tell that he was beyond flustered at this point. His body was arguing with him just to walk away and be done, but he could not pass along that message to his mouth and shut up.

KRIS: “...and when you can see him you can tell him to cut out the cute shit with Mikah too. I see what he is doing. He keeps poking at her to get me to stick up for her so that this little spat we are going through gets resolved. You can let him know I see through the shit and I am not playing the game anymore. He wanted me out of his life, so now I am, and he just has to deal with that."

She reaches to a picture on the side table. It's old, the brothers as children. She gives a half smile. Kris had forgotten that Heather had framed it although he had always intended to throw it out after she had forgotten about it.

JULES: “My little sister has… problems… a lot of them. Not all of them her fault either… just..."

She brushes away the thought of trying to explain it all to him. It was not the point of what she was saying. Kris is confused by her words. It had nothing to do with their conversation in the least.

JULES: “I even found out that we don’t even have the same father and for a while, I was so pissed at her. My mother got herself knocked up and dropped off this... thing with me and my gran. She ruined everything. She was annoying. Did things that pissed me off. I always had to take care of her. One day... I told my Gran I would watch her during bingo night but instead I took off and me and Cece got high behind the grocery store. I was determined to not do anything for her anymore."

She sets the picture down on the table.

JULES: “But when I got home, she had gotten into the cleaning closet. Swallowed a quarter bottle of pinesol because she thought it was apple juice."

She shakes her head.

JULES: “I hated her so much because she seemed to make my life harder. After my gran died though... it was like something... I dunno... clicked. Like as much as I thought pushing her away would be good for her... I realized I needed her more than she needed me."

She stands, sticking her hands in her pockets.

JULES: “Now you know a little bit more about me. And you know, after all of that... I wish I had of just been there. Even though she was a pain in the ass little sister that made the wrong decisions... she is the one that helped me when I needed comfort... when my gran died... cuz... death... sucks."

She gives his shoulder a little punch.

JULES: “But hey... I tried. You wanna get hung up on the half thing that’s your business but if people that aren't blood can be siblings, why does it matter if you only share half the same DNA."

She walks by the playpen again, leaning down to kiss her fingertips and place against the infant's soft cheek.

JULES: “Good talk Dude."

He shrugs, understanding how she could see Jason’s side in all of it. It’s not that he did not see it himself. He was just on the other side of the argument.

KRIS: “...and if your sister was pissed that you chose to walk away, and just wanted you to leave her alone could you not understand that? Granted, I’m not entirely sure the two are comparable. One mistake you made against me just being part of some game he is playing against the rest of the world for my entire life."

Underneath all of the anger, that was the part that bothered him the most. Nobody else had stuck it out to dig that deep into it though.

KRIS: “You ever wake up and not know if you got where you are because it is what you wanted? That maybe everything you have, and everything that you have ever done has just been part of something that some fuck is manipulating?”

He looks away from her, shaking his head.

KRIS: “That’s the feeling that bothers me. That’s why he needs to stay across the street and out of my problems."

Jules moves so that she is looking directly into his eyes. Her gaze is unyielding and he can't read her like he can so many other people. She was good at keeping what she was actually thinking or feeling off her face.

JULES: “Kinda hard when your problems are about him. Look, you wanna keep up the emo angst thing, go ahead but get out of a ring until you sort it out. You might not think your actions affect everyone else, but they do. I like Heather so I swear to god if you end up paralysed because you were too busy being hung up on this garbage I will turn off the machines myself. I’m not saying Jay isn't being a moron either. I want to knock your heads together. I am just tired of having to walk on fucking eggshells and deal with a splintered family. I already had that shit because of my crack whore mother. Now grow up."

She has been clenching her fists the entire time, her knuckles turning white and betraying her otherwise calm expression. He shrugs his shoulders again, still not exactly following.

KRIS: “I don’t think I have anything to worry about. I’m beating everyone and doing just fine. They don’t have anyone capable to crippling me, so you don’t have anything to worry about. Maybe you should watch a little more closely."

She chuckles patting him on the shoulder.

JULES: “I’m good bro. You are the only talent that company has now but you’re content beating mediocre assholes. And even then you barely won at Summer XXXtreme and that was by cheating. Then that dude you had no trouble beating a million times before puts you in a hospital bed. I won’t even mention that hot mess of a promoter giving you a BJ."

She rolls her eyes.

JULES: “I have done enough observing to know exactly... ‘What’s up’ Kris. It’s so blatantly obvious to everyone but you. You are hurting bad. Why else are you still holed up in San Di? Heather has her shit together now. Fuck even only being around eleven months I notice the confidence change... so tell me... why are you taking steps backward? And why should Jay help you or show he cares when you obviously don’t care about yourself or anyone else for that matter?  I’ll wait..."

She places her hands on her hips, proud of herself for channelling her sister Kahlan and her no BS policy. He extends his arms out to his sides, becoming even more frustrated by the conversation.

KRIS: “And your pitch is to talk to Jason? How does that help me? How does letting someone back into my life, that just wants to play around with it benefit me? Working out our shit doesn’t change anything else about my life. I don’t need him, and he doesn’t want me around, so I don’t know why everyone is pushing this so hard."

Jules’ eyes go darker, her mouth a thin hard line. She was done playing nice.

JULES: “Jason trained you. Jason got into this because it was your dream. You think he’s the one that walked away?”

She laughs.

JULES: “You know what you’re doing is playing with fire and you are getting entirely too close to burning in it. On top of that... you know how to do this without getting injured. I know for a fact that Parker has helped the two of you fix the things you were doing wrong. Neither of you would have come as far without his help. You need to realize that you haven't just walked away from your brother. You walked away from Jet City. You are pushing this family away and fuck if I know why because anyone would kill to have that kind of loyalty."

She leans in.

JULES: “You are  going to get injured and then what? Is having to listen to me say I told you so going to be any better than just sucking it up and going back?”

She reaches up to his face slowly before firmly smacking her palm against it, just hard enough to make sure she had his full attention. The way his eyes lock on hers tells her that she has it. Her voice comes out much softer than before, almost like a parent both reassuring but scolding a child.

JULES: “Save yourself some agony. Stop acting like a baby and get your ass back to Jet City.”

She then leans back and without stopping walks out the door, slamming it for effect.


========================================
========================================



22 September 2017
ON-Camera
"#JustTakeTheL"





The camera starts recording looking at the Roulette Champion. He stands in front of a big bay window, looking almost straight down. It is clear that they are in some hotel along the international tour, but without seeing more of the surroundings, it is hard to tell where. Kris seems to have done it that way on purpose though..

”I’m getting to this tour a little late it seems. I heard everyone was excited to see me back in Christchurch. I had some other business that I had to attend to. People have already been talking about the fact that I seemed a little off going into Violent Conduct. It’s been no secret that it has been an eventful few months for me. I guess I just needed a little more time away than just the dead week we got after Violent Conduct. After all, I am the Roulette Champion. I am the guy that goes into a weird stipulation that he can’t possibly prepare for every time I get in the ring.”

He taps on the glass, still looking down at whatever is happening out on the street in front of the hotel. The smile on his face leads the viewers to believe that it cannot be all that bad. He does not seem annoyed by it. If anything, whatever is going on is splitting his interest away from the camera.

”The most difficult part of this job is something that is unpredictable, and that is what I live every day. Ask any veteran in any company, and they will tell you that the hardest person to prepare for is a rookie. If not a rookie, than someone that is new to the country, or bigger companies. You can’t prepare for an unknown quantity. You just kind of have to go out and give it your best shot. The unknown is the biggest challenge that there is, and I live it every time I go out to the ring. I don’t know what’s going to happen until that wheel spins. I get no chance to gameplan. I have to go out there, throw my best stuff at whoever is standing across the ring, use the environment I’m provided with, and win. That is what it means to be the Roulette Champion. That is why so many people failed to hang onto the championship for longer than a few days. It’s not something that you ever get used to. It’s not something that you can get bored with. It’s new every single night, and you have to be mentally capable of handling that if you want to hang onto this title for very long.”

He taps on the glass again before finally pulling himself away from it. He puts his hands into the front pockets of his jeans and raises his shoulders. For the first time, viewers can read the message across the front of his shirt, and he has followed through on his promise of the #JustTakeTheL shirt.

”Week after week. Month after month. Time just keeps going by, and that wheel says something different every time, but I am still here. My first appearance back was the Halloween show last year. That means I am just a few weeks away from having been back for an entire year without my shoulders being pinned to that mat. It means more than three hundred days under contract with this company, without having tapped out. It means that no matter what unknown obstacle has gotten thrown into my way just minutes before a title defense, I have succeeded. I am currently the longest reigning champion in this entire company, and I am holding the most difficult championship to keep. I don’t have to come in like Calvin Harris and tell you all that I am the best. I might throw it up on social media every now and again to rub other people’s faces in it, but, for the most part, that is something that you guys have been telling me for months. I have been hearing it at signings. I have heard it while doing the Kris and Mikah Show, when Mikah has been available to do it. I got into the middle of the ring a few weeks ago, just to talk, and I heard it then. If you say that you are the greatest talent a company has, in front of a few thousand fans, and don’t get immediately booed out of the ring, what does that say?”

He shrugs again, his lips pressing together into a straight line instead of the smirk he usually wears when making a point. It gave the impression of sincerity even in a person that the fans did not associate with being sincere.

”I set myself up for the biggest challenge that I could think of, and have been looked down on by the roster because of it. Who missed J2H mentioning that it was a big accomplishment to hold a title that he did before people ever took him seriously? Who saw Calvin Harris talk shit about being the best because he held the top championship in this company for thirty seconds? What about James Tuscini suddenly acting like he had moved up in the world when he won the Internet Championship? Let’s not forget that the guy holding the top prize in this company has failed to beat me in three attempts. This is a guy whose team had so little chance of winning that he got counted out instead of just… well..”

He raises his left hand from his pocket, and drags it along the the hashtag printed on his shirt.

”...but that’s not to say that I don’t have my own problems. I took the most difficult job in this company, and turned it into something that I make look effortless. When this whole Roulette thing started, I just wanted to clear out all the hot potato bullshit that was going on. I looked at how the one division that makes this company unique was being dumped on by talentless hacks, and I decided to do something about it. The problem is, the whole allure of the thing fades when you realize that there is just no talent on the horizon. The whole thing loses its flavor when there is nothing new up and coming.”

He reaches out and takes the camera off of the stand, holding it so that it is still facing him.

”For a long time I was getting tossed into matches with Steve Ramone over and over again. Then it was James Tuscini. Then it was Joshua Acquin. Now it seems like Sam Devereux is getting his second opportunity handed to him. This isn’t something he earned. Last I checked he spent half of our last match crying and holding his shoulder. He got taken out of the match for a good chunk of time by a guy that I have proven to be better than every time we have stepped in the ring together. Sure, Sammy didn’t take the fall in that match. Sure, Acquin was a late and pointless addition into the match. It doesn’t make anything that the guy did any less mediocre though, does it? He didn’t beat me. Just because he didn’t get pinned, he deserves another chance? Is that how things work now?”

He backtracks towards the window as he talks, his back hitting the glass as he finishes. The smile that we are all used to starts to form at the corners of his lips.

”This might be a match that Christian wants to see, for whatever reasons he wants to see it, but that whole game is getting boring for me. I don’t want to compete against the people that management wants to see competing against me. I have proven time and time again that I am plenty capable of beating those people. Sam has failed, on two occasions, to even make me feel like I am in danger of losing the Roulette Championship. I haven’t felt that my goal to break the record has been in jeopardy even once since Christian pulled me into his office and introduced me to this near-mute, blood magi fuck. I mean the dude is so entertaining that when Christian gave him the title match, he just kind of silently nodded. I insulted the dude to his face, and got crickets in response. That’s why I’m bored, but I’m here to tell you how to fix it.”

He does not even try to hide it now, and takes a glance back over his shoulder to make sure whatever activity had his attention is still going on. When he looks back at the camera, he looks overjoyed at the sight.

”I will face Sam. I’m going to beat Sam. I think we have all pretty much accepted that as truth. It’s not because he’s a bad guy. It’s not because he’s as worthless as some of the trash that I have taken out. It’s just because he’s not as good as me. He can’t walk into the unknown and thrive like I can. He shouldn’t get too down about it though. If the last year has proven anything, it is that nobody here is operating on the same level as me. He’s in good company catching another loss from me.”

He takes a look over his shoulder again, and this time winks when he looks back at the camera.

”I mean, I just went to the lobby to get towels not that long ago, and ever since I came back up here, this has been happening.”

He turns the camera, and points it out the window, but angled down towards the ground. On the sidewalk in front of the hotel is a group of individuals holding up various signs with Kris’ name. It looks like security is trying to get them to move along, but not having a very easy time of it.

”I’m the guy that has this happen everywhere we go in SCW, even though most of the people that buy tickets boo the hell out of me. If anyone in management wants me to fear coming short of breaking the record, maybe they should try finding someone else that people get this excited about instead of some scrub I already beat once.”

He turns the camera back around so that we can see his face, and the stupid, sarcastic smirk is plastered all over it.

”...but that’s just my opinion. What do I know? I’m just the best thing that SCW has going right now.”

With another wink, he flips the switch on the side of the camera and kills the feed.



44
Supercard Archives / KRIS (c) V SAMUEL D v ACQUIN
« on: September 01, 2017, 11:43:05 PM »
 Brothers
Jet City, WA
26 August 2017
9:00am PDT
OFF-Camera


The Jet City Sports Lab is in full swing. The regular gym goers have already filled up the whole far side of the building, with nearly every piece of equipment currently in use. It was on the back wall behind all of it that two strangely similar looking men stand, one with thick glasses covering his eyes, and a LA Clippers hat pulled down over of his head. The other man chose to go about getting people to leave him alone a totally different way. Kris leans back against the wall, his arms crossed in front of his chest, and the words ‘fuck off’ plastered all over his expression. Seeing a familiar face, the speedster in the hat and glasses points over towards the gym’s two trainers.

Barry: I know those two.

Kris sighs. It was a phrase that he was getting really tired of hearing, mainly because it was annoyingly untrue. Barry had spent the whole previous night trying to find similarities between their worlds. Each time he pointed out a face though, the person as they existed in Kris’ life was of no help to Barry. This would be no different. Kris nods over towards Parker and Coby, his tone less than enthusiastic that either of them were the answer.

Kris: The taller, older one is Parker. He is Jason’s..

Barry excitedly cuts him off, another thing that Kris found annoying.

Barry: Your brother’s best friend, right? Kind of the one responsible for keeping him in line too, right? Digg and Oliver kind of have that dynamic.

He turns his head towards Kris, but his eyes are hidden behind the sunglasses. Just from the tone of his voice though, Kris could tell that he was hopeful that he was right. For the first time all day, he actually was. Instead of giving him the enjoyment of it, Kris moves on without addressing the question.

Kris: The shorter, younger one is Coby Quik...

It gets an audible laugh from Barry, that Kris does not quite understand. It takes him a second, but he composes himself, raising a hand to brush it off and try to stay serious.

Barry: And if I had to guess, he’s pretty much your partner in crime, right? Kind of the rookie you have been taking under your wing?

Having had enough of Barry trying to explain things about his own world to him, Kris opens his mouth to explode at him, but Barry raises a hand and points at a woman leaving the back offices. The look on his face is enough to make Kris choke back his words and look in her direction. Of course he recognized her as Jules Fischer. The question was, how did Barry know her.

Barry: You didn’t say that you guys had a sister...

Kris takes a weird joy in the fact that one of Barry’s observations is totally off the mark. He shakes his head, clapping his hand down on Barry’s shoulder.

Kris: Look at her left hand there speedy, she’s not Jason’s sister, although I guess she is mine? Like a half-sister-in-law? Is that a thing?

Barry very visibly shivers, the mental image not setting well with him, and Kris could understand why if he followed correctly. Wherever Barry was from, Jason and Jules must have had a very different kind of relationship. It did not matter though, her coming out of the office meant one thing.

Kris: Come on. This is our best chance to get in and out of here without getting stopped by anyone asking questions.

Kris nods towards the hallway Jules came out of, and then looks at Barry.

Kris: Second to last door on the left.

The speedster nods, and reaches out like he is going to put his arm around Kris’ shoulders. Instead, he grabs him by the back collar and takes a quick look around to make sure nobody is directly looking at them. If anyone had been, they would have seen the two men dissolve into a blur, tracked by yellow lightning as they made a line through the gym and down the hallway. In under a second Kris finds himself standing in the office he promised he would never come back to, standing across from a very surprised Jason. Papers slowly make their way to the floor, thrown into the air in the wake of Barry’s speed.

Jason: WHAT THE---?

Jason pushes up from his seat, and looks back and forth across the faces of both men. He lingers on Kris, but points at the speedster with him.

Jason:How did he do that?

Barry pulls off his hat, and then slowly removes his sunglasses. When he looks up, he can see Jason having a hard time reconciling that Barry and his brother were identical. He holds his palms out, trying to reassure him and hoping that he was going to be easier to talk to than Kris was.

Barry: It’s okay. We didn’t come to hurt you or anything. I just wanted to talk. Obviously you probably have a lot of questions.

Jason moves his eyes from Kris, and over Barry, trying to figure out the puzzle for himself. When his eyes come back to Kris, he gets the most subtle nod from his younger brother.

Kris: He’s gonna say it anyways, so you might as well go ahead and ask.

Still not totally believing his eyes, Jason looks in Barry’s direction, but sits back down in his office chair.

Jason: You’re really him...

Barry nods, shrugging his shoulders a little.

Barry: Barry Allen.

Jason chuckles, mostly because he had already determined the answer even though he was pretty sure this all had to be some vivid hallucination. He looks back up at the two of them, a smile starting to appear on his face.

Jason: ...and what does that fastest man alive need me for?

Barry looks back and forth between the two brothers, but to the surprise of them both, does not have an answer.

Barry: That is what I am hoping you can tell me….




=================================================
=================================================



The Champ
ON-Camera



”I think we all have felt the impulse to just cut and run before in our lives.”

We open on Kris standing in a hotel room, with a bag laid out at the end of one of the beds. The curtains behind him are pulled open to let light in, but fans paying close attention to his surroundings can see signs outside the window that are not written in English, but some kind of Asian symbols that they could not correctly identify if asked.

”I mean look at the SCW roster. We have had so many teams rise up in the tag division and say they are going to make a difference. They say that they are going to change things for the better. They want to be the heroes. What happened to all of those teams afterwards? The Elders? Dead in the water. The artists formerly known as Jon Dough is walking around somewhere with a title match contract that I doubt we will see used. His partner? Jumped ship to The Bad Boys. What happened to them? They said goodbye too. Half of Team BJ stuck around to be a manager, but that team did nothing more than transition the championships from one departing team to the next. Not that I am not without blame. That division wouldn’t be in the mess it is now if Jet City stuck around. Problem with putting it all on me, is that I am still here, and I am still a champion.”

While he talks he empties a drawer from the dresser into the suitcase, clearly packing up to leave wherever he was. Fans covering him outside of SCW would have accurately assumed he was still in Japan following a win, but he doubted that most people were paying attention to that part of his career.

”It’s not even just the tag titles. Look at the Internet Championship. There have been three champions over the time I have held onto the Roulette Championship. First you had, Lord Raab, who has all but bailed on the idea of being a singles champion ever again in SCW. He essentially threw the championship away by being greedy. It was not enough for him to want to carry the title with any kind of pride. He had to fly closer to the sun. What happened? He lost it to J2H and then turned his back on it. What a wonderful, and noble champion J2H turned out to be. Correct me if I am wrong, but throwing a championship down and walking away from it doesn’t make it look very good, does it? All for it to end up in the hands of James Tuscini, but only after he lost to the Roulette Champion, failed to win the SCW Heavyweight Championship, failed to look better than Dmitri in failing to gain the SCW Heavyweight Championship, and then beat a handful of scrubs that we have seen him beat before. It’s real impressive. Someone give that guy a round of applause. Really. James and that garbage title clearly deserve it.”

He pulls a second drawer as he talks, and fits everything from it into his suitcase.

”Just when you think that things must be better at the top of the mountain, I show up to smack you in the face with the fact that there have been six title changes so far this year where the SCW Heavyweight Championship is concerned. Want to guess how many of those individuals are still here? Nobody knows or cares what Jeremiah Hardin is doing. He was a fluke anyways. Rage changed his name, and still fucked bailed anyways after things weren’t quite looking up the way that he wanted them to. As I already mentioned, J2H loved being champion so much that he threw down the titles and walked out of the company. Then you have the decision to have part-time talent, and full-time disappointment Drake Green come back and mix it up. Anybody want to guess how long that dude stuck around for? Roughly the amount of time it took to win a title and exhaust his claim to it once he lost it.”

He moves to the side table next to the bed, tossing items from it and into his suitcase.

”Pretty much casts a negative light on the men of SCW as a whole, doesn’t it? You are supposed to be able to look at history, learn from it, and come away all the better for it. All I see when I look back are people that proved that they shouldn’t have been given the opportunities that they were. I see people that cut and ran away. I see people that thought it would be nice to add a little something extra to their list of accomplishments, but stopped caring once the title was actually around their waist. Every time I watch a show from earlier this year I am confronted by the fact that every single male that has been in my shoes this year, has left.”

Finished, he flips the suitcase closed, and zips it up. Effortlessly, he raises it from the bed and extends the handle to pull it along behind him once he actually leaves the room.

”Then you have me. Maybe what my former tag partner said about me was true, and I am just a slow learner. Maybe I am just a glutton for punishment. Maybe I need to consider the possibility that I’m just waiting for the other shoe to drop. You people can call it brand loyalty. You can build me up as the guy that is carrying the Roulette Championship to make it mean something again. I might occasionally even believe that lie enough to sell it back to you. The truth of the matter is, it’s only ever been about one thing. Equinox beat me, and embarrassed me before breaking ties with SCW. That guy is never going to be allowed back through the doors. If I am going to do anything to erase that, it is going to be through erasing his name from the history books. It is personal, selfish, and petty but also true. Ending the game of Roulette hot potato going on between the worthless pretenders that laid claim to the Roulette title had more to do with what I wanted to erase from history than what I wanted to write into it. You think I would have wanted this championship if I thought any of them were capable of breaking the record? The honest truth is that they aren’t. They never were. They never will be. People like Steve Ramone and Travis Andrews are always going to make bold claims and choke. Ryan Keys is always going to be cheered for losing. James Tuscini… I honestly cannot make a bigger joke of him than what he makes of himself. Now I have Joshua Acquin coming back for another ass beating. How many will this be? I have honestly lost count. In addition I have the second most interesting Sam on the roster, and that is saying something given that Sam Marlowe is about as sharp as a spoon.”

He shrugs, appearing defeated.

”I am berated by these people that are beneath me, all while seeing every other former champion jump ship without a second thought. If I stood here and told you that I have not been thinking about handing Mark and Christian back their title to follow everyone else’s lead, I would be lying. Like I said, we have all felt the need to cut and run.”

He comes around the side of the bed closest to the camera and sits down in front of it.

”In the last couple of weeks, my eyes have been opened. Not just by the status of this company, or it’s champions. Not just because of the fact that I have tried to hype my Roulette defense since the moment Sam walked into Christian’s office, only to be doing so alone. It’s not the last minute changes to add someone who couldn’t beat me on my worst day, and their best. It wasn’t even because I have started to come to the realization that this world is smaller than we could ever imagine, and our time in it is so short that wasting it is a tragedy. My eyes got opened because I have finally had the time to sit back and just listen. I mean, my opponents were quiet, so it’s not like I had their words kicking around in my head to keep me focused. You know what I have noticed? I have noticed that if you take me, and the Roulette Championship out of the equation, this company doesn’t have a single thing going for it. I am it. I am the hype machine. I am the selling point. I am the face of social media. I am the one busting my ass every week backstage, in the ring, and on a review show when my co-host can be bothered to show up. I have realized that without me, it all falls apart. If I throw down this belt and walk out, this company dies.”

He drops his eyes from the camera, bringing his hands together in his lap. Kris works his palms back and forth against one another, trying to find the words to be as honest as possible.

”I have always been able to see myself as the villain. I’m even pretty sure that I have made it easier for a lot of you to see me that way too. I hear the boos when I come out, or even when I can hear my name mentioned from backstage. To be fair, I earned them. I make a ton of mistakes, and that list gets longer every single day. I can’t seem to wipe them away faster than I am making them. Sometimes I sit around and think that if i could only go back and change a couple of things, everything could be different. If I was a better person, maybe the state of affairs around me would be better.”

He looks up, tilting his head slightly left and looking a little refreshed by getting it off his chest. There is something in his eyes that lets the viewers know that things are about to turn though.

”Like I said though, recently I have been a party to a few things that have opened my eyes. Sure, my instinct was to flake like everyone else has. To be honest, it was a front-running idea until a little over a week ago. After all, none of the other people that left seem to have caught consequences from it. They aren’t remembered any disappearing in a time of crisis. Then it occurred to me that I have been looking at things all wrong. I’m not the villain of this story. I never have been. I never will be.”

The smirk that everyone is so used to creeps onto his face, but not for the usual reasons. Normally it only followed cutting into someone, but this time was different. There appears to be a genuine happiness under it.

”I saved all of you, just by showing up. I gave you something to hope for when I took on the challenge of breaking this record. I gave you all something to look forward to be sticking around and clearing out the clusterfuck of rematches clauses that had all of you rolling your eyes at all of the people claiming to be the rightful Roulette Champion. Every week that you guys tuned into Climax Control, you knew that I was going to be there in some capacity. You knew that there was someone that was not going to let you down. Even more than that, the person came from the absolute bottom and was simply on your television screen hoping to find some sort of redemption in your eyes. I thought the mixed cheers that I was hearing grow louder and louder every week were a result of me making people laugh. I was wrong. They were from people who were happy to see me succeed. They were cheers from people who are spending money that they bust their ass to make, in jobs that they probably hate, all for a chance to see a guy like me make something of himself after so many years of doing things the wrong way, and getting in my own way.”

He separates his hands from one another without looking down from the camera, and extends the index finger of his left hand up in the air.

”One. One hard look in a mirror was all it took to see myself as the hero instead of the villain. I get to be the guy that breaks the mold. I get to be the guy that ignores the trends other champions in this company follow. I have been a champion for pretty much the entire time that I have been back in this company, and my time to cut and run away isn’t here yet. I can be what this company deserves for me to be. After all, SCW made me the well-known person that I am today. The very least I can do is show up when they need me, in order to save the ship from sinking.”

He drops his hand back to his lap, and offers a rare full smile to the viewers.

”Bring your Joshua Acquin’s. Your Sam Devereux’s. Your Travis Andrews’. Your Steve Ramone’s. Put any challenge in front of me that you feel is necessary. I am going to show up and prove that this is my company. Better yet, this is our company...”

He points back and forth between himself and the camera, signaling to the viewers.

”My eyes are finally open. Are yours?”

He winks, but as he does a weird static makes the feed start to blurry. A buzzing sound can be heard as the interference makes the screen fuzz out for just a split second. When the frame goes back to normal, Kris is gone, along with the suitcase. The feed continues to roll for a few minutes as the fans watching try and figure out exactly what happened. Those that continue watching the empty room eventually notice, a ‘LOW BATTERY” warning that flashes in the bottom corner. It blinks only a handful of times, and the feed cuts off.



45
Supercard Archives / KRIS (c) V SAMUEL D v ACQUIN
« on: August 26, 2017, 11:57:49 PM »
 Who Are You?
San Diego, CA
25 August 2017
9:17pm PDT
OFF-Camera


Sitting on an easel in the middle of the room is Holden Ryan’s latest work in progress. Against the purplish-black background is a city being hit by a storm. However, the foreground remains frustratingly empty. He had finished the setting, and filled the bottom half of the canvas with the image in his head, but that was as far as he got. The city street was empty, and he could not help but feel like it was incomplete. His eyes track from the bottom, to the top of the painting, taking in every detail of the storm, and trying to figure out exactly what he was missing. The most exciting thing in the image is a lightning bolt tracking down the center, but as his eyes follow it, he notices it leads to nothing. Coming from the sky, it arcs through the entire scene, only to appear to be striking the empty ground. There…he found what he was missing. He stands from the chair, and takes a single step across the room before the sound of thunder shakes the small house. His attention pulls towards the window, the rain beating against the window had not even registered to him until now. When he turns back to the canvas, another shockwave rocks the house. He looks up to a spot on the ceiling where water damage was becoming more and more clear with each storm that passed through.

Holden: Just hold together for a few more days…

He was not talking to anyone but himself. Kris had not been gone nearly long enough to have made it to pick up their pizza, let alone gotten back already. The house was otherwise empty, something that he was used to. Perhaps that was where the talking to himself actually came from, a way to cut through the constant silence of being alone. Holden crosses to the canvas, grabbing the one of the several clean paintbrushes from a stand next to the easel and tapping it against his cheek. Before he can even think of his next stroke on the canvas, the door to the house blows open. Wind from outside sweeps into the foyer, and gets him to spin on his heel. It is only then that he sees it. Lightning, but not like in the painting behind him. This was not white, but yellow, and blinding. It does not stop outside either. Instead, like it has a mind of its own, the bolt of lightning fills the room, circling around where Holden stands. He spins, understandably panicked, and looking for anyway out of the room, but finding himself surrounded on all sides. At this point, rational thought is gone. He does the only thing that he can think of to defend himself, tossing the paintbrush with all of his strength into the wall of lightning around him. Before his eyes, the lightning dissipates, and the paintbrush is caught out of the air. In front of him is a man in a red suit, a white emblem on his chest with a lightning bolt on it that is strangely similar to the path the of the bolt on the canvas. He screams at himself to run, but his feet are planted firmly to the wood floor beneath him. Holden raises his hands up, finally finding the words necessary to grovel.

Holden: I don’t know what you want, who you are, or why you’re here, but I just met my son so if you could just not kill me, take whatever you want, and leave we can call it even…

The man’s expression shifts a little, most of his confusion covered by the mask, but his frown totally visible. He seemed disappointed that Holden had no idea who he was.

Speedster: Harry something is seriously messed up. I don’t know how I got here, and nothing is the same. I have been running for hours and everything looks different. The city has changed. Star Labs is gone. I can’t find Iris, or Wally anywhere. What is happening?

Holden: Harry? My name’s Holden Ryans. We’re in San Diego, my house more specifically. I don’t know what you’re on but you can you please leave?

The man in red raises both of his hands, similarly to Holden, with the exception that he is holding the paintbrush. He turns it between his fingers, taking a step forward at a speed Holden can actually comprehend. Trying his best not to be threatening, he drops the brush back into the stand before reaching up and pulling the mask back. Once the hood is dropping, Holden lets out the breath that he did not even realize he was holding. He drops his hand to his chest, chuckling lightly.

Holden: Oh, fuck Kris! I was pretty sure I was about to die.

Holden squats down, taking deep breaths in and out to try and make up for all of the ones he had forgotten to take. He manages to raise one hand to point around the room.

Holden: I don’t know how you did it. The lightning, the door… I’m not even mad though. That was good.

He is not exactly looking up, so he misses the growing confusion on the man’s face in front of him. He looks around the room, seeing the painting at the easel and lingering on it for a second.

Speedster: You’re a painter? Not a scientist?

He raises his hands to his head, running his fingers through his hair. The terror that had previously been on Holden’s face is now evident on his own. The change of the tone of his voice draws Holden out of whatever relief he was feeling and back down to reality.

Holden: A scientist? What would have ever given you that impression?

Turning from the painting, the man that was identical to his son shakes his head.

Speedster: This is so much worse than I thought….

The door still stands completely open, and the the attention of both men gets drawn towards the approaching footsteps. Through the door, carrying a pizza, and dressed the exact same way he was when Holden last saw him was his son, SCW Roulette Champion Kris Halich. He bumps the door closed behind him, pushing it hard to make sure that it stayed closed. Holden stands back up, looking between the two identical copies in the room before Kris even notices.

Kris: For once they had it ready and it wasn’t fucked up. I guess the world’s not going to hell after a…

Kris eyes find the man in red standing in his father’s living room and the box drops from his hand, landing upside down on the floor. His mouth drops open, unable to finish his thought, let alone process any of what he was seeing into words. The best that he can manage is to point at his reflection. The man in red looks back and forth between them and sighs, realizing that he had a lot to explain.

Speedster: My name is Barr..

The suit was enough of a giveaway. He had been reading comic books all his life. From the wide open door, the wrecked state of affairs in the living room, and the dumbfounded look on Holden’s face, Kris manages to put the pieces together and spit something out, even though it sounded insane coming out of his mouth.

Kris: Barry Allen, and you’re the fastest man alive…

Barry lets out a sigh of relief, nodding in agreement with this version of himself.

Barry: I think I’m in a lot of trouble this time.




=================================================
=================================================



Sneaking In
ON-Camera



The camera comes to life with Kris sitting in a chair in an otherwise empty room. It is spun around so that he can rest his forearms on the backrest, and we open to the sounds of his sarcastically clapping.

”The return of Joshua Acquin to SCW, and he manages to get a shot at me. Color me impressed.”

He continues clapping, but the look of disappointment on his face is much louder than his hands coming together.

”I feel like every match we have had has gone the same way. Why would you want to take another shot at it? Have I not run you down enough at this point? Was the beating that you caught last time not bad enough?”

He holds his arms out to his sides, shrugging his shoulders, genuinely confused why he would want another chance.

”Before you bailed out for the hundredth time, we had a Roulette Rules match, Josh. You remember that? I’d hope so because it wasn’t all that long ago. We tore up the backstage area. We tried to murder each other on several occasions. I almost spent a night in the hospital after it. Yet, I beat you, and not for the first time.”

He looks away from the camera, and then pushes up out of the seat. The idea of seeing Acquin after that match seemed to have him on edge. He runs his fingers through his hair, taking a deep breath.

”Have you not been listening to what I have been saying? I have moved on from you guys. You, Ramone, Keys, and Tuscini, are my past. I beat the lot of you senseless and have elevated this championship higher than you will ever reach. I have beaten you so badly that you stepped away for more than a month.”

He steps around the chair, closing the distance between him and the camera.

”I am not going to tell you not to show up. That seems entirely too stereotypical for a person in my position. Instead I am going to tell you that when you do, that beating that put you on the shelf is going to feel like like a limp wristed massage. I warned you guys against trying to come after me again. I guess the message I was trying to send wasn’t strong enough. I’ll have to update it at Violent Conduct.”

He winks, offering a less-than-enthusiastic smirk.

”See you soon.”


=================================================
=================================================



World’s Collide
San Diego, CA
25 August 2017
11:48pm PDT
OFF-Camera


Hours had passed for both Kris and Holden, but with as long as it felt, they could not imagine how long it felt like for their guest. The room around them has been restored to its proper form, Barry had not even broken a sweat in doing so. The pizza box on the table in the middle of the room was filled with little more than crumbs, and while it seems to have had a filling effect on both Holden and Kris, who were sitting comfortably on the couch, it had not slowed Barry much. He could not sit still, pacing back and forth in front of them as he filled them in on the last few years of his life, up until his arrival in their home. The problem was, as he got closer to the end of his story, the details started to become hazy. It took awhile for Kris or Holden to get a word in, but once Barry starts to slow between thoughts, they start unloading questions.

Holden: So obviously you two look the same, but when you got here you called me Harry. Are you saying that I look like, this guy that you’ve run into a few versions of?

Barry nods, sighing as he runs his fingers through his hair.

Barry: Every new world I have gone to has had different versions of the same people. Most of the time there’s only small differences. This world isn’t like any that I’ve run to before now. Your lives are so different from the rest.

Kris: What gave you that idea? The fact that none of that comic book bullshit is real here?

The coldness of the words stop Barry from pacing. He had heard the same tone in another voice not long ago, and easily identified what Kris’ problem was.

Barry: Look I know none of this is easy. I’m still wrapping my head around it myself and I’ve had years of practice trying. You’ve been reading these stories...

He points between the two on the couch where a few comics were stacked. The first order of business after cleaning up the room had been filling in Holden on how and why Kris knew who the speedster was. It helped that the quick run to Kris’ house to get them afforded them the opportunity for Barry to change into less conspicuous clothing.

Barry: ...you’ve probably wondered why something like that couldn’t have happened to you. Seeing me standing here probably doesn’t feel very good. I’m not the bad guy here though. I don’t want to be here any more than you want me here. I have my own home to get back to.

The response drags an irritated laugh out of Kris. He would deny it, but the only reason it bothered him was because it was true. Luckily for them both, before Kris could fire more condescending comments at him, Holden changed the subject.

Holden: You said things are different. I get that part. What else is the same though, other than two doppelgangers? Is there anything else?

Barry is happy to take his eyes off of Kris, and answer a more productive question. The two of them had gotten off to a good enough start, but it had gone quickly downhill with the more Barry talked.

Barry: This house....

He raises both of his arms up and points at it around him. The neighborhood had not changed, even if its name had.

Barry: It’s the same as the one I lived in as a kid, before any of this stuff ever started for me. Some parts of the city are close enough to Central City I guess. None of the places that I remember are the same though. Jitters was gone. Star Labs is a football field. All of my friends, and anyone that could help me figure this out never seems to have existed.

Kris reaches into his pocket and pulls out his phone. He does not even have to look at it while he draws the design to unlock it, staying focused on Barry. He holds it up to catch the speedster’s eye before tossing it to him. It is already midair before Barry even registers that it is thrown, but he should not have expected less. When his eyes do catch its movement, lightning crackles around him and he moves to catch it easily. He open his mouth, not even sure what his words were going to be, but finds himself just barely too slow.

Kris: Not a lot you can learn just running around the city. See if anything looks familiar.

His words immediately take Barry’s focus off of the tension between them. The background on the phone catches his attention though. It was taken from a bed, and one of the two faces in it belonged to a stranger, while the other he knew better than anyone else. He brushes at her face, with his thumb and turns the phone towards Kris.

Barry: Who are they to you?

There was a hopeful tone to his voice. Things so far had been so far broken that he had not expected to even see the love of his life’s face, let alone have her be someone that Kris knew. Of course, Kris picked up the look of recognition on his face instantly.

Kris: Which one is Iris, Barry?

It takes the breath out of him to hear Kris say her name. It did not help that he was so smug about it. He shrugs his shoulders, not wanting to play this game at all.

Barry: Kris I don’t know everything about you because you look like me; just like you don’t know everything about me from reading a few comics, okay? We can keep doing this back and forth thing until you finally convince yourself that, even though I have speed, you are better than me, or we can try and work together to get me out of here. The ball is in your court here. I’m asking you for your help.

Every second of it was like nails on a chalkboard for Kris. He had always had an internal monologue chiding him for being an asshole for no reason, but to actually be lectured to by himself was even worse. He almost had to concede just to avoid having to hear it.

Kris: Kali, on the left. She is my manager.

Holden rejoins the conversation with a chuckle that breaks their eyes off of each other to focus on him. Kris shoots him an angry glare, while Barry appears genuinely confused by both of them. From Holden’s perspective, it was enough to make him dizzy. Before Kris can berate him, he attempts to defend himself.

Holden: She’s a lot more than just a manager, but you keep playing it cool. You two came from the same place. If you think about it, she’s always been there, even if you didn’t realize it until recently.

The words seem to reassure Barry that the version of Iris from this world had still somehow found this version of himself. From the look on Kris’ face they were together. She was important. It shouldn’t give him as much relief as it does, but it at least gives him the one constant for every Earth he visited. Unfortunately Kris is able to put it together at roughly the same time.

Kris: It’s Kali then, isn’t it? She’s your Iris. What about Heather then?

Barry shakes his head, and it has a surprising effect on Kris. Barry would have thought he would find it concerning that he did not recognize the other woman. Instead it only makes Kris smile. Before he can ask though, Holden pushes them in a different direction.

Holden: If you recognize her, maybe there are more...

Barry looks to Kris for permission, and gets a nod in response. He turns the phone over and opens the pictures on it, scrolling through all of them faster than either of the other two men can keep up with. When he gets through them there is a smile on his face. One in particular stood out from the rest because the man standing next to Kris was absent in all of the others.

Barry: There’s a lot of familiar faces. Faces I never thought I would see again...

There it was. A flicker of something. It was right at the edge of his tongue, but he could not pull the words out. He knew that it was right. He did not expect to see his friends, again, but the feeling was foreign to him. He could not remember why. The pause is long enough to earn him strange glances from the father and son. Trying to break the awkward silence he turns the phone back to Kris.

Barry: Who is this? He’s only in one picture. He might be the only one that can help me though.

Kris’ heart sinks in his chest. He looks away from the phone, and pushes up off of the couch without a word. Barry looks to Holden, who seems disappointed in his son, but he does not stop him. Kris grabs his empty cup from the table, and walks out of the room. Barry clicks the phone screen off and tosses it to the couch where Kris had been sitting. He was starting to think it was a bad idea to even ask these people for help.

Barry: I didn’t mean to..

Holden cuts him off, not wanting to let him apologize for behavior Kris’ behavior. He was still learning about how difficult Kris could be, and had not found the words to crack his defenses. Holden might not be the brilliant mind he was looking for, so the best he could do for Barry was let him off the hook.

Holden: It’s his brother. Jason. And the reason he didn’t say that for himself was because despite all of his talk, he is a big baby.

Barry comes around the coffee table and sits on down next to a man he felt he knew better than the copy of himself. Each version of the man had been different, and not all of them were geniuses. However, he had learned from each of them, for better or worse. His guess was that this one was no different. He nods towards the door Kris had walked through.

Barry: I can tell that he hates me already. I don’t know why. I can’t really blame him for it. But I feel like whatever it is I am supposed to do here, it has to do with him. How do I get him to talk to me?

Holden laughs a little, and clasps his hand down on Barry’s shoulder. The whole situation was going to be something he later convinced himself was a vivid dream, but everything about Barry made him feel comfortable.

Holden: If you figure it out, you let me know.

The tone of his voice was playful enough, but Barry could tell that he was still completely serious about the words either way. The reaction did not make any sense to him at all.

Barry: He just seems to angry, and that picture didn’t help. I feel like there’s too much that I’m missing.

It was not really his story to tell, but due to his inability to talk his son through it, he figured maybe Barry could help. Holden scratches at his forehead, trying to find the best way to phrase it.

Holden: When you came in and trashed the place, you might not have heard me. I just met Kris not long ago. He didn’t grow up here. He only ever really had one person. When he found out I was his dad, he also found out that Jason was only a half brother. To him that means not really a brother at all. It’s kind of a fresh wound. Jason is another one of these doppelgangers though?

Barry nods.

Barry: Not a brother, but a partner. Of all of the people that I saw in those pictures, he is the only one that might be able to help me, so how do I get Kris to work with me?

Holden pushes up from the couch, looking down at Barry.

Holden: You’re probably better equipped than I am to answer that question Barry. You guys look identical. That can’t be the only common ground that you share. He’s a good kid, but he doesn’t know it. The reason you see hate when he looks at you, is because he hates himself more than anyone else in this world.

Holden walks around the back of the couch, heading for the stairs. Barry turns though, confused as to how any of that helps him.

Barry: If he hates me, he’s never going to talk to me.

Holden does not stop until he gets to the foot of the stairs. When he gets there, he looks back at Barry, and there is a hopeful smile on his face.

Holden: Sounds like you have dealt for worse versions of yourself than this one. This should be easy. If he gets mouthy just give him a little slap. There’s not much he could do to stop you, right?

The two of them share a laugh before Holden nods towards the door to the kitchen. Barry looks towards it, and then back at him, nodding. Surprisingly, the man had come through for him after all. Holden climbs the stairs, headed for his room as Barry gets up, following in the direction Kris went.




=================================================
=================================================




This Will Be Fun
ON-Camera


We come to life again in the same room as before. Kris is not sitting though. In fact, the chair he was previously in was opened, but flipped on the floor.

”Sam Devereux. Nice to meet you. We haven’t done this thing before.”

He points back and forth between himself and the camera.

”That puts you head and shoulders above Joshua Acquin. See, I already know what his best shot feels like, and I already know that it is not enough. I have beaten him straight up, no bullshit, more than once. Ryan Keys could step up and make a better claim to my title than Josh can. You, on the other hand, you I am okay with.”

He paces back and forth, looking much more excited than he was about Acquin.

”You have been around Sin City for a long time. You have had spots of being impressive. Most importantly, this is a new challenge. My road to the record was looking pretty dull before now. I beat people that did not deserve to be in contention. I defended against the likes of Steve Ramone and Travis Andrews. As dominant as I have been, the list of names isn’t inspiring at all. You can help me change that.”

Kris points at the camera, reversing directions as he gets to the wall to keep pacing.

”When we get to Violent Conduct, the wheel is going to spin, and I am going to get a new match variation, and a new opponent to add to the list of wreckage behind me. Don’t be discouraged though. You’re helping me make history. By the time this is all over, you will have been a speed bump on the most impressive Roulette Championship reign in company history. That’s nothing to get yourself down about. So chin up, Sam...”

This time the smirk seems much more enthusiastic.

”Make me look good.”


=================================================
=================================================




Same Team
San Diego, CA
26 August 2017
12:21am PDT
OFF-Camera



Barry pushes the door open, surveying the kitchen area, and trying to find Kris. Standing at the open back door, a cigarette between his lips, is the man he is looking for. He clearly hears the door open and close behind him, but does not turn. He knew better than to think Holden would have been the one to follow him. Barry does not get close to him, instead leaning back against an island style counter a few feet away. The fact that this universe’s version of him smoked was another on a long list of surprises.

Barry: I would say that’s terrible for you, but I’m pretty certain that you’d have some snarky comment about it that would make me regret trying to help.

Kris laughs, pulling it away from his lips, and exhaling the smoke out into the back yard. He still refuses to turn around and face the man that had accidentally ruined his night.

Kris: Yeah, well my wife says the same thing. So, if we could just not mention it, that would be awesome.

Kris raises the cigarette back to his lips, inhaling and hoping that his words were just standoffish enough to push Barry to leave him alone. However, he knew that probably was not in the cards. If the person in his father’s kitchen was anything like the one he had read about all his life, he would not give up. There was something in Kris’ words though. Something that he may not have intended to let out. Barry grabbed onto it immediately.

Barry: Does that mean that I am going to get to meet her?

It was the first real thing that Kris had said that gave Barry any indication that he was going to help him figure out why he was here. In response, Kris flicks the cigarette away and finally turns around.

Kris: It doesn’t look like I have much of a choice. It’s not like you are some hallucination that I can just wish away. If you think that Jason can help you, we can go to Seattle. I imagine you’ll meet a lot more than him when we go though. It’s not everyday people get to meet a superhero in the flesh…. Well not ‘any’ day really.

It gets a laugh from the visitor. Three years ago Barry thought it was wild to be standing in front of someone that could move the way he did. In fact, people had called him insane for his entire life for describing seeing as much when he was a child. He almost points out that fact, before realizing it was probably already something Kris knew, or at least thought he did.

Barry: You know I read through those comics, and as close as they might be, none of it happened exactly like that. Some of them haven’t happened yet at all, if they are ever going to. I’m not that guy. I make mistakes. I’m not perfect. Just like you aren’t.

Kris comes out of the doorway, and leans against the counter across from the speedster. His eyes never leave his guest’s, and he was obviously still trying to figure out what he thought about the whole thing.

Kris: Some of us that have gone through really rough patches never got super powers to make up for it...

He had more to say, but Barry cuts the thought off.

Barry: Is that what you think? Somehow enough bad stuff happened to me and this was my reward for it? If that’s what you got out of all of those stories, then someone did a horrible job writing them. Bad things don’t stop happening to me just because I have speed. In fact, things only get harder. Being The Flash is awesome, but I actually envy you a little.
Kris’ eyebrows raise, clearly the words had grabbed his attention in a way that he had not expected.

Kris: Me? You don’t know how wrong you are to want to be like me.

Barry shakes his head, disagreeing with Kris and not backing down from his words.

Barry: You get to have a normal life. A job that puts you out there for the world to see, and appreciate, and a family to go home to at night. There’s nobody coming after you. There is not some calamity that needs to be stopped every few weeks. My childhood wasn’t normal, and from what I have picked up, yours wasn’t any better and may even have been worse. You know that I know what it is like to dream about what it would feel like to be normal. I had that same family picture in my head that you did. Life just had something a little different planned for me. Not better or worse. Just different.

Kris chuckles.

Kris: Once you meet everyone you might not feel that way.

Barry is not to be denied though, double down instead of backing off of his comment.

Barry: Well I have met you. I met your father… which that is a little hard to wrap my head around believe me.

Kris points back towards the door leading into the living room, thinking Holden was still there. Before he speaking, Barry shakes his head, and points up towards the ceiling, indicating that the man had gone upstairs.

Kris: You mean he’s not...

Barry laughs, and shakes his head.

Barry: No. Just a friend. A colleague…. One time he was even a man that I trusted, only to get stabbed in the back.

That part was a feeling that Kris knew well. He had struggled with the fact that Holden had not been around until now.

Kris: What about the rest of everyone? You said Jason was like a partner to you?

Barry again raises his hand up to the back of his head, stalling while running his fingers through his hair. He was not sure how much to tell Kris about worlds other than his own.

Barry: I don’t know if you would even know if I told you. Those comics have people and names I have never heard. It might mean nothing to you. Where I come from his name is Oliver.

It gets a laugh out of Kris that Barry feels is recognition.

Kris: That makes more sense than you know.

Kris shakes his head, but it is comforting. Maybe this was the answer to figuring out why he was here. There did seem to be one hang up.

Barry: I got the feeling that you weren’t happy about going to see him.

The smile fades away from Kris’ face, and he shrugs his shoulders.

Kris: All I am going to do is take you there. That seems easy enough.

46
Climax Control Archives / Really Comparing
« on: August 11, 2017, 11:51:15 PM »
 FLASHBACK
13 July 2017
9:43 pm PDT
San Diego, CA
OFF-Camera


He had almost forgotten how much hotter it was in San Diego than anywhere else he had lived. The strange thing was that he lived in New York City specifically because it was the polar opposite. He had gone there for the cold. He had gone there because if the weather was so much different, maybe life would be too. That was not only faulty logic, but the type of stupidity that Kris had made fun of in order to get his name recognized. Hypocrisy and irony aside, the fact that the weather was on his mind was a clear indication of how long he had been sitting on these stairs. Summer XXXtreme came and went. The hell that followed was also starting to pass. He was not sure where he, Heather, and Kali were headed, but he was confident that it was somewhere better than the purgatory they were all in while the cruise was going on. The only thing he was looking forward to now was a week off to prepare for whatever came next. It would be a few days before he would even have to focus on that though. Today was about something different. It was personal, which meant no crooked smirks, nor winks. He was nervous, which meant that it was not something that he was going to be sharing with the rest of the world. This was not a positive step professionally, or some hurdle on his way to handling his addiction. It was something else entirely. Whatever happened was going to determine whether the corner they were about to turn was an easy one, or if the road ahead was going to keep being rocky. The two ladies dropped him off at noon. For almost ten hours he sat, patiently waiting for the owner of the house to get home. What was he going to look like? How was he going to react to Kris being here? Was he going to feel ambushed? They were questions that Kris fought with all day, yet was no closer to an answer when a yellow hatchback pulls into the driveway. The man in the driver’s seat eyes Kris, but his expression is near impossible to read from the large sunglasses on his face. Kris gets up to his feet as the engine cuts off, and starts to make his way down the short sidewalk from the door to the driveway as the driver steps out.

Kris: “Excuse me...”

The man turns around, he was every bit as tall as the Roulette Champion, and built in a similarly stringy way. His hair was unmistakably the same color as Kris’, and from the looks of it, had every intention of sticking around on top of the man’s head for decades to come. All in all, things could have gotten off to a worse start. Kris tried as best he could to keep the nervousness out of his voice, but when the man turns and takes the sunglasses off of his face, he knew he had done a terrible job.

Man: “Someone that gets punched in the face for a living, looking nervous and anxious at the sight of a photographer. I don’t think anyone is going to believe me when I tell them.”

Kris’ brow furrows. He had questioned if this man would know who he was, but none of the answers, or scenarios, that Kris had come up with during the day were anything close to the man being a simple fan.

Kris: “You are a fan of Sin City?”

It could have been a double-edged sword. If he was not a fan, but knew who Kris was, the jab comes off personal. If he was a fan, there was a good chance that he did not like Kris based on that fact alone. People always told him the way he behaved in front of a camera was going to backfire someday. He did not think it was going to be today though.

Man: “I watch it when I have time to catch it. I’m not a devout fan by any means. I don’t lose any sleep if I miss it. Though the better question is, what brings the Sin City Roulette Champion to my doorstep?”

The words sound innocent enough by themselves, but the way they are said rubs Kris the wrong way. The man’s eyes linger on Kris for just a half-second too long, a giveaway that he was trying to read the champion’s expression instead of his words. He knew the look, because he had heard Jason describe it to him thousands of times over the course of their lives. Kris had never been able to recreate it in a mirror to see for himself, but it was exactly how Jason had described. Suddenly realizing that the awkward silence had dragged for more than a couple seconds, Kris shakes the thought loose and answers the question with a fake, lazy smile.

Kris: “I’m sorry. You must be pretty baffled. It isn’t the part of California to have a celebrity drop on your doorstep--”

The man grabs a few bags from the backseat of the car, throwing straps over his shoulders to carry all of his equipment. He closes the back hatch just as Kris finishes the first part of his thought, and cannot stop himself from butting in.

Man: “I wouldn’t really say celebrity. You’re the third tier champion of a company that hasn’t gotten much bigger than a really successful indy circuit despite being around for years. Your brother though...”

Kris winces at the word, like it physically hurt to put thought into his brother. There was no chance to hide it either, and he knew that the man had picked up on it. Unfortunately, it meant that he already knew more about Kris than Kris was wanting to tell him in this first meeting. However, it did mean that they did not have to play this game anymore. Kris’ tone comes out flat when he finds the right words.

Kris: “You’re Holden Ryans, aren’t you? I am in the right place.”

Holden nods his head, but goes to step around Kris, heading up to the house.

Holden: “If you’ll excuse me though I have a lot of film to develop...”

This was it, every worst case scenario was starting to come true. The shift in attitude, the brush off, it made it painfully obvious. He knew exactly who Kris was, and what he was, but he was still walking away.

Kris: “I know that you know you’re my father.”

It was less than tactful, but the words were out of his mouth before he could choke them down. The accusation lands perfectly though, stopping Holden in his tracks. He looks back slightly over his shoulder, but does not turn around as he speaks.

Holden: “I’ve always known. I was just never in a position to do anything about it back when it would have mattered.”

The words are just above a mutter, and clearly meant to justify why they are having this conversation twenty-eight years late. It was not a good enough answer though. If Kris was honest with himself, there was not going to be an answer that was good enough, no matter what it was.

Kris: “It matters to me.”

Holden shrugs off his bags, lowering them gently to the concrete sidewalk before turning around. Kris was hoping to see remorse on his face, but there was none to be found. It seemed as if Kris’ words had the total opposite impact.

Holden: “Listen kid, you had a dad that proved a few times that he was more than capable of beating me to death, and a mom that was so keen on keeping him around that she would have done anything to keep me out of the picture.”

Kris takes a step forward, not wanting to hear excuses. Every other person that had hurt him had slithered out of his life without getting to hear Kris’ feelings on the matter. His father was dead. His mother was fuck knew where. His brother had sent a messenger to break the news that he had a different father, the coward standing in front of him.

Kris: “You lived here the whole time. You had to know what he was doing to us. You have to have seen. You were an adult. You could have gone to anyone. You could have stopped it.”

Each statement sounds harsher than the last. By the time he gets to the end, he is practically screaming. Instead of raising his in return, Holden holds his arms out to his sides, shrugging his shoulders, defeated.

Holden: “I tried. I tried everything I could think of. At first it was the threats that kept me away. When those weren’t enough it was the beatings, so when I saw that I know what some of that must have been like for you, you can trust that. After that it was your brother. He was the only person you had in your life that meant something, and my being there would have taken that away. It would have invalidated the one positive thing in your life. I wasn’t willing to do that. I made your mom promise not to tell you anything until she died. I’m almost surprised that she last this long.”

The anger is gone, replaced by confusion. Kris’ face scrunches up and he shakes his head.

Kris: “What are you talking about? Jason found out about you. He’s the one that told me.”

It does not seem to surprise Holden at all. The fact that he was so plain-faced about the question was near infuriating on its own. Kris was starting to get a small dose of what he was like to talk to himself, and was finding himself suddenly much more supportive of the theory of nature over nurture. Holden tries to break it down for him anyways.

Holden: “And who told him, Kris? Where did he get all this new information what he wouldn’t have ever thought to look for on his own. You are all he has. He is all you had for a very long time. Why would he seek out something to ruin that? For someone that play smart on television, you’re playing pretty dumb.”

It should have made him mad, but instead it just made him want to prove himself. Kris was not going to stand there and let some man that was never there for him put pieces of a puzzle together or him like he was an idiot.

Kris: “So she told him. Who cares? I have died since the last time that I talked to her, and I bet she was excited to hear the news. The last motherly thing she did for me was push me out.”

Holden holds up his left hand, his fist closed, except his extended index finger. Kris had a similar mannerism for correcting people, and seeing someone else do it back to him made him feel like he was trapped in a mediocre Twilight Zone episode.

Holden: “She actually didn’t push you out. The doctors ended up having to pull you. She gave up when it wasn’t going as easy as labor with your brother.”

Kris’ mouth drops open, and he struggles to find the words to respond. Just when Holden is about to cut him off, Kris raises his hand, his palm to his father, stopping him.

Kris: “How do you know all this stuff about me? About her? About Jason? You keeping track of me from the shadows or something? Waiting for the day that I would find out?”

As much as Kris’ words made it out to sound like a negative, there was nothing that he wanted more than for the answer to be yes. Dr. Halliwell had even suggested to him that the reason that he was hooked on the idea of meeting this person was because of the hope that there was someone out there that actually wanted him. That is what made the answer all the more heartbreaking.

Holden: “At first it was just stories she told in bars. Then it was phone calls when he was drunk and they were fighting. I kept track of you for a while once you were old enough to be going around on your own. I could never actually be in your life while they were. Your… that man, did not want me around. I don’t have the kind of money to fight a custody battle, let alone even fully support you if I would have won. Then...”

He pauses but not pull his eyes away from his son. Kris made no attempt to interrupt, so is at a loss for an explanation. He shakes his head, rotating his left hand in a circle for his elder to spit it out.

Kris: “Then what? Come on. What’s your next excuse.”

Any hesitation that Holden has was gone. He did not enjoy feeling pressured into uncomfortable conversations, and realized that there were only a few ways to end this one.

Holden: “Then I saw the person you were becoming. The drugs. The being everyone else’s problem. The getting on television and saying horrible things about people you don’t really know. I decided that maybe there wasn’t any reason for me to waste my time. If that’s the person you choose to show the world, the man behind the scenes can’t be much of a gem.”

Holden reaches down for his bags, content that his words are vicious enough to push Kris away. Little did he know, stubbornness was genetic as well.

Kris: “Yeah, well I don’t know why I came looking for answers from a guy that’s full of excuses, and willing to turn his back on his family so easily. Maybe I was better off where I ended up.”

Holden stands back up, lifting the bags and shouldering the straps. He nods, happy to lose the argument if it meant getting to exit the conversation.

Holden: “We’ll never know, will we? All of us had a part in making that happen.”

He turns back towards the door, hoping that Kris would have it in him to let it go. The Roulette Champion was not about to absorb the last insult before simply tucking tail and running though. It just so happened that he had the perfect answer.

Kris: “My kids didn’t.”

Holden stops, unable to deflect away from that one. He turns, just halfway, the majority of his body begging him to just go inside.

Holden: “They’re both basically babies right? The boy is not even two, your daughter probably not even crawling yet?”

Kris nods, feeling some of the hostility start to drift away just with the thought of his kids.

Kris: “That’s not something you’re going to be able to hear me talk about when you can catch me on television. They aren’t going to be people you can follow on Twitter. You can write me off as the guy you see in front of a camera, or the kid that got hooked on drugs, but they didn’t do anything to deserve not having any grandparents at all. The ones they have either don’t care, or are dead. They’ll never get to know what it is like to get to know family outside of a couple people. They’re the best thing I have ever done in this world.”

It actually makes the older man smile. For the first time there is no game Kris is playing, or bullshit he was selling, only honesty. Unsurprisingly, it worked.

Holden: “That’s a popular thing parents say about their children.”

Kris nods.

Kris: “So maybe you should judge me based on the person I am with those two, and not the person I am to collect a paycheck.”

It was simple enough, but Kris knew that he would not be so simple. If Holden was going to cave a little, Kris was going to have to as well, quid pro quo.

Holden: “Then maybe you can try to see me as a guy that had to make a lot of hard choices, instead of just some guy you feel abandoned you.”

It draws a laugh from Kris, that Holden could have never have imagined he would enjoy hearing as much as he did.

Kris: “What do I have to lose? I showed up batting 1.000 on shitty parents. What could get worse if I am wrong about that?”

The question gets a response that Kris would have given if their positions were reversed.

Holden: “You don’t strike me as a person that enjoys being wrong though. You sure you can live with that?”

Kris closest the distance between them, pointing at one of the straps over Holden’s shoulder and offering a hand to help carry things.

Kris: “I guess I’ll find out.”



========================================
========================================




”Really?”
ON-Camera


”Summer XXXtreme was the last match that I was booked in on purpose...”

As the scene comes to life we find Kris, lounging on a hammock in San Diego. The camera is angled so that the sunset is on one side of the frame, bathing Kris in light on the other.

”Correct me if I am wrong, but that was more than a month ago. I mean you can throw in that half-assed match I had as an alternate opponent for James Tuscini, but let’s be honest, it shouldn’t count. That was a matter of being available and in the right place, at the right time. It doesn’t change the fact that management has failed to intentionally book their longest reigning men’s champion since their last supercard. To that I can only ask one question.”

He holds his arms out to his sides, his face covered in disappointment.

”Really?”

It seemed overly cliche for Kris, but it only helped to drive home his point.

”Your world champion is so much of a draw, you can discard the Roulette Champion for more than a month?”

He sarcastically snaps his fingers, like the thought struck him only after posing the question. He makes a clicking sound with his tongue against his cheek, and shakes his head.

”No. That’s right. He quit. Now we have some replacement who gets to tell the world he beat the likes of Steve Ramone, and James Tuscini to win the top prize in this company. We get treated to the angry rants of someone that we have no reason to give a shit about. We lost J2H, a guy that carried the top title for a year, and in return, got the guy that took out that one nameless Samoan dude. Does that seem fair? Really?”

Almost as if by divine intervention, another idea strikes Kris. He raises his left hand, holding up his index finger, and disagreeing with himself.

”...but at least we have a hell of an exciting Internet Champion, right?”

He struggles to keep himself from laughing, and for the most part hangs onto his straight face. The sarcastic statement is followed by the same clicking sound, and same disappointment as he corrects the narrative.

”No, that’s right, that guy quit too, or maybe they were the same guy. I don’t know. I wasn’t out there when it happened. But rest assured, James Tuscini will be every bit as good repping the whole internet. This is a guy two claims to fame are being Dmitri’s partner in crime, and having a title reign that I am about to break. He couldn’t beat me, no matter how many different ways he tried, so they moved him to a different title. I guess that kind of takes away any reason to celebrate him, right? After all, he had title opportunities in back-to-back weeks against hacks. Once Dmitri and Harris were out of the equation, we gave it to the least worst loser. He should be damn proud though.”

Kris opens his mouth, wanting to move on, but feeling like he has left a very important group out of the conversation.

”With those two as champions, and me not being utilized, I guess we could try to sell The Bad Boys as the guys running the place. The problem is, they started as a joke that nobody really cared for, and haven’t changed. Even worse, from the moment The Black Sheep got named contenders, The Male Mean Girls have done nothing but clam up, and bomb matches. That doesn’t make for a flattering portrait of people that are supposed to be champions.”

He reaches down, taking a handful of sand, and then letting it run through his fingers while he composes his thoughts.

”All this focus on all these less interesting people, and all the while, the best talent on the whole roster is just slipping through your fingers.”

He stays focused on the grains of sand as they fall back to the ground, and then claps his hands together, brushing away what stayed stuck to him.

”Now, I know you are all going to say, ‘but Kris you have a match with Dmitri this week!’ Believe me, I know that I do. That’s not what this is about though. This is about the fact that I have been on a roll that nobody expected, and all of a sudden, someone has decided to slow my momentum a little bit. I haven’t been on the shows. I haven’t been in matches. I don’t even have a contender for my championship at Violent Conduct. Instead we have wasted time on invalidating three different championships while you put me on a shelf to rot with mine.”

Kris shakes his head quickly.

”That’s not going to work for me. The Roulette Championship might be looked down on as the least important in either division, but we all know that’s not the reality of it. It takes a talent that most people don’t have to hang onto my title. It takes endurance, and a willingness to suffer. It means being disregarded. It means being overlooked. Sometimes, it even means giving up more prestigious prizes in order to carry something that people turn their noses up at.”

He wags his index finger back and forth in front of his chest.

”Make no mistake though, I’m carrying my championship because I want to. I begged to be put in this spot. I wanted to be part of the Roulette division. I wanted to fix my failures from years ago, and I am doing so every day. I don’t have to chase titles in main event cluster fucks. I don’t have to waste fifteen minutes of everyone’s time acting angry on Climax Control without having the common decency to show up. I don’t have to beat people to death with statistics nobody has ever, or will ever, care about. Better yet, even with as many as I make, I am far from the joke that our tag team champions made themselves. The best thing about all of it though?”

He sits up on the hammock, his face coming center frame to the camera.

”Every single one of you out there knows every word I’m saying is true. There’s nobody that compares right now. Someone should probably let the people booking the matches know that. They put Steve Ramone in two more title matches this month instead of finding me a contender for the Roulette Championship.”

He smiles, reaching out to the camera.

”No really…. They did.”

With a wink, the camera shuts off and the feed dies.




========================================
========================================




Dr. E.G. Halliwell’s Office
9 August 2017
2:51pm PDT
San Diego, CA
OFF-Camera


This time Kris is laying on the couch on the back wall of the office. It is angled so that when you are laying on it, you are at a slight incline. However, always needing to defy the rules, Kris has chosen lay the opposite direction, his legs up over the raised end while his head is at the bottom, and lowest point. They had been at this for almost an hour, and both were starting to become annoyed with one another.

Kris: “I don’t know. Some days I think it is awesome and other days I just want to say fuck it and bail.”

E.G. rolls her eyes, and does not try to hide the heavy sigh that comes from her as he rephrases the same answer for what had to be the hundredth time this afternoon. Finally, she has had enough of it.

E.G.: “Why do you do that? Why do you have to hyper critique something until it has weakness, even where weakness does not exist? You need to poke holes in things is borderline obsessive. Remember when you made a big deal about being nice to absolutely everyone for an entire day? You counted down the seconds and then unloaded a whole day worth of angry tweets. You could not let it go. Do you not see the problem with that?”

Her words cause him to bring his hands up to his face, covering his eyes so that she cannot see and take offense to him rolling them.

Kris: “What does this even have to do with that?”

She sits up in her chair and puts the legal pad on the desk, before standing from her chair. She walks over to him, and looks down into his eyes.

E.G.: “Your father did not kick you out, ignore you, lie to you, deny you, or demean you. You two had a real conversation like real adults, got to know each other for a few days, and now you want me to pat you on the back and say job well done.”

He smiles, and she knew what was going to come out of his mouth before he even said it.

Kris: “I mean I did do exactly what you told me to.”

It was that kind of misinterpretation of her words that led parts of her to despise him. Everything she said was subject to the slightest twist and repackaging before he tossed it back at her.

E.G.: “I told you to meet him, see if he was a good person, and then get to know him. Get to see how much of him you see in yourself. Think about how you have blamed all of your flaws on the man that was not actually your father. Consider how long you told everyone you were genetically predisposed to being a douchebag. I suggested that you get to know him, so that you could learn more about yourself. Not so that I would praise you. That’s not how things work. You have a wife for that.”

He immediately turns his head away to break the eye contact she had lured him into. She had a way of looking deep inside of him if she could hold his eyes on her own.

Kris: “We are separated still. Just because we are not bickering and screaming at each other, doesn’t mean things are perfect. We have a lot of stuff left to do before we can really even think about moving forward. She has her music now. That is what is important for her. I want her to be able to do something where she does not attach the value to me.”

E.G. smiles widely, and proudly. As difficult as he was being on other subjects, she got enough information from her Skype sessions with Heather to know things were going well. The fact that he was being protective of it meant that all of his feelings for her were still there. It was sweet to see. She could not allow herself to get derailed on it though, or else the conversation would quickly become anything but professional.

E.G.: “What about you? Heather is putting on shows and releasing an album to work on her own feelings of self-worth. What are you doing to take credit for something positive?”

He smirks, but the smile shrinks off of her face and she shakes her head disapprovingly before he can even get a word out.

E.G.: “If I wanted a Kris Halc answer I would watch that company you work for.”

The scowl she gets gives her all the information she wanted to know about how sore the situation was with Kris’ brother. It was one of the things that she was not possible that he would set straight for himself. In so many areas her was progressing, but that topic was destined to go untouched.

Kris: “I am thinking about asking Holden to do a benefit just on our own. A few of the restaurants that used to hang my stuff around here have been asking about new stuff. I mean it has been two and a half years. I was thinking I could get them all together at an auction and give all that money to something worthwhile. Something like I did with the clinic. A little piece of me that I can give out and hope people feel good about it.”

It was a beauty pagent level answer, but the way he said it made it come across believable. She had seen firsthand that he enjoyed his other endeavors just as much as what he did in the ring. It did bring up an interesting question though.

E.G.: “Do you ever wonder why you feel the need to be so mean in front of a camera, but go out of your way to be the opposite in ways that most people will never talk about?”

He shrugs, closing his eyes and lacing his fingers behind his head to act as a pillow.

Kris: “I thought that was your job. You’re getting all of my money to tell me why I do things, right?”

With his eyes closed, and his defenses down, she reaches out and lightly taps his cheek with her palm.

E.G.: “Maybe one day I will tell you what I really think, but as of now, time’s up.”

His eyes immediately open wide, not at all offended by the playful smack, but the fact that she was throwing him out.

Kris: “How am I ever supposed to figure myself out with time limits like these?”

She leaves his side, moving back to her desk to write him out a reminder card for their next appointment.

E.G.: “You don’t need me for that. You have a whole roster worth of people to compare yourself to and contrast yourself against. Maybe you just need to put in some of your own legwork for once in your life instead of waiting for the answer to fall in your lap.”

He spins around, sitting up on the couch and planting his feet to the floor just as she turns to hand him the card.

Kris: “Why would I want to compare myself to people that I am better than?”

He takes the card, but she does not let go of the end. She waits to give him his homework until after he looks up confused.

E.G.: “Try it. Let me know how it goes.”


========================================
========================================




"Comparisons”
ON-Camera


”I died once...”

It was a strange statement to start off with. As the video starts, we see Kris sitting on top of a turnbuckle. The area around him is black, so there is no telling where this ring that he sits in actually resides. A single light above the center of the ring showers his lower body in light, but shades his face. In the middle of the frame, catching the most light, is the Roulette Championship around his waist.

”I don’t say that to scare any of you. I don’t say it to make myself seem tough, or rough around the edges. I don’t say it because I think it makes me a badass. I don’t say it because I think it gives me an advantage. I say it, because it is the truth. Love me, hate me, like me a little, or feel totally indifferently about me if you want, but there is one thing that I never do, and that is outright lie. There is no need. A lie will not get someone heated on social media. A misleading comment will get more eyerolls than genuine interest. I tell the truth, because the truth is more fun to tell. In the land of sensitive wrestlers with easily hurt feelings, that makes me a bad guy. However, I don’t bring up the fact that I was very dead at one point in my life, because I am a bad guy either.”

He holds out his right hand, his palm facing up towards the ceiling.

”On one hand, we have Dmitri. A guy that will tell you that he is centuries old. A guy that enjoys the fact that he is one of the most frightening bastards on this roster. He will talk about how being more than human, better than human, gives him so advantage. He is older, wiser, stronger, more experienced, and literally engineered to take people apart. Even better for him than being made for this kind of work is the fact that the guy actually enjoys it.”

As he finishes, he holds out his left hand next to his right, focusing his attention on it now.

”On the other hand, you have me. I’m just a normal guy. I had parents that could have done a better job. I have a relationship where everyone is just a little too stubborn. I have kids that make me hate leaving my house. I have two bosses that only signed me to a year long contract to avoid the fallout of me breaking a big one. I have a whole roster of people taking bets when my next relapse will be. I’m not the most physically imposing, or the most agile, or the most highly trained. I’m giving up some significant size to Dmitri, and I have done everything in my power to piss the guy off this week. After all, I am the Patron Saint of Discord. I have to learn up to that name somehow, and winning ‘Favorite Tweeter’ awards from a middle-of-the-road internet journalist is just not going to cut it. I’m the Human Yellow Starburst, because anyone trying to chew me up is bound to find the flavor disappointing. ”

He lowers his left hand just a little, raising the right, and turning his attention back to it.

”...but Dmitri is next level. This is a guy that lived a life, and had that life end, all before he became what he is today. Everything that we see is totally different from the person that he was then, right? That is essentially the same story told in every trashy vampire romance novel, shitty movie for teenage girls, and even the terrifying vampires from the black and white days. People tend to focus less on that fact, and more on the easy puns when they are facing Dmitri. That is a shame. In doing so, you miss the important stuff. Sure, calling myself a Human Garlic Clove going to get a few laughs. Doing a bit on Twitter where I was bargain shopping for wooden stakes was good for a chuckle. That’s not substance though, and it’s the substance that is important. It is the substance that makes all of the difference in the world.”

He lowers the hand again, tilting his head back towards his left, and allowing a smirk to come across his face.

”...but here I am. I am a guy that came from nothing, spent my life doing nothing, and, at one point, died a nothing. My spectacular reemergence into this world was not because of some pointy teeth, but modern medicine. I spent five minutes in the afterlife, and came back a better man for it. I stopped with the self-pity. I turned my career around. I finally captured the championship that had always eluded me. I haven’t been pinned since coming back. Even more important than all of that, I had kids, and got married. My death is different from Dmitri’s, because when I came back, I wasn’t the same sad sack with a bunch of new flashy tricks to pass the time.”

He leans forward, allowing his face to come into the light for the first time. His eyes are still covered in shadows, but his chin, lips, nose, and cheekbones find the light. Against he shifts his focus to his right hand.

”Did you all hear him during Climax Control last week? Better yet, did you feel his frustration? Could you tell how many times he has failed in all of the hundreds of years he will bore you with stories from? Maybe his glorious transformation wasn’t as glorious as it seems on paper. Maybe it isn’t as glamorous as I made it sound from the start. Maybe, just maybe, his whole state of being more than mortal simply amplified the person he was beforehand. That would have been a huge positive, if he wasn’t a boring, try-hard, that always seems to come up just a few inches short of what he wants.”

He pauses, looking down quickly, allowing one short, controlled laugh before cutting himself off. His head cocks back to the other side, now excited about each of the comparisons.

”Yet, when you break a person completely, it is amazing to see what they build on their way back up. A bite mark, or shared blood, or demonic whimsy, didn’t make me the person that I am today. Years of having little pieces stripped away from me until I decided that enough was enough is what made me the person I am today. I died, because I was so broken there was no coming back, not for that person. The person that I was when I woke up, was recognizable in a mirror, but not many other places. I went from the guy jumping people in alleys, to the guy being jumped. I went from living in a storage unit, to owning a house. I went from being a chump, and a punchline, to being unstoppable. You know how I did it? Willpower. Not being a bitch. Being really, really good at what I say, and what I do. One of my best friends gave me something to read to reflect on that whole time in my life, and a quote that stuck out from it comes to mind. ‘I understood myself only after I destroyed myself. And only in the process of fixing myself, did I know who I really was.’ Truer words cannot be spoken about what happened to me. The change that I went through fundamentally altered the person that I am, and will be for the rest of my life. ”

He drops his hands and reaches around his back to pull the strap on the Roulette Championship, freeing it. He holds it in both of his hands, in front of his chest.

”I tried against Equinox and failed twice. I tried to fight my way back into contention, and someone whose name I don’t remember anymore stopped me. The championship that I wanted from the moment I first signed in this company was always a lost cause to me. Then I went through this experience, this change, and I took some time away. When I was ready to come back, and I felt whole again, there was nothing that I could not do. I have done everything I have set out to do since I came back. I said no to the main event. I held the tag titles. I finally grabbed hold of the Roulette Championship and am going to hang onto it until I finally beat Equinox by erasing his record and replacing it with my own. Then, and only then, am I going to stake my claim to take the top prize of this company from whoever dares to hold it. If the last year has been any indication, I shouldn’t have too rough of a time.”

He drapes it across his lap so that it appears as little more than a thin line to the camera, its faceplates hidden from the light when he leans forward.

”Dmitri came up short against J2H how many times? How many times did he reach for the stars, and find himself plummeting back to Earth empty handed? How many times did he bounce back and forth between the tag team division and chasing singles titles? In how many of these divisions has he found success? All I see is a long line of failures. Then again, I have only been around for a short while. If that line is already long in my experience, I can only imagine what the last several hundred years have been like. It almost makes me pity him. It must be a miserable existence to have so much power, but lack the talent to make good use of it. It must be defeating to constantly be told that you were almost good enough.”

He holds both of his palms up, shrugging in exaggerated fashion.

”I heard all of those things, and experienced even worse. It broke me, but the person assembled from the pieces was someone worth spending your time on. I’m not sure anything that Dmitri has ever experienced has really broken him. I don’t know if he has had his fill of failure yet. If it has really been nothing but near misses for his entire life, perhaps there is nothing that can make him snap. I guess it is possible that he will just be a failure forever. After all, the less talented member of his tag team, holds a championship right now. Where is Dmitri? Finding himself lucky to be given the main event of Violent Conduct, and about to get his ass beaten by the Roulette Champion.”

This time he cannot stop the laugh from flowing from him and breaking his rhythm.

”A vampire that can’t win under pressure challenges the biggest success currently employed by Sin City Wrestling. If every reason that I have given you until now weren’t enough, think for a moment about what is going to happen just before this match gets underway. Dmitri is going to walk in knowing we are having a match, but not knowing what to expect. I get to walk into a match decided by my wheel, based around my championship. The vampire is not just showing up to fight me. He is showing up to fight me, in a situation that I have engineered from the moment that the card was announced. He is fighting me in a match that is going to level the playing field between poor, addict Kris, and big, bad bloodsucker.”.

He hops down off of the turnbuckle, the light hitting his full face for the first time in the video. His eyes are cold, and the smirk on his lips is cruel. He steps up to the camera and raises the title up next to his face, filling the frame.

”Here’s to hoping the wheel says you have to stake your opponent and piss on the ashes to win.”

With that, he pushes the camera backwards, and as it falls, the feed cuts off..



47
Climax Control Archives / Turning The Corner
« on: July 21, 2017, 11:59:42 PM »
 Beach
San Diego, CA
10 July 2017
7:59pm PDT
ON-Camera



When the video comes to life we are tilted at an awkward angle, staring at the SCW Roulette Champion. Sitting in what appears to be a regular reclining chair seen in living rooms across the country is Kris, the Roulette Championship laying across his lap, directly in the center of the frame. Without him talking the viewers can hear waves nearby, and paired with the sand all around him, they can discern his whereabouts easily. He adjusts the pole next to him, tilting his umbrella slightly forward to block out some of the glare from the sunset.

”I did what I said I was going to do at Summer XXXtreme...”

It was a simple enough concept, and when said with a shrug does not sound bragging at all.

”That is all it was. No more. No less. I said that I was walking in with my Roulette Championship, and that it would still be around my waist on the way out. If there are people that are upset about the way that it all went down, that’s not my fault. What else could any of you even expected? Did you forget who I was? Did you forget that as soon as the bell rings, it is win at all costs? Those things have never changed for me. Go back and rewatch what I said before my first match back. I never said that I played by the rules, and last I checked I was in a match that didn’t really have any, fighting for a belt that usually carries the stipulation of anything and everything being legal.”

He offers another shrug. Unlike what we have normally seen, there is no smile on his face. However, he is also far from the person we saw leading up to Summer XXXtreme. The look in his eyes that was present during his angry tirade is long gone. If anything, he looks tired. Almost like he is lost somewhere between the two extremes.

”Ryan Keys is a good guy. Travis Nathaniel Andrews is a cock. When one of those two failed to even make it to the end of the match due to slightly underhanded tactics, you all cheered. When it happened to Ryan, there was outrage. The only person that was consistent in their actions was me. I went out and did the same things that I always do in order to make sure that I won. For that, love me or hate me, I will never apologize. Do I wish we could have been in a different position at the end, where you could have all gotten a better finish to the fight? Maybe. All I really care about though is the result, and the result was me walking out a winner, as usual.”

He pulls the sunglasses off of his face, squinting at the setting sun in front of him. He lingers on it for just a moment before looking at the camera.

”I was forced onto a cruise, during the worst time of my life. As if being away from my kids was not bad enough, everything fell apart. At the time, I wanted to cover it up because I didn’t want it to become the story of the event. Things always manage to get out no matter how hard you try though. There are no secrets in the age of social media. If you are even slightly famous, all of your secrets get aired. The two weeks I was away were hell. My family fell apart. My brother who you have all seen me stand next to, fight beside, and even fight with turned out to not be a brother at all. My wife got dragged into it. My manager. Students from the Jet City Sports Lab. Everything that could possibly go wrong for me, did. The moment that I stepped onto that cruise, life fell apart. Yet, at the end of the cruise, at the end of my match, my hand got raised in the air. I walked out still champion.”

He reaches down, taking the title into his left hand and raising it from his lap, out towards the camera.

”This is mine. This is going to continue being mine until I break the record for holding it longer than anyone else ever has. I don’t care if I hate you. I don’t care if I think the world of you. I had someone on each side of that equation try to take this title from me at Summer XXXtreme. I got rid of them both the exact same way. Let that be a warning to the rest of you that are going to try. All of the rematch clauses are gone. There is no longer a line behind me. One of you has to earn it.”

He drops the title back to his lap, and then puts his sunglasses back on. As soon as he does he diverts his attention back to the sunset instead of the camera.

”I don’t care who it ends up being. Someone I have faced before? Bring it on. Someone new? Excellent. Someone too mentally challenged to speak to a camera so he has to write stupid fucking blogs instead? Fine. The result is not going to chance. By hook, or by crook, this championship stays with me until the middle of October. If you want it, and don’t want to get embarrassed reaching for it, hop out of line and wait for the day that I throw it down in the center of the ring for all of you to fight over.”

Finally we see the signature smirk cross his face. If the sunglasses were smaller, or any less dark, the audience would have caught the wink that went with it as well.

”You’ve all already seen what’s going to happen if you try and take it from me before then. Trust me.”




=======================================
=======================================




Dr. Halliwell’s Office
San Diego, CA
11 July 2017
12:32pm PDT
OFF-Camera


E.G. Halliwell was smiling as she comes to the door of her new office in San Diego. She had been looking for a while for an LA office but went no affordable spaces became available she branched out. The space wasn't big, but large enough to fit her needs. She looks down at the knob about to open it, but notices the door is ajar, the scratches around the lock indicate someone had obviously spent a little time trying to pick it. She freezes, reaching into her bag and grabbing a can of pepper spray before pushing the door open. Inside, she sees the back of a man standing in front of her desk. It takes her a moment to recognize him from this angle, but when she does, she let’s go of the can in her bag and steps through the door, alerting him to her presence.

Kris: You should really invest in better security. I know a guy that got shot around here once.

Kris puts down the picture he had taken off of her desk and turns to face her with a smile. As he does she tosses her bag into a chair near the door.

Kris: There’s weirdos out there that would break in and really make a mess of the place if you let them.

E.G. rolls her eyes and shuts the door. She had not expected any patients at all, let alone someone that was not a patient at all. Kris was an acquaintance, but not from this part of her life. Seeing him here had her flustered in several ways. She pushes down the feeling of being exposed, and walks to her desk, sitting down in her chair. She rolls it forward, resting her elbows on the table.

E.G.: Hello Mr. Halich, a pleasure as always.

He shakes his head, the smile on his face wavering a little. He had been correcting people who had been calling him that for weeks. He was hoping that would stop coming up so much. In this case, he answers politely instead of lashing out. After all, it was part of the reason he came.

Kris: That’s not really my name anymore. Kind of the reason that I’m here.

He turns from her desk, crossing the room instead of sitting down across from her. His eyes scan around, trying to find something to focus on before he settles on just looking out the window. A couch separates him from being able to walk up all the way to the glass, but the view gives him a buffer between his words, and Everleigh.

Kris: ...probably won’t be as pleasurable a “conversation” as last time.

Her cool expression waivers a little, not that he can see it. He knew she had to have expected as much from him. In their short conversation following their meeting one another for the first time, she had to have picked up as much from his personality.

E.G.: And why is it not your name anymore?

He shrugs, still focused on whatever it was he was looking at out the window instead of turning back to actually face her. It was childish, but it was helping him to feel less anxious.

Kris: I guess it still technically is, but it shouldn’t be. So I guess I came to the only therapist I know to help deal with it. See what you thought I should do.

She scoots back from the desk far enough to open a drawer and pulls out a pad of paper and a pen. Instead of rolling back to the desk, she crosses her legs, placing yellow legal pad on her thigh. She taps the paper with the end of the pen, trying to find the best way to start. Instead of beating around the question, she comes directly at him.

E.G.: Tell me what’s going on?

The words themselves are a statement, but her inflection at the end makes it sound like more of a request. He turns, surprise on his face. He had expected that he was going to get thrown out.

Kris: You mean I can cross back to this side of the line? You don’t mind?

She keeps her expression neutral, but nods, even though for a split second her eyes drift down below his waist as she does. She tries to hide it by immediately looking back down to her pad of paper. He takes a step back towards the desk, bringing his hand up to brush across his lips, not having caught the reaction she had at all. He sighs into his hand before flopping down into the seat across from her with a defeated look on his face.

Kris: It’s kind of a lot to unpack.

The tone of his voice is every bit as flat as the look on his face. Part of her wants to cheer him up, but she tries to steer her mind away from those kind of thoughts.

E.G.: That is kinda my job. And I can keep things professional if you can…

He was not sure if it was fear of actually diving into things, or something else, so he focuses on it instead of the reason that he really came. Anyone that he asked would immediately tell him that he was incapable to keeping anything strictly professional.

Kris: I mean if you are just going to be thinking about my birthday party instead of being able to help, I would understand. It was a pretty unforgettable time.

She immediately blushes a little, her eyes once again drift to his lap before she seemingly adjusts herself back to her ‘doctor expression’. She was not as lucky this time, and she was almost totally sure he had caught it.

E.G.: Is that part of the reason you are here? I understand that you and Heather are having some issues.

He laughs a little, but quells it easily. Raising his right ankle up to cross over his knee, he winks at her, being more confident about this subject than any other. The things he actually came to talk about were terrifying to him. If he could wiggle out of it now, he could go on pretending things were okay.

Kris: Why I’m here? Like things are a little rocky, so maybe I was hoping to see where a round just the two of us would lead things?”

The smirk seen across so many television screens during SCW events flashes across his face. It gets her to look back up from the pad as if a bomb had gone off across the street. Her eyes lock on his, not having a response for him immediately and surprised by the boldness of his statement.

Kris: Would you be opposed?

E.G.’s mouth drops open and she stares at him a second without knowing what to say, the blush grows brighter on her fair cheeks. Instead of answering, she nervously averts her eyes from his. She tries to gather herself, her mouth moving like she is going to say something, but no sounds coming out.

Kris: I think that’s confirmation. Not very doctorly of you to be undressing patients with your eyes.

As he speaks he moves his arms to act to cover himself up in case she was. His movements catch her eye, and start the formation of a smile in the corners of her lips, but she stops it. Everleigh raises her hand, and coughs into it, but it was well short of convincing. After shaking her head, she tries to redirect him.

E.G.:I think we should get back on the topic of your name.

Kris: It’s Kris.

He winks again, and now the smile on her face is gone. He had pushed one too far past charming to simply being a waste of her time. She taps the pad with the end of the pen, but he is not done yet.

Kris: At least we got that out of the way first this time.

She sighs heavily, and then draws in a deep breath. When she lets it out she is able to rephrase calmly.

E.G.: Your last name. What is going on with it not really being your name?

The confidence seems to fade as soon as he realizes that she was not going to be pushed off of the point. He sits up a little straighter in the chair, searching the room for something other than her eyes to focus on. He had been able to deflect with bullshit until now, and was suddenly regretting coming. He reaches for the only answer that was both true, and easy enough to force out.

Kris: I don’t have one anymore.

Her face softens. At least now they were getting somewhere. Without even looking down, she starts to write on the pad.

E.G.:Why is that?

He shrugs, still refusing to look directly at her. He tries his hardest to pass it off as something that did not bother him, but he knew it was going to be less than convincing even before the words came out.

Kris: I’m not sure that I ever actually did. Not really. The guy I thought was my father, isn’t. The guy that was supposed to be my brother, never really was. Everything that has happened in my life has been the result of a mistake that my mother made.

He gets it all out in one breath like ripping off a band-aid. He does manage to bring his eyes back to her once it is out though.

Kris: The Heather problems are unrelated….

She nods. It was more than she was expecting him to open up with, especially given that this was really only an impromptu meeting between the two of them. He was not even really a patient.

E.G.: That can be a big shock, to find out that you were adopted..

He shakes his head, waving his hand in her direction to brush off what she thought as wrong. A few people had made the assumption based on his words. It just meant their definition of brother was different than his.

Kris: Not adopted. Just very much some other guy’s kid…. Not the guy that I thought. Not Jason’s dad.

E.G.: And this makes you upset? How do you feel about the man who raised you? Are you conflicted?

This actually brings a little life back into his face. It was actually the only part of it that was not a total negative for him. It was the silver lining that he knew Jason was hoping for him to cling to, and ignore everything that came with it.

Kris: That he’s not my father? No that part is amazing….

He looks down at his hands in his lap. It had been somewhat unburdening to not be blood related to the man, but what he was going to say next was the reason for his sudden deflation.

Kris: It’s all the other things that came with him learning that… things that really are my fault now… just for being there, and not being his. Everything that happened, happened because I was not his kid.

E.G. shakes her head. He did not have to look up to know that she was doing it. He had talked to Kali about this exact topic, and she had the same reaction. Undoubtedly Heather had as well. Everyone was so quick to tell him that it was not his fault, even against direct evidence to it.

E.G.: You were a child, how can you possibly think it is your fault that your mother had an affair?

He shrugs, and even holds his arms out to his side while he does before sinking down into the chair. The only sound he produces at first is a heavy sigh during the whole thing. He knew that everyone thought it was stupid to feel like he did, but he could not turn that off just because he wanted to.

Kris: If I was his kid, none of it would have happened. My existing was the reason that we had to go through all of it. I was getting punished for her mistake, because she didn’t stick around for it. Now, the person I have become is a result of that. All of the fucked up shit I have been through, or caused comes from the fact that my mom made a mistake with some guy that lived five minutes from me for my whole life and didn’t ever try to help…

The words come out faster and faster until he is done. He wants to push himself up out of the chair, but there is no energy left in him to do so. She rises from her chair, seeing the distress on his face she crosses the distance to crouch down in front of him.

E.G.: Kris, I know you will not believe this right now, but just because your...

She struggles for a second before figuring out what to call the man.

E.G.: ...step-father... ...blamed you does not mean it was actually your fault. And part of becoming healthier mentally is to accept responsibility for some things and realize that other things were not on you at all. Your mother made the mistake of cheating, but that did not give him the right to take it out on you. That is never acceptable. Do not put that blame on yourself and I am pretty sure that Jason does not either.

She puts a hand lightly on one of his in an attempt to offer some comfort. He shakes his head again, still not looking up from his lap. He brings his one free hand up to his forehead to cover his eyes.

Kris: He sent the guy that Heather broke all of our rules with to break the news to me. He did not even want to talk to me himself. That sends a pretty clear message. It happened because I was born, and we aren’t even real brothers now. It’s probably why he hasn’t talked to me in months, or went on his vacation.

The bottom had dropped out. He had done a hell of a job keeping most of it in throughout the last couple of weeks, even from Kali and Heather. There was just too much of it to stuff down, and now that he had loosened the cork it was all spilling out.

Kris: I don’t know who I even am now. Everything that I thought I was, because of who my dad was… is gone. Those mistakes are just my own. The reason it happened in the first place is because I am alive. I always believed that I was the one to blame, and people always told me that it wasn’t. Nobody can really say that anymore. Not even the person that used to be my brother.

He manages to stop, raising his eyes just barely high enough to meet hers.

Kris: I am kind of having a life crisis right now.

She offers him a smile, and squeezes his hand lightly. He was everything that Heather had told her that he was, and probably so much more. There was one detail that she was curious about though.

E.G.: So if this information you got said that the person you believe was your father isn’t, does it say who is?

The way his expression changes tells her everything she needs to know before he even opens his mouth. The lack of confidence, the flat tone of voice, the scared look in his eyes all made sense now.

Kris: He’s here. He lives in San Diego.

He lets go of his hand, moving back around the desk and writing a few more things down on her notepad.

E.G.: It sounds like you already have all the answers you need Kris. The only way that you are going to to figure out who you are, is to have some kind of idea of where you came from. As bad as that used to be, at least you had that with Jason and your step-father.

She takes a small stack of reminder cards out of her desk, and writes on the top one, leaving the rest to clean up later. She walks back across to him and hands it to him.

E.G.: You have one job in between now and this appointment.

He looks down at the card in his hand, dated for two weeks from now. It was like she was giving him a deadline. He looks back up confused.

Kris: What might that be?

There was genuine interest in his voice. She was a little touched that he had actually come to her, and was appearing to be listening. It was not the hard-headedness she had expected.

E.G.: Go meet your father. Try to get to know him.

He taps the card against his palm, nervously tapping his foot on the floor.

Kris: What if he didn’t ever want me either?

It is as honest a question as she had ever been asked in her career. She crouches down in front of him again, reaching out to lift his chin so that he cannot look away from her eyes.

E.G.: Then when you come back we will talk about that part too...

He nods, and she stands up from him, moving across the room to grab her bag out of the chair.

E.G.: I trust you can manage to lock the door back behind you on your way out….

She does not wait for him to answer before slipping through the door. It takes him a second for it to come together, but he gets up from the chair, locks the door, and follows her out..

=======================================
=======================================




Beach
San Diego, CA
20 July 2017
2:45pm PDT
ON-Camera


”Shutting people up seems to be my week in and week out...”

He says it with a laugh as the video starts. We are again tilted at an awkward angle, the SCW Roulette Champion again simply enjoying the view on the beach.

”I mean when I recorded that last video, I was still coming out of a pretty dark place. I’m not naive enough to say it was rock bottom, but I could definitely get a clear picture of where rock bottom was from where I ended up.. I’m not going to try and say it wasn’t emotionally taxing. I’m not going to say I wasn’t pushed to the absolute limit to my sanity. Things aren’t necessarily better, but they’re quiet. You might be sitting at home and seeing me on this beach, thinking to yourself that it looks like I have been taking time off. If that’s the case, you’re not wrong. I have been on a hell of a ride in the last few weeks. The latest being a one-time close friend ending her life. You have all probably caught the fallout of that on social media, and if you did you’ve probably noticed a significant absence for me. I have been spotty at best, and the laughs have been few and far between. Yet, when I have popped in, the status quo has not changed. There is always someone running their mouth. There is always someone trying to argue. There is always someone thinking they are going to challenge me. What does the long line behind me have in common? They have all failed.”

He reaches to the an end table he now has sitting next to the chair, raising a glass up to his lips and taking a drink from it. He puts it back down, the smile still on his face from earlier.

”The last time I spoke to you guys, I didn’t have a match. The card for Climax Control came out, and I thought I was going to have the week off. Surprise, surprise! I was wrong. I get called on, yet again, to pick up the slack where The Elders come up short. Last time it was ending the misery you all suffered during their tag title reign. This time it is filling in for an injury. I am I honest, I don’t mind the switch. I am contracted to this company in order to compete. I am a champion in this company, and expected to be at every show. If you put those two facts together, it’s a no brainer that I would rather show up to compete than sit around in the back and watch the show.”

He sighs, the smile wavering a bit.

”That’s not to say I’m not less than enthused about the man I am standing across from. The man who, alongside a talented partner, has come up short of doing much of anything with the opportunities that he was given. The best thing he has to his credit, is that he held my title for the third longest amount of time in company history. Think about that. His crowning achievement is a bronze medal, and a string of losses in at least half a dozen various other title matches. This is a man that I have beaten as part of a team. This is a man I have beaten for the title I now carry. This is a person that has never beaten me...”

The flat tone of his voice shows just how anticlimactic he found the announcement of his match.

”I thought that the time for me to take out the garbage was older. Don’t believe me? Find that video from last week that I recorded for the SCW website. I thought that all rematch clauses, and past champions were taken care of. I took out Steve Ramone in back-to-back-to-back matches, all with Roulette Rules. I beat Ryan Keys in back-to-back Supercard Ultimate-X match-ups. I nearly beat the life out of Joshua Acquin for even suggesting that our match should be Roulette Rules. No matter what James Tuscini will try and tell you, he has had three attempts to beat me, and has never come close to pulling a victory. He’s not in a different class than the people SCW has been throwing at me. If anything, he is teaching the class with the same boring statistics that I made fun of him for before Into The Void.”

He shrugs, not wanting to rehash the same old shit he has said before, and wanting to leave it at that.

”So let’s not go that way. Let’s talk about something new. What has James Tuscini done in the time since I last beat his ass? Obviously we should start with the sole highlight, right?”

Kris brings his hands up, gesturing at an imaginary marquee in front of him.

”James Tuscini shocks the world and beats Rage!”

Saying something nice does not work to wipe the smug smile from his face at all. He starts to lower his arms, but stops, raising them back up.

”Underdog James Tuscini by defying the odds against Rage!”

Again, the smile shows no sign of coming off of his face. It was all clearly just some set up to the point he was making. Both comments seem to have a similar theme, so when he feigns dropping his hands and then raises for a third comment, nobody watching is surprised.

”I don’t believe it! What the hell! No fucking way! James Tuscini upsets Rage!”

This time he does drop his hands, turning his head towards the camera, and shrugging.

”Is it not bittersweet to win a match, only to have everyone remind you that nobody was betting on you heading in? Does it not taint the sweet taste of victory, to have the announcers, the fans, and the people on social media almost immediately suggest it was a fluke? You know what people that are actually talented never have to worry about? Getting called an underdog, a fluke, or just plain lucky. When people like me win a match, it’s business as usual. I get congratulated. I get patted on the back. Nobody is surprised. Nobody is shocked. They expect me to go into every match, and come out a winner. Why? Because nobody has pinned me or made me tap out since the moment that I came back in October. You want to talk like you’re even remotely in my league, James? You want to harp that I needed Jason to beat you? I have beaten Jason. I have beaten you. More importantly, after those victories, nobody was shocked, and nobody was surprised.”

He raises his hand, rubbing at his chin. He was clearly still getting used to the feeling of being clean shaven again.

”What was next? A loss to the Bad Boys? Or was the loss to J2H first? To be honest, I have a hard time keeping them straight. All of your losses run together for me. I hope you don’t mind. Remind me again who took pinfalls in both of those matches? I mean you were legitimately the one to cost your team the win against The Male Mean Girls, right? You let a ragtag group of asshats beat you. You know what nobody said after? That it was an upset. You know why nobody even really congratulated J2H on beating you? Because nobody thought of you as anything remotely resembling a challenge.”

He looks away again, and opens his mouth like he is going to move on from it, but stops himself. We cannot see his eyes behind the sunglasses, but we can see his eyebrows lower, and his nose scrunch up as he replays his words to himself. He taps at his chin again, lightly shaking his head.

”I may have missed one...”

Almost as soon as the words are out of his mouth, he snaps his fingers and points at the camera. The fake epiphany hits him as genuine inspiration.

”That’s right, Jon Dough was beating your ass until the titantron distracted him, the newest Male Mean Girl laid him out, and you stole a victory like you have accused me of doing time after time. You may have an excuse for every time you have beaten me, and trust me I am anxiously waiting to laugh at the justification you make for Into The Void, but what is your excuse for doing the exact thing you accuse me of? What is your excuse for cheating or using an advantage to win? What is your response to people being surprised that you’re capable of beating someone who couldn’t hang onto a title for more than a few weeks? How do you explain away the losses to people that we all rag on for being talentless?”

He poses all of the questions to the camera without looking at it, but turns once he he is finished, almost like he is expecting an answer. In the few seconds of awkward silence that follow, no answers come.

”You can talk all of the trash you want, but i have no losses to explain to you. I haven’t had a shocking, upset win since being back. I have been nothing short of dominant since that first match back against Ryan Keys. Sure, some of those matches may have had shady endings, but that’s no different from you, or anyone else in this company. Sam Marlowe, of all people, injured someone to win a championship. Raab was willing to kill J2H to make history. Why do you think that your every word attempting to hold me to a higher standard falls on deaf ears? Why do you think when you talk, nobody is listening? You spout your statistics and your bullshit narrative about our matches, but it doesn’t translate. Nobody picks up from where you leave the story. Nobody echoes the same things that you said. I called The Bad Boys the Male Mean Girls, and the day after they all changed their Twitter names. People talk about the talent of Sin City Wrestling, and my name comes up, not yours. I am synonymous with success in this company. I am the attraction for free agents. You, on the other hand, are occasional shock value for when you get lucky enough to win.”

He shrugs yet again, but there is no remorse in his words. His body language may try to show otherwise, but the smirk still plastered to his face speaks volumes for the contrary.

”So like I said, we’re back to me just getting booked into matches to shut people up. J2H didn’t manage to shut your mouth, so the pleasure, once again, falls to me. Will they make this Roulette Rules, just to be able to flaunt how awesome their champion is? I don’t know. Maybe I will go and find Christian at the show and tell him to switch this match to be a little more exciting. I mean, it worked last time. I got thrown into a match against someone that absolutely nobody has ever been excited about, so they threw in a stipulation to keep the fans watching. I’m not afraid of you James. That is never going to change for as long as we compete in the same company. After this match, you are going to forever relegated to being my bitch.”

He sits back in his chair, shaking his head.

”Two people, a cruise ship, a pool, and an Ultimate X setup couldn’t derail me during the worst week of my life. What hope do you have to do what they couldn’t, now that I’m turning the corner and things are finally starting to look up? See, weeks ago, I was in the dark. Now I have found that bright, white, pure light once again. If anything, you missed your window for a shocking upset by being one card slow on drawing my name.”

He raises his glass again, sipping his drink.

”I’m sure another humiliating defeat to add to your ever-expanding list of failures isn’t too big a deal for you.”


48
Character Building Roleplays / Fireworks and Finale
« on: July 14, 2017, 02:54:00 PM »
 =========
FIREWORKS
=========



Heather is smiling. The first time she has in days, as she pulls into her driveway only to see a familiar looking sports car ahead of her. The man leaning against it. She groans before pulling to a stop and shutting off the engine. She takes a moment to compose herself. He waits for her to get out of the car, but in the bright sunlight, she can already see the dark bruise forming around his right eye. No sooner does she stand from the driver’s seat does he start in on her. He points up at his eye.

Kurtis: “You hear about this?”

She shuts the door.

Heather: “Hello Kurtis.”

She crosses her arms over her chest.

Heather: “Yes I did.”

At this point he is done with the stand-offish routine. He had endured it when there were benefits, but those were definitely long gone. He had been kicked to the curb, embarrassed, and expected to go away. Even if none of that changed, he was not going to go quietly.

Kurtis: “You tell him I did something to you or something? That I made you do stuff? That I was less than nice to you? Honestly, I don’t know how I’m the bad guy here. Yet I am the one that ended up knocked out by someone that shouldn’t have even been in Jet City.”

Heather sighs.

Heather: “I fail to see what coming here to bitch at me is going to do Kurtis. You have a problem with Kris, take it up with him.”

She shakes her head and starts walking up to her front door. He follows her, not holding back on any of the things that he wants to say.

Kurtis: “It has everything to do with you, and you know it. Do you not feel responsible? I mean, what did I ever do other than try and help you? I busted my ass to try and win you over, and you never gave a fuck. I was a toy that you came and used a few times, and then got tired of. Yet, I’m supposed to be okay with being knocked out? That’s fucked up.”

She smirks.

Heather: “Goodbye Kurtis.”

She opens the door and tries to shut it but he steps in front of it, stopping it from closing and latching. Unable to close it, Heather let’s it go, taking a step back from it. Even before her hands leave the wood he is pushing it open.

Kurtis: “Stop trying to shut me up and just fucking talk to me. I was literally beaten unconscious because of you. The least you can do is answer a few questions.”

She starts getting scared now.

Heather: “I didn't say anything to him about you really. He refused to hear it. And screw you Kurtis, you had every intention of trying to win me over. Now kindly get out of my house.”

She can tell that he is irritated, and if she had been there to see what Kris had done, maybe she would understand a little better as to why. He steps into the house, pushing the door mostly closed behind him. It fails to latch, but Heather is backing across the living room already, so he does not even look behind him to check it.

Kurtis: “I try to be there for you. I stop you from getting wasted at my apartment. I let you stay there when your idiot husband refused to take you with him on the cruise, and then proceeded to bang half the ship. And you don’t even want to talk?”

She keeps moving backward until she hits the wall.

Heather: “You don't want to talk. You want to place blame. Fine. Blame me if it makes you feel better. Now leave.”

She is getting irritated herself. He shakes his head.

Kurtis: “I don’t blame you, and believe it or not, I really just want to know why. If you can’t fucking stand me, why come to me in the first place? Why come back? Why make me fight to keep you around? I don’t get it. It’s like you hate me and want to fuck me at the same time. You think that’s fair?”

He hits the wall next to her, clearly his emotions were starting to boil over. There was more to it than that though. He seems genuinely hurt by the rejection.

Heather: “You are so hung up on the fact that I rejected you before you could do the same. You were a release. You wanna know why I picked you? Because you’re like my step-father and I was looking to punish myself. That’s why. Okay?”

She was ashamed of herself and for the first time, she thinks she deserves better than that. He takes a step back from her, brushing at his forehead with his index and middle fingers. It was a hell of a revelation to drop on someone, especially in anger.

Kurtis: “So i was just some sick mirror-image of some fantasy where a guy didn’t take no for an answer? Last I checked everything we did was consensual. You came to Jet City, and walked right into the locker room. You came to my apartment. I was just some way of dealing with fucked up shit that happened to you?”

He shakes his head, the anger coming out in a scary, but short laugh.

Kurtis: “And you people act like there is something wrong with me. Like you’re so fucking superior to everyone. You dump all over each other. You treat each other like shit, even in public. You’re all selfish. But I remind you of your stepfather? That’s fucked up Heather.”

Heather: “You wouldn't listen to me when I told you I was fucked up. So that’s on you. You feel better now. You got your answers so get the fuck out of my house.”

Her normally sweet voice is filled with a rage rarely heard before. She almost blacks out next.  It happens in slow motion. He gets in close to her face and she clenches her fist, raising it to sucker punch him right in his balls. The front door opens just as Kurtis lets out a feminine scream of pain. He backs up from her, doubling over, and only stopping when the back of his legs hit the end of the couch. He sits down on the arm of it, Heather advancing towards him when Kris and Kali enter the house.

Heather: “Don’t fucking mess with me.”

Seeing Heather pissed off is one thing, but being that she left him locked in the studio, he was hardly very happy with her. He raises a finger towards Kurtis.

Kris: “What the fuck is he doing in my house?”

It sends her world sideways. Kris comes in the door and his immediate concern is not for her safety, but for something completely different. Kurtis struggles to find a normal breathing rhythm, the punch taking his breath away. He manages to answer before Heather can though.

Kurtis: “I just wanted to know what the fuck was wrong with her. She apparently gets her rocks off thinking that I am her stepfather or something.”

Heather: “And you barged in and backed me up against the wall. Feel like a big man huh? Picking on a girl half your size...”

He looks up at her, almost like she is offended he would even accuse him of doing that.

Kurtis: “You were the one backing up. I didn’t even lay a finger on you. All I wanted to do was talk. We could have done that in the driveway, but you came in here. I deserved an answer.”

Kris has had enough of the back and forth between them. He had been clear that he did not even want to see them in the same room together, let alone standing in his house.

Kris: “Well you got it and you can get the fuck out of my house before you end up on the floor again and I have someone drag you out.”

Starting to recover a little, Kurtis stands off of the couch, and takes a step closer to Kris.

Kurtis: “...and you. You think you pulled one over on me hitting me like that? How’d you do it, huh? I know your little ass couldn’t have put me down with one shot legitimately. You plan the whole thing? Goad me into the ring and then lay me out to get your credibility back? You think anyone there is going to take you seriously? All you did was let everyone know that there was definitely something going on between me and Heather, and from how hard you hit me she must have really liked it.”

Heather is seething. She clenches her fist again, and swings at him again. It would have hit in the same spot that Kris’ punch did, but he leans back at the last possible second, and she misses his face by millimeters. He reaches up, grabbing her fist, and stopping her momentum to the ground, but it is all that Kris can take. He rushes forward, crossing the room, and shoves Kurtis back away from Heather. The rookie is forced to let go of her hand to avoid dragging her down with him, and tries to keep his balance. It is all for nothing though as the back of his calves hit the couch, and he falls back to a seated position. Kris is not stopping though. He keeps coming forward, balling his fist to hit him again. However, as he goes to swing forward, a much stronger arm than his own hooks around the inside crease of his elbow and stops him from being able to swing. Another hand clamps down on Kris’ right shoulder and he gets propelled away from the couch. He is able to keep his balance, turning around and seeing Jason was the one that pulled him off. The shock takes a second. Kris’ eyes widen, and his mouth falls open. He tries to speak, but he is so enraged that he cannot find words. He takes a step forward, his fist still clenched, and raises it to the man he now only referred to as an old tag team partner. Jason glares at him though, and speaks only one word. The tone is threatening, but not raised or loud at all. The reason it works goes entirely over the heads of everyone watching.

Jason: “Stop.”

Kris’ eyes water, and he lowers his hand, looking away. It was familiar, scarily so, and Kris had only heard Jason use the tone of voice a handful of times before. He nods, and Jason immediately turns back to Kurtis.

Jason: “Get out of this house before I let him beat you unconscious again.”

Again, his voice is not raised, but Kurtis does not even argue. He gets up from the couch, ducking around Jay, and makes his way towards the door. The whole time Kali has been watching, feeling helpless but as soon as the door opens and the man goes to leave, she springs into action.

Kali: “Ahhh!”

She raises her leg and in one fluid motion, push kicks him in the backside. He stumbles forward out the door onto his hands and knees on the stoop. Kali smirks and moves forward.

Kali: “Oh Kurtis, grovelling won’t help you now. You have a nice day though, okay?”

She smiles and closes the door. She turns back to the other three adults in the room to see them all looking at her in shock.

Kali: “What? I told you I was a red-black in Tae kwon do....”

Kris is the first to take his eyes off of her, turning back to Jason.

Kris: “You can follow him out. You're as welcome as he is. Go back to your vacation. There's nothing here for you.”

Heather: “Kris. You should talk to him.”

She sighs, realizing the tone of her voice was not the most reassuring.

Heather: “And no. This isn't me taking his side. I know how hurt you are by what he did. This is your chance to get it all out.”

Kris shakes his head, holding his arms out to his side. He does not take his eyes off of Jason.

Kris: “You going to tell me it is all made up? That we are actually brothers? That it was our dad, not YOUR dad that did all of that shit to us? Can you tell me it wasn’t my fault? That the shit would have happened to us either way? Want to try and sell me that I got the worst of it just because I was younger, like you have for the last couple decades? That it wasn’t because he knew I wasn’t is, and didn’t care what he did to me? Anything you can say to make it better? Or do I just need to wait until Heather fucks someone else so you can have them let me know what you have to say?”

Jason opens his mouth, but realizes that there really is not anything he can say against any of it. He shrugs his shoulders, but shakes his head, admitting that he knows that he cannot make this one better. Instead of fighting, he turns away defeated. He catches Heather’s eye as he goes to cross the room towards the door.

Jason: “I’m sorry for all of this.”

Heather looks at the floor, not responding to him. He offers Kali a smile, making his way out the door.. All of Heather’s will to fight leaves in one long sigh, but before anyone can say anything, Abby is coming in the kitchen door, talking sweetly to KJ holding her hand. Lindsay sits on her hip. She looks between her parents but when she sees Kris she reaches out her pudgy hands. Heather heaves and holds back her sob. 16 month old KJ lets go of Abby’s hand to toddle over to Heather, hugging her leg tightly.

KJ: “Mama-mama!”

Heather gets down to his level to pick him up, hugging him to her chest and burying her face into his neck. Kris takes Lindsay, who hugs his neck. The couple look at each other over their children’s shoulders, both of them on the verge of tears.

Abby: “I’m going to go see if Amanda needs help... uhhh... yeah.”

Abby backs out the door, sensing that it was not something she wanted to be involved in. After the door shuts, Heather takes a deep breath, looking towards her husband.

Heather: “You should take them out. Just you and them.”

Heather kisses her son’s temple, not wanting to let him go, but feeling that she needed to, especially if Kris was not going to back down from leaving.

Heather: “I need some time to myself and I don’t want them here to see it.”

She hands KJ to Kali. Kris nods, his focus mostly on his daughter in his arms. He shoots short glances between both Kali and Heather, not wanting to continue to argue in front of either of the children. He makes his way across the room, stopping next to Kali to reach out to KJ with a closed fist. The toddler closes his own, hitting his much smaller hand against Kris’. Heather moves across the room, grabbing the door and pulling it open for them. Kali goes through it first, walking down the sidewalk to Kris’ car. Kris pauses behind her, leaning into Heather with Lindsay in his arms so that Heather can plant a kiss on her daughter’s cheek. He offers a forced smile, not wanting to make things worse by opening his mouth. He makes his way out, Heather standing in the doorway behind them.





=======
FINALE
=======


The argument had worn her out. She was depressed but a little bit of that had been lifted at finally getting rid of Kurtis. He had been part of her healing, or so she thought, but in all the time they spent together, the only pleasurable moments had been the sex. She enters her house, not looking back at his expensive sports car peeling out from the front of the house. Jason had also taken his leave, pulling in a near identical model car, but turning the opposite direction. She fights looking back out to where her estranged husband was loading their children into his own car, closing the door in an attempt to convince herself that it was not happening. Once the door is closed, she slides down it, resting her forehead on her knees. She wants to cry but can’t.

Kali: “Heather?”

The voice of her husband’s manager Kali Fox echos through the quiet house. She steps in through the door leading from the garage, having failed to talk any sense into Kris. Heather does not look up to see her, instead focused only on convincing herself none of it was happening. It is then she feels strong arms wrap around her and rock her gently.

Kali: “Let it out. You can’t start healing if you don't.”

Heather shakes her head back and forth quickly. Not surprising, Kali had shared a very similar moment with Kris on the cruise ship, and his response was exactly the same. Heather and Kris were alike in so many ways.

Heather: “I don’t want to heal. I want Kris. He wants me to move on, let him go and I won’t. I can’t. There is no-one else for me but him.”

Kali sighs deeply. She had been mentally preparing for this conversation since the first moment Kris told her what he planned to do when he got back. At first she wanted to leave. She did not want to be a part of the reason that a marriage fell apart. He had only convinced her to stay because it was painfully clear that he was still very much in love with Heather. What they had was broken, and this was the only way he knew to fix it before it was too late. She had seen their conversations, and talked Kris through some of his issues. She knew exactly what to say because of it.

Kali: “And why do you need anyone to complete you Heather? You know how much pressure it is to carry someone’s sobriety on your shoulders? It's a lot of pressure right? And it has become heavier and heavier day by day. Every little thing that happens, you both look to each other for willpower, instead of to yourselves. Neither of you think you have any value.”

Heather tries to wiggle free, not wanting to have this conversation, wanting it to all just go away. Kali doesn’t let her go. She keeps her arms firmly around her, not dissuaded at all.

Kali: “If you want a drink, go have a drink. I promise I won’t stop you and I also promise it is not going to change any of this. Kris is not going to run in here to save you. Neither are your sisters. Everyone has held you up but in the process they have held you back. It was wrong that they gave you an ultimatum to go sober. It wasn't your choice to do it, which is why even though it's been two years, you are still very much addicted.”

It suddenly makes sense to her. She had been so scared of losing everyone that she had gotten sober but it wasn't because she wanted it. It had never made sense to her why Kris struggled so badly, until the picture snapped clear about her own addiction.

Kali: “What do you want Heather? Honestly... no shame in your answer, I’m not here to judge you.”

Heather goes through everything in her mind. Everything she wanted.

Heather: “I just want to be loved for me.”

The words blurt out and she can’t hold back the sob.

Kali: “And did you ever think you were?”

Heather shakes her head. Kris aside, she did not, and he was gone now. The only thing that she was really left with was the guilt that it was her fault. Her voice is low and remorseful when she finds the right words.

Heather: “How can I expect others to love me, when I can't even love myself.”

Kali holds her tighter.

Kali: “And who made you feel this way?”

She expects and inward implosion like Kris when he was sent into a panic attack at the sound of his father’s name, but gets the opposite.

Heather: “YVES! That fucking bastard. He told me I was an accident. I wasn't loved. That my own mother didn't love me. But...”

She suddenly stops. She looks up and a realization hits her. Everyone thought that Yves had her murdered. That it was made to look like an accident but what if, the apple didn't fall far from the tree.

Heather: “My mother... she killed herself...”

The tone of her voice changed as her mind raced to put the rest of the pieces together. For so long she had fought the reasons behind her addictions, choosing instead to run from it. Now that it was starting to come together, everything was starting to become much more clear. Her voice trails off, Kali thinking it is because the memory is just too traumatic for words.

Kali: “I’m sorry Heath...”

Heather holds up a hand to silence her. Her eyes moving rapidly from left to right like she is running through her whole life in her head. Her voice is far away, secondary to any of her thoughts, but there was a pattern to it. She could see it for the first time.

Heather: “It was because she didn't think she was good enough….. not good enough for my dad... not good enough for me…. but it all fucked everything up even more…. I don’t...”

She moves out of Kali’s arms, and pushes herself off of the floor. She starts to pace back and forth, running her fingers through her hair and thinking clearly for the first time since everything started to fall apart.. She then looks at Kali as she gets up to her feet. What she had to do had never been more clear.

Heather: “I don’t want to fuck up Lindsay’s life. The cycle has to end with me. I have to end it.”

She walks toward the cabinet above the fridge. Inside is a second wooden box, matching the one that lays open and on the island counter, empty. She pulls hers down and turns to place it on the counter next to the other. She spends a minute staring at them. Kali following her into the room, but standing on the other side of the island. She knows what is in both of those boxes.

Heather: “These boxes are like anchors around our ankles. Keeping us from getting to the surface. I have been slowly drowning Kali and I have been doing it to myself.”

She opens the box with her initials burned in the front of it. H.A.C. The other box, K.E.H. She flips it open and all the mini bottles are neatly sitting in the grooves for them. Each bottle is still sealed. She takes out the whiskey and looks it over.

Heather: “I am not going to be a slave to these anymore.”

She rips off the seal and opens the cap. It was the first time any of them had even come out of the box. It had been taken out of the cabinet several times, and even opened on more than one occasion. She never dared to actually touch one of them though. Not until now. Kali’s arm tenses and her hand grips the countertop, trying to will herself to let Heather make her own decision without interfering. She manages to keep her body stationary, but cannot trap her words before they come out of her mouth full of concern.

Kali: “Heather... are you sure?”

Heather raises an eyebrow, a matter-of-fact smirk coming over her face.

Heather: “I thought you weren't going to stop me?”

Kali lets out a heavy sigh whilst nodding, but looks away. Heather brings the bottle to her nose, inhaling the smell of it. Kali was right. She was still addicted because she wasn't the one that decided to give it up. Kali looks back up when Heather turns from the counter without turning the bottle up. Heather walks to the sink and immediately turns the bottle upside down so that it pours down the drain. She repeats this with all twelve bottles until they line the counter.

Kali: “You are strong...”

Heather has the last bottle in her hand and before Kali can finish, she throws the little bottle at the wall. It shatters. The noise causes both Bea, and Ellie to run from the room in a panic, barking at the commotion.

Heather: “I hate you. You worthless piece of shit. You stole everything from me. It's your fault I can’t be appy. It's your fault he left.”

She does this eleven more times before once again slipping to the floor and hugging her knees. Kali is quick to come around the island, and sink to the floor with her, resuming her hug.

Kali: “It's time to forgive now.”

Heather looks up.

Heather: “Who? Kris? My step-father?”

Kali shakes her head.

Kali: “You were yelling at yourself Heather. And it's time to forgive yourself. You don’t blame Yves for raping you, you blame yourself. Everything has been you shouldering the blame but it's time to let it go. Not for Kris, Lindsay, KJ or even the rest of your family. But for you. Do you think you can do that? If I help you?”

Heather thinks for a second before nodding her head. She moves to into Kali’s arms, finally breaking down. Kali rubs her back.

Kali: “It's okay... we will get through it. I promise.”



49
Character Building Roleplays / After The End Of Everything
« on: July 11, 2017, 01:51:55 AM »
 Monday Morning
8:45 am
Sundance Records

Heather arrives early, she dressed nicely, did her makeup a little heavier to hide the blue-black bags she’s sporting from crying, not sleeping and eating very little. Her stomach growls as if on key and she bites her bottom lip. She was nervous.

She walks to the reception. The blonde sitting there reminds her of Jules.

Receptionist: “Can I help you?”

Heather nods.

Heather: “I’m here to see Jonathan Spicer.”

The blonde narrows her eyes on her,

Receptionist: “And you are?”

She was probably just doing her job, but the way she looks Heather over seems judgemental to say the least. She clearly did not know who she was, and was probably hoping for Heather’s response to give her a reason for tossing her out.

Heather: “Heather Halich... err... Cooper. I have a 9am appointment.”

She holds it together by plastering a smile on her face. The large cup of black coffee she had on the way was making her hands shake. She looks down from Heather’s eyes, and to the phone sitting on her desk. She tapped a button, and then brought her hand up to the headset hanging from her ear, tapping it. Apparently whoever was on the other end had picked up.

Receptionist: “There is a Heather Halich, or Cooper, here to see you.”

She pauses, leaving Heather in suspense while she listens to whatever answer she is given. When the person is finished talking she nods, gesturing towards the door just over her left shoulder.

Receptionist: “You can go in.”

Heather thanks her before moving to the door. She takes a deep breath before opening it and walking in. Jonathan Spicer is sitting at his desk, a pair of beats connected to an ipod. He’s moving his head with the beat and gives a smile. He looks up as Heather enters and points to the chair in front of him. As she sits, he pulls the beats off of his head, resting them on the desk. She hears the cover she did with Griff playing before he taps the iPod screen and stops it from playing.

Spicer: “So, first things first, is it Cooper or Halich?”

Heather: “Cooper.”

She doesn’t hesitate with the name. He smiles, taking one of the two folders off of his desk and dropping it through the shredder. For a second she doubts that it is going to be able to handle it, but, sure enough, the whole thing disappears. He flips open the one remaining on his desk, sitting up. He reads through some of the things on the front page, and then looks up at her.

Spicer: “I have to tell you, we heard you sing for Honor. We heard how the fans connected to you. You got them to stand up and cheer for five minutes based on the national anthem. Rumor was it took them forever to get people to stop.”

Heather blushes a little, but nods her head. He looks back down at the paperwork in the folder, but only for a second.

Spicer: “You’ve had a record deal before, yes?”

She clears her throat.

Heather: “Yes. I had a band with my cousins but that fell through when the youngest took off for Paris. They wouldn't accept a substitute bass player so they pulled back the deal.”

Her hands shake in her lap. He sits back, closing the file. She expects the worst when he takes a deep breath and runs a band through his hair.

Spicer: “I could give you the hard sell, or try to beat around it, but you're smart enough to know that if you're here we have to be interested. We might be better suited to just cut through all of the bullshit. It's been a couple years. You haven't signed anywhere else. Was this appearance for Honor just a one-off, or are you considering coming back to the industry?”

Heather: “Before I got pregnant I was working on producing an album myself but I had a difficult time with her. But I have been in an out of a studio lately. But to be honest, being my own producer has been stressful. I want this Mr. Spicer, even if it was my husband's name that got me in the door.”

He looks confused, sitting up in his chair and opening the folder again. He runs down all the information that he had been given about her. He does not find any reference to anyone else on the page. He laughs a little nervously, raising his eyes back to her.

Spicer: “...and your husband is?”

Heather: “Kris Halich.”

She leans forward to try and glance at the paperwork. He shakes his head, not finding anything,

Spicer: “...and he is a musician or something?”

She smirks in spite of herself.

Heather: “No. Just me thinking something that wasn't true. Keep going Mr. Spicer.”

He sits back again, offering an understanding smile.

Spicer: “Now you can tell me what you had in mind for coming back, or I can make you an offer that we think works. Plainly speaking though, you wouldn’t be sitting in that chair if we didn’t expect to be able to come to some kind of deal while you were here. We want to make this work.”

Heather: “I’m not the type to make demands. I will hear out your offer and maybe go from there?”

There is something in the pit of her stomach. It was that feeling she got whenever something happened that felt right. The last time was finding out she was pregnant and before that was when she married Kris.




=============
Monday Evening
=============

The problem was not that he did not want to go to the studio. It was not even that he did not want to talk. She was right about one thing though, he was afraid. The whole walk from his car to the front door was miserable. He thought his plan was going to work from the moment he came up with it. She should not have thought to look inside the container. It messed up everything. He pulls open the door, walking through the hallways, and then down the stairs into the mixing room. He knew she was already there from the car sitting outside, but her back was to him when he walked in the door. He places a bag down on the couch, knowing she heard him come in. Kris tries to find words that are just not there, instead standing silently.

He immediately notices the half full bottle of water without a label on the table next to her. His stomach drops. She turns, a paper bag in her hands. She walks toward him and hands it to him without saying a word. He looks down into it, seeing an identical drug test to the one that Kali had bought earlier in the day. The only response he can manage is a sigh, shaking his head and tossing the bag onto the couch.

Kris: “I’m not taking another one.”

She sighs. She pulls off her rings and hands them to him.

Heather: “You had to fake a drug test to get rid of me. Here. Go. Run away.”

Her bottom lip quivers and she turns going toward the door into the booth. He stands there for a second, wanting to just leave. He knew that he should. She was letting him go. It meant that maybe she would have a chance. Kris closes his fist around the rings, and slides them into the front pocket of his jeans, turning to the bag on the couch. He flips it open, reaching in and grabbing a few pages of sheet music. Once he pulls it free, he moves to a different pocket, finding the page of lyrics he was looking for. Once he has them he turns crosses to the control panel, flipping switches so that the sound was being recorded, and follows her in. She is sitting in the corner, not behind a microphone.

Kris: “Come sit down.”

His voice is flat. There is no malice in it, but it is definitely not friendly. He places the lyrics on a stand in front of one of the two microphones, and then puts the music on another positioned across from the first. Instead of sitting, he moves to the wall. Several acoustic guitars hang, each tuned a little differently, but all ready to be used for recording. He strums across the strings of each, finally finding what he is looking for in the third and taking it off of the rack. When he turns she still has not moved from her spot.

Kris: “Heather…”

She takes a deep breath and slowly walks over.

Heather: “Let’s break up oh and record a song... Kris I need to be alone right now to contemplate how badly I fucked up my life. Okay?”

She looks at the lyrics.

Heather: “What song is this anyway?”

Kris: “Just sit down.”

His voice does not raise, but his tone is different. Almost like he is pleading with her to just listen to him. He pulls out his chair from the microphone, and sits down, raising guitar into his lap. He looks down at it.

Kris: “Of course it is…”

She did not even have to look up, hearing the same disappointment in his voice hundreds of times before. He had the same problem every time they went to a music store and he tried to play. The guitar is strung right handed, meaning he was going to have to play it upside down. He turns some of the pages on the music, absent-mindedly finding the chords with his fingers without looking down and making sure he was going to be able to get through it inverted.

Kris: “I can make this work.”

He looks back up to her, nodding towards the empty chair.

Heather: “I can find you a left handed one...”

She moves onto the stool, reading the lyrics.

Heather: “This is that song you have had stuck in your head... isn’t it?”

He does not meet her eyes at all, staying focused on the music in front of him. It is awkward at first, but after a couple of tries, he is able to accurately finger pick each note of the opening. She does not take her cue to start though, waiting on a response from him. He sighs again, his foot anxiously tapping the floor.

Kris: “You can use it, or not use it. But just us, a guitar, and nobody else touching it seems like the right way for us to move on. Can we just try?”

She sighs but it isn't an impatient one. This time she listens for the que and it begins beautifully. Even upside down, he manages to work his way through the song, trying not to let his playing dwarf her voice. He does not just stop at playing though, having written all of the cues for the backup vocals onto the sheet music, and adding his voice to hers at places where he could fit in without taking away from how sweet she sounded. She looks over at him as she sings and the smile she gives him is not one he has seen in a long time. Its genuine, relaxed. Music was as good as any drink was for her. By the time they reach the closing of the song, he is able to take his eyes off of the music, looking over the stand at her, returning her smile with his own. His eyes are glassy though as each word of the closing phrase comes out of her mouth pained, an indication of how hard the last week has been on the two of them. She looks away from him once she is finished, and he plays the last few notes. For a few seconds they both just sit there, silently, too afraid to look at one another. It was undeniable that the feelings that they had for one another were still there. Even with everything going wrong around them, they were there, buried under all of it. He nods a few times, pushing himself out of his seat and going to hang the guitar back on the wall without a word.

Heather: “Kris...”

He stops, as if listening for the rest of her words but her own silent tears stop her from saying any thought that was about to be vocalized. Instead she covers her face with her hands. Sobbing quietly. He leans forward, placing his forehead against the wall. It was why he did not want to meet to talk about things. Hearing her sob was only second to seeing it. For as long as he was away, he could pretend that she was happy. He had himself convinced that she was happy to have someone other than him, even if her choice of the individual ripped him apart. He forced himself to believe that she did not care. Hearing her sing, and now break down, he could not keep lying to himself. The sound itself breaks him, tears rolling on his face. He wants to run. She probably expected him to as well. Running was not the reason for leaving though Instead of turning for the door, he slowly backs away from the wall, before turning and crossing to her. He squats down in front of where she sits, reaching out with both of his shaking hands to lightly touch her forearms, and pull her hands from her face. She is resistant at first but allows him to. Her blue eyes are bloodshot. Her face has a gaunt look about it. The stress of the week showing. And just like Kali had said, he knew she wasn't eating well or sleeping.

Kris: “I love you. That has not, will not, cannot change.”

He had said it all throughout the week, but just like he had convinced himself that she was happier with Kurtis than she was him, she had convinced herself that he was just lying to save her feelings. He had to have just been telling her what she wanted to hear to keep her from drinking, or keep her alive. Looking into his eyes, seeing how hard it was for him, she could not hold onto her lie either.

Heather: “Then why?”

She shakes her head, standing to try and move away from him. He stands up with her, still in front of her. He wraps one arm around the small of her back and one to her cheek. He pulls her in close to him, brushing his lips gently against hers at first, but unable to hold it back to just some innocent peck. She seems to melt into him, a passionate kiss that they hadn't had in months. She moves her hands up to his face, seemingly clinging to him. Not letting him pull away. She hoped he felt everything in that kiss. How sorry she was. How much she needed him, not as her way to stay sober but as the man she had chosen to love forever. No one could ever fill that void. Neither of them want to pull away, fighting to keep one another close until they are forced to break apart or suffocate. She tries to recapture his lips, but he rests his forehead against hers, pulling his chin back so that he is just out of range. He runs the backs of his fingers down her cheek.

Kris: “That’s why…. I can’t lose that. I can’t lose you. If we keep making all of these mistakes, and hurting each other, that’s going to be gone. We need to unfuck ourselves. You can’t do that with me here. I can’t do that if I stay…”

Heather: “I don't know how to do this by myself Kris.”

She shakes her head.

Heather: “I got myself into this situation by myself. Bad things happen by myself.”

She looks out the glass to the bottle sitting on the table still.  She licks her lips. He follows her eyeline to the bottle, and then looks back at her. He does not give her the answer that she is looking for though.

Kris: “I can’t make the decision for you to be sober anymore. Just like you can’t be made to carry that decision for me. Instead of dealing with our shit, we both have a drug of choice to numb it. Instead of making the choice to stay away from it for ourselves, we blackmail each other to stay in line. That’s not how a real relationship works. It’s not how a real marriage works. We can’t keep doing this to each other or we might hang on for another year or two, but when one of us finally walks away they’re never going to come back.”

Heather: “I don’t know how to stop wanting it.”

She sighs. She is about to continue but he cuts her off in a way she never expected to hear come out of his mouth.

Kris: “You know how I figured out I would never actually touch heroin again? You know what made it so easy to take it all out of that box and dump it?”

She shakes her head.

Kris: “Friday morning. I couldn’t sleep. I was up all night, just laying in the dark. Everything ran through my head dozens of times. KJ. Lindsay. You. Kurtis. Jason. Jet City. My not-dad. SCW. Everything. Every day on that cruise got worse than the one before it. At the end, looking back, I could see how if I would have shot up, it only would have gotten so much worse. As bad as things are, the thing that would have made me feel better in that moment would have made everything so much more difficult today. If that test was real it would have broken your heart because you would have known that all of you were easy to let go of forever, and we wouldn’t be having this conversation. This has been the worst week of my life. I could have made it so much worse though.”

He says it all in one breath. Once he got rolling, it simply poured out of him until he could not force out another word before taking a breath. The tears filling his eyes started to fall again as he finished.

Kris: “I need you to find that reason for yourself, and understand that you’re worth something. Understand that people don’t love you because I am around. People love you for the same reason I do. They see the person buried in there. I want you to be happy with yourself, and you can’t do that while you’re stuck living for me… so you have to let me go.”

He had done so well not getting choked up. He thought he could make it through, and almost did. The last of his words are barely understandable, the pain of them evident on his face. She breaks down completely now. She shakes her head.

Heather: “No!”

She looks up at him.

Heather: “I am not letting you go. I am not signing those papers unless you don't love me anymore. You want to separate I can do that. But getting divorced Isn’t the answer. So I will struggle with finding what you want but there is no one in this world that will ever convince me that letting you go is the right answer.”

There it was. Everything that he wanted to hear. Everything that he knew she was going to say. He had to look away from her, and find any excuse to get out of the situation before he caved. Every atom in his body wanted to be with her. He could not keep himself from staying, and damning them both at this rate. His eyes wander around the room, until they land on the control panel recording every sound in the room. He shakes his head, changing the subject.

Kris: “I should turn that off…”

She is quicker than he is, slipping through the door before him and then jacking a chair under the handle.

Heather: “You aren't doing this.”

She mouths it since he can’t hear her through the glass. She goes to her purse and pulls out a familiar looking folder and a lighter. He steps close to the glass, shaking his head and telling her not to do it while she grabs the trash can from the floor and puts it up on the desk. She lights the corner of the folder with the lighter and holds it out so he can watch each document burn. As soon as the flames reach halfway across the paper, she dumps it into the trashcan, the burnt end down so that when the flames rise, they torch the rest of the folder.

Kris: “Let me out.”

His voice cannot travel through the glass, but since the studio was still recording, she could hear him through the PA system. She walks over to the board and presses the speaker button.

Heather: “Sorry Baby. I got some things I need to do so you gotta stay right here.”

She smiles, and picks up the water bottle and leaves. He punches the glass, but it is double paned and his hand is absolutely no match for it at all. It does nothing but hurt him, and send him into an irritated fit. He turns around, pushing over both music stands before screaming out at the top of his lungs. He stands in the middle of the room, breathing heavily, and trying to calm down. He tries the door a second time before giving up on it, pulling his phone out of his pocket and calling the only person that he could count on to come get him.

50
Character Building Roleplays / Five.Four.Three.Two.One.
« on: July 09, 2017, 09:41:37 PM »
 
Monday Morning


It was not often that Kris called Coby in on his off day. It was especially strange since Kris very publicly announced he would be stepping down from all responsibilities and giving away his half of the ownership. He walks into the front door of Jet City, noticing all of his students were gathered around the ring, yet there was no scheduled class. He immediately gets a bad feeling, moving through the building to the back office. As soon as he gets to it he notices an immediate difference. The typical doorknob has been replaced with a panel lever like you would see on hospital doors. Coby presses it to pop the latch free and pushes the door open. Kris is standing behind the desk, taping up his right hand. He has a glove on under the tape that covers his palm, but only the bottom third of each of his fingers.

Coby: “Nice gloves…”

Kris laughs, picking up the other glove from the bag and holding it out to Coby.

Kris: “New toys. I found them at one of the stops on the cruise.”

Coby takes a step forward and takes the glove, but is surprised to find how heavy it is. He turns it over in his hands, feeling the thin plates built inside the fabric of both the palm and the back of the hand. His fingers move around to the knuckles to find thin tungsten rings sewed into the fabric. He looks up at Kris, terrified because he already knew why he got them.

Coby: “You sure you want to go this far?”

Kris looks up, finishing the tape on one hand before reaching out for the left glove without a response. When his eyes meet Coby’s, the younger man knows that this is going to happen with or without his consent. He hands Kris back the glove, shaking his head.

Coby: “Don't kill him…”

Kris slides the glove onto his hand, and starts to tape around it. Within a minute the entire glove is hidden under the tape. As he moves down to his wrist though, the roll of tape runs out. Kris grits his teeth, annoyed. Coby immediately snaps into action.

Coby: “It's cool. We got all the extra stuff in our storage room.”

There is a short hallway inside the office that goes back to a walk in closet with all of the surplus supplies for the gym. Coby looks through the rack, looking for tape but not finding any. As soon as he disappears into the room, Kris reaches into his bag, grabbing a small metal bar, only eight inches long, and a second roll of tape. He moves around the desk, and out the door, closing it behind him. Once it is closed, he slides the metal bar between the wall and the new lever handle, preventing it from being able to be opened from the inside. He turns to the main area of the gym, seeing all of the trainees already waiting there for Coby.

JD: “Where is Quik at?”

Kris shrugs, using the new roll of tape to finish his left wrist before throwing the rest of the roll onto a nearby table.

Kris: “He came in, had to run out, and asked me to take over.”

Chatter breaks out over the group as Kris rolls into the ring. He raises up both of his hands to calm them.

Kris: “Relax. He will be back before you know it.”

However, they are not sold.

PJ: “Kris, you know we love you, but you've never even been trained. What do you even have to teach us.”

Kris smiles widely, conceding the point.

Kris: “You're right. I couldn't teach you guys about the technical side of wrestling even if I tried. What I can talk about for a little bit is striking though. I'm going to need someone to come up here with me though.”

He looks around the crowd trying to not make it obvious. He finds someone avoiding eye contact, and immediately makes her a target.

Kris: “Maddie, want to come up?”

She shakes her head ferociously, knowing better than to get up in the ring with Kris. It was by design though. Kris knew calling on someone else would trigger the jealousy in his least favorite student.

Kurtis: “I’ll do it.”

Kris’ heart leaps in his chest, but he knows he cannot let it show on his face. He scowls, sighing heavily.

Kris: “I don't even know why I'm surprised…”

Kurtis knows that Kris cannot say no without everyone in the group thinking he backed down, so he climbs the ring stairs and enters between the middle and top rope. He comes over to Kris, and offers his hand, but Kris simply glares down at it without shaking it. He turns back to the crowd instead of dwelling on it.

Kris: “You can know all of the technical shit in the world, but if you can't stop someone from knocking you out you're never going to win any matches. It's not about dodging. It's not about evading. You need to learn how to anticipate what is coming. Know your opponent as well as you know yourself.”

There are nods of agreement from the trainees, and Kris is quite pleased with himself. He was making it all up on the spot and they were buying it without question. Kris turns from them to face Kurtis, motioning for him to put his hands up.

Kris: “When an opponent squares to you, you can't spend all your time watching their hands. It's in the shoulders.”

He uses his right hand to tap his left shoulder.

Kris: “Nice and slow Kurtis, we aren't going full speed here.”

They circle each other a little, both of them with their hands up. Kris’ voice raises, talking to the crowd again.

Kris: “If someone is going to go low on you, you're going to see them drop their hands just a half inch…”

As he speaks Kris does that, baiting his hook. Kurtis, in response lowers his to match and tucks his elbows in to absorb the shot.

Kris: “Wait to see the shoulder twitch so you know which side it is coming from…”

Kris fakes with his right hand and Kurtis reacts. He drops his gloves to cover his ribs on the left side of his body. As soon as he does Kris flips his footing, planting his left foot and swinging as hard as he can with every bit of his power and weight behind it. However, he is not aiming for ribs. He is not even throwing a right hand. Instead, he throws a left hook that connects squarely across Kurtis’ cheekbone. The rookie drops immediately, like a lifeless ragdoll. The students gasp, and some step forward. JD and PJ both hop onto the apron but Kris holds his hand up and shakes his head. He reaches down to Kurtis, and snaps his fingers but gets no response. He holds the back of his hand to his mouth, feeling his breath on his hand. As soon as he feels it, he stands back up. His emotions finally boil over.

Kris: “DON'T YOU EVER TRY TO FUCK WITH MY LIFE!”

The words are lost on Kurtis, but it makes the rest of the group back off. The voice that comes out of Kris is more hateful and angry than anyone had ever heard. He shakes his head, not paying any attention to the students and spitting on his unconscious trainee. He crosses the ring, dropping to the mat and rolling under the ropes. The students immediately flood the ring, checking on Kurtis while Kris makes his way back to the office. He pulls the bar off of the door and opens it to find Coby leaning on the desk waiting for him.

Coby: “He alive?”

Kris shrugs.

Kris: “Breathing.”

Coby sighs, nodding.

Coby: Do you feel better?

Kris rolls his shoulders, letting out another deep breath.

Kris: That was the easy part….

Coby pushes away from the desk, pats Kris on the shoulder, and heads out through the door without a word. Kris starts unwrapping his hands, tossing the tape in the garbage and the gloves back in his bag. He wishes he felt better. Felt anything. Instead, he is just numb. He puts his feet up on the desk, cradling the back of his head with his hands and closing his eyes. He was not sure if he was ready for the next part, but he knew it was his only option.



========================
========================


Monday Afternoon


He opens his eyes when he hears the knock at the door. He could not have been asleep. He had not done much of that at all in the last week. Kris pushes himself up from the couch, dreading each of his steps until he pulls open the door. There she was, only concern on her face. Her eyes begged him to change his mind but she was in no place to vocalize it. She tries to force a smile, but it looks like Kris is looking through her instead of at her. She holds out the same plastic bag to him.

Kris: Receipt?

She nods.

Kali: It's in there.

He does not respond, simply taking the bag from her and moving it to his left hand. He reaches back out with his right.

Kris: Give them to me…

She shakes her head, but her hands move to the bag on her hip. She pulls the folder from it, and holds it out to him. He grabs it, but she does not let go.

Kali: You don't have t---

Kris: Yes I do. Let go. Just give me a second.

Her eyes plead with him for just another moment before she reluctantly lets the folder go. He tucks it under his arm, nods, and closes the door. As soon as he is behind it, he spins, putting his back to it. He leans his head back, resting it against the wood, closing his eyes tightly.

KJ: You're doing the right thing…

Kris swallows hard, not opening his eyes. A tear falls from his eye, and he nods. He knows that nobody is really there but right now it does not matter. He did not want to do this alone. His voice cracks and is barely above a whisper.

Kris: I know.

He raises his arm, brushing at his face and forcing himself to move from the door. Crossing the living room is like walking in quicksand. Every atom in his body wanted him to stop. His feet barely leave the ground with each step, but he pushes through the door and into the kitchen. His legs wobble as he gets to the island countertop in the middle of the room. He puts the bag down, and the folder next to it.

KJ: You know it's the right thing.

Kris closes his eyes, looking down. He nods. Without opening his eyes he flips open the folder. It takes the motivation of another deep breath, but he opens his eyes to look down at the papers it contained. Right on the top, the petition for uncontested divorce. It was all there in plain letters. His signature already on the bottom from when they forced his hand. His fingers fumble around in his pockets for a pen. As soon as he finds it, he clicks the top, and quickly scribbles the date next to his signature like he was ripping off a bandaid.

KJ: It's okay. It's over now. Two more.

He cannot stomach looking at it anymore, flipping it over. He pulls a stack with it, all of terms of the dissolution spelled out over and over again that he gets nothing. The next one is even more difficult. He tries to ignore the top line, but catches his son’s name as he searches for the signature line. Tears start to roll from both eyes now as he scribbles the date a second time.

KJ: One more. You're doing so good. I'm proud of you. You can do it.

He flips the page again. The form was identical to the last, with the exception of a few names being switched around. He is careful to stay away from reading his daughter's name so he did not have to feel the shame of letting his sister down as well. With the last of his energy he writes the date, and closes the folder. It breaks him. The pen flips out of his hand, and his legs fall out from under him. He sobs, leaning on the counter until he feels his son’s hand on his shoulder.

KJ: Come on. You're so close…

It was too much. He hits his head against the counter, wanting to feel something other than this. Anything would be better. His hands come together, the fingers of his right hand finding the ring on his left. It feels glued to him, liked it was suddenly two sizes too small. He fights with it. Finally finding the willpower to budge it, it falls to the countertop. The clang it makes echoes through the whole house. Everyone has a moment in their life that feels like it will not end. This was his. The sound rings in his ears for what feels like centuries.

KJ: Get up….

He does as he is told. His son’s voice in his head is reassuring. He steps away from the counter to the fridge, reaching up to open the cabinet above it and remove the small wooden box from its hiding place. He takes it back to the counter. Not bothering to close the cabinet. Setting it down, he removes the lid. The bags inside had no power over him. Not anymore. Nobody would buy the lie if he left them behind though. He reaches in, grabbing the bags and stuffing them into his pockets. He does not even bother replacing the lid, driving himself forward.

KJ: Do you remember where it is?

He exits the room, climbing up the main stairs to his office. His son follows him the whole way. Kris does not look behind himself but he can feel him there. He might be at rock bottom but he is not there alone. By the time he gets to the door he is on autopilot. He is just a spectator to the events, crossing the room to an amp for his guitar and reaching around to the back side. The panel was missing, but what he wanted was just inside. He grabs it, pulling it free and holding it up.

KJ: Why did you keep it?

Kris shrugs, his eyes scanning the label of the container. Two red lines appeared over the tab for opiates. Reading across it, the fail bar was also red.

Kris: As a reminder that I would never do it again…

He turns, basically gliding back down through the house. Before he realizes it, he is back in the kitchen, fumbling with the bag Kali brought him. He pulls out the receipt first, the date and her name being across the top from swiping her credit card to pay for it. He places it on top of the folder, next to his ring. There was no arguing it was from today. He reaches into the bag again pulling out the same brand of drug test he had failed. He rips it open, pulling the container out, spinning the top off and scattering the instructions for it on the counter. He leaves the box, the ripped plastic, but pockets the container itself. Instead, he takes the old failed test and leaves it in its place.

KJ: It's better this way. We all have a chance now.

Kris nods. He leaves the counter, heading back to the door. Next to it are a small bag, and a single guitar case. He shoulders the bag, picks up the case, and reaches for the handle of the door.

KJ: Dad…

Kris turns. He should not listen. It is all in his head. It does not stop him from turning though. He does not even have to respond.

KJ: Close your eyes...

Kris nods, taking a breath. Tears roll through his closed eyelids.

KJ: Five…

His mind wanders. First meeting Heather. The smile on her face in her sister’s driveway. She challenged him. She pushed him. She was not content to let him get away with anything. He fell in love with her that day.

KJ: Four…

He can almost hear the knock on his door the night she came back. The night that he had finally been able to admit the feelings he had the whole time. She had broken through those walls, but he could not admit it until it was almost too late. She came back though. It was when he decided he would marry her.

KJ: Three…

The wedding. A day he never thought would come. He promised himself that it was never going to happen for him. Standing across from her he had never seen anyone more beautiful. He thought the bubble would and she would say no. He pictured what it would be like to be left there by himself. The two words he got instead changed everything.

KJ: Two…

Labor. Holding her hand in the hospital. Holding their daughter for the first time. Sitting KJ in their lap and introducing him. It was everything he never had. Everything that he never thought he was good for his entire life. It was all right there in one memory.

KJ: One…

Kris opens his eyes. He is alone. The house is silent. He takes a look around the room, turns the handle and walks out.

51
 Grand Princess Cruise Ship
9:12 pm PDT
5 July 2017
OFF-CAMERA



Kris Halich is being ushered down one of the long hallways inside the Grand Princess Cruise Ship. Kali Fox is at his side, staring down at her watch every few steps as if somehow she had lost track of the time since she last looked. It was his fault though. They were late. At this point, by twelve minutes. Granted, that was not entirely his fault. They had seemed to be losing track of a lot of time in the last few days.

Kris: Why are you so worried about this? It’s just Stoner. I don’t think he cares when we show up.

She does not stop, just shoots him a glance over her shoulder that is a lot like the one she wore on her face the first time they met. At least when it came to being punctual, she was just as bad as the guy he left running Jet City while he was away. Being on time was never Kris’ thing. You cannot make a grand entrance when you show up with everyone else.

Kali: I’m not just here for fun. I do have to actually do my job too. Part of that is getting you where you need to be, when you need to be there.

Kris shrugs, a smile widening across his face.

Kris: You know, it’s not just my fault we were late. You take a lot of time to get ready.

This does stop her in her tracks. She turns, offense written all over her face.

Kali: If I wouldn’t have had to get dressed and ready on two separate occasions, we would have been here on time.

Again Kris shrugs, not at all swayed in his attitude. He even choose to lay it on thicker.

Kris: It takes two. You are going to have to find the willpower to just say no.

She looks back over her shoulder in the way that they were heading, seeing the signs taped to the wall where the Sirius Satellite Radio hub had been set up to broadcast live interviews. She takes a step forward to him, straightening his shirt and fixing his hair to look less frazzled.

Kali: If you don’t get your shit together, I’m not going to be able to stay around to say yes OR no once we get off this boat.

Finishing his hair she lightly taps his cheek twice with the pads of her fingertips.

Kali: Get it together. They are going to ask a lot of questions. Probably take a picture or two. That’s it. This is easy. These have to go though...

She reaches out and pulls the sunglasses off his face. His eyes are bloodshot, but not too bad. His drinking was way out of ordinary, but was definitely taking a noticeable toll on his appearance. She deposits the sunglasses into her bag, and digs around inside of it, coming out with a bottle of eye drops. She hands them to him, and he immediately screws off the cap, tilts his head back, and puts a few drops in each.

Kris: They are going to be more concerned about me, Heather, you, and that picture that Cass somehow got a hold of than they are my match.

He hands her back the bottle and cap separately, blinking his eyes a few times. He wipes away the excess from around his eye before it can run down his cheek like a tear. Kali sighs as she screws the cap back onto the bottle and tosses it absent-mindedly back into the bag.

Kali: That’s what you are going to have me in there for. If they get too personal, I will intervene. It’s part of my job….

She narrows her eyes on him, her lips pressing into a thin line instead of the smile he had gotten so used to seeing.

Kali: You are capable of letting me do my job, right?

He does not want to. Every fiber of his being fights him being obedient in any way. What he really wanted was to bail, put his sunglasses back on, grab a drink, and go back to his room. However, reluctantly, he nods.

Kris: Let’s just get this out of the way. Fifteen minutes. That’s all I am doing.

He was supposed to sit in a lot longer than that, but getting him to agree to that much was victory enough for her. She looks down at her wrist, nods, and turns back towards the door.

Kali: I will cut them off.

Satisfied, he nods, and she reaches out her hand to him. He takes it, but instead of letting her lead him towards the door, he pulls her back to him, kissing her lightly. She does not fight it at first, but when their lips break she smacks his chest lightly.

Kali: Be professional for once!

The outrage was entirely fake, but she reaches up to his lips, brushing a small spot of lipstick from it. He catches her hand, and rolls his shoulders.

Kris: At least there were no cameras this time.

She wants to be mad, but has to smile at the comment. She leads him to the door, their hands separating as they step through.



===================
===================




Grand Princess Cruise Ship
9:20pm PDT
6 July 2017
ON-CAMERA




The show is already in progress as they step through the door of the small radio hub. “Stoner” Scott Oliver, with a cloud around his head, despite the open window next to him, seems overjoyed to see them.

Stoner:
And just when we were about to give up hope, the SCW Roulette Champion steps into the hot seat accompanied by whoever this gorgeous young woman is next to him.
>Stoner was already broadcasting live, speaking more into the microphone in front of him than he was the either of the two of them. Kali sits down, pulling one of the headsets onto her head. One of the crew members hands one to Kris, but in his state he struggles with it. Trying to by him some time, Kali responds for him.

Kali:
Oh please, Scott. By this point everyone is familiar with me. My face was all over Twitter. This is the first interview that I have gotten to sit in on, so for the sake of any listeners not on social media, my name is Kali Fox. I am just filling in for Kirsten Reynolds as Kris’ Brand Manager until she gives birth.


Kris flips around the microphone and places the headset over his left ear, leaving it off of the right. Stoner ignores him for the moment, transfixed on the woman Kris had brought with him.

Stoner:
Speaking of that Baumer Report, do either of you have any comment on that?


Kris finally gets positioned, looking over at Stoner for the first time, but not having any clue what he just asked. He struggles to think of a response that would work for any situation, but Kali cuts him off and saves him from making a fool of himself.

Kali:
I thought this was supposed to be an interview about the upcoming show, not a probe into Kris’ personal life.


Stoner holds up his hands, pleading innocence for himself.

Stoner:
Kris is a good guy. A friend even. I just ask the questions that I am given. Social media has been on fire wanting the details between you two. Plus, there are rumors swirling that Kris may have been having marital problems before the report of that backstage kiss even went out. What better place to answer the questions than right here, among friends?


At this point, Kris has no other option but to intervene. He looks back and forth between Stoner and Kali, knowing that the topic was not going to be going away unless he said something on the matter. Even worse, he had made her a promise that if people gave her shit, he would step in and defend her.

Kris:
We knew that the cameras were there. I kissed her. She just didn’t fight it or anything. Heather knew about it before it happened. I promise you, Kali is not an sticking point between us. It was actually Heather’s sister Violet Ripley that hired Kali to fill in for Kirsten. Does that sound like someone that would hire some kind of homewrecker? Come on Stoner, you know me. I was honestly surprised that it got as much attention as it did. I was a lot more focused on my wife singing the national anthem in front of a few thousand people and getting a larger, and longer standing ovation afterwards than the majority of this roster is going to get if they win their matches on Sunday. I didn’t have time to pay attention to all of the comments, but I guess I should thank everyone for paying so much attention to me.


Kris winks at Scott, smiling widely almost identical to the GIF that all of his followers see at least once on a daily basis.

Stoner:
Kris Halc pulling a publicity stunt to see who is paying attention? I never thought I would see the day. All to be able to sneak in a plug for your wife too. Word has it a few record labels have come calling after that performance. Are we going to be hearing more from her soon?


Kali opens her mouth to field the question and attempt to steer it back towards the topics that they actually came to discuss, but Kris holds out his arm to her, shaking his head before she can answer for him. She mouths ‘are you sure?’ to him without making any audible sounds that the microphones could broadcast to the world, and he nods.

Kris:
I talked to Heather the night she did the performance and again this morning. She was excited to say the least. I don’t know any of the details being that I am on a cruise ship in the middle of nowhere, but there have been some calls. I’m happy for her. I really am. I think she is going to like what the pitch that they are going to make. You might be seeing some of her music before you know it. Or at least I hope so.


Scott looks down at the paper in front of him, drawing lines through some of the things he needed to make sure to hit on once the champion was in front of him. Once he gets to a new one, he looks up to Kris.

Stoner:
Another rumor has it that you are going to be pretty heavily featured on any album that she does put out. Given that maybe things aren’t meshing between the two of you as well as they once were, is that still going to happen?


It was a redirect that Kris had not seen coming, followed with a jab at something he thought that he had already successfully answered and sealed with his wink. This time he cannot stop Kali from cutting in.

Kali:
To my knowledge, a lot of the music for the album has already been recorded, several dozen times even. That was on social media before the cruise even set sail. Why are you asking questions you already know the answer to? Especially if it is just a thinly veiled way of asking about rumored marital problems.


Stoner sits back in his chair, his eyes wide, despite how bloodshot they were. It appeared her words cut right through the fog and had him rattled. He reaches down, grabbing the sheet of paper, and holding it up to her.

Stoner:
Don’t shoot the messenger here. I am just asking the questions on the sheet.


Kali stands from her chair, and reaches out for the sheet, careful not to pull the cord attached to her headset away from where it was plugged in. Without objection, probably at least a little intimidated by how her mood changed so quickly, he hands it over. She starts to read down the list, grabbing a pen off of the desk and marking through a few of the questions. The listeners sit through the awkward silence, not really knowing what is happening. The microphone picks up the ruffling of papers when she hands him the list back and gestures for him to continue, taking her seat.

Stoner:
Let’s look and see what we have here….


Stoner looks through the questions, finding that all of them of a personal nature had been scribbled through. Kali checks her watch as Stoner looks back up to him and holds up three fingers to him, indicating they had time for him to pick three questions before she was terminating the interview. He nods, apparently understanding her and picking one off of the list.

Stoner:
Switching gears a little bit, last week, that second promo that you recorded was a little hostile. It was a side of you that we haven’t really gotten to see until lately. Notably, you shooed me away, threw my microphone overboard, and then went on a pretty vicious rant that ended after calling Ryan Keys a failure. Given that you two have been pretty cordial, what was that all about?


It was yet another question that Kris thought that he had already successfully answered. However, it was at least on the right path. It was only partially about his personal life and the problems he had been showing lately.

Kris:
I was a little heated, admittedly. It was a nightmare getting the show set up, and getting the audio right, and doing it on a cruise ship that wasn’t supposed to have people on it. As it turned out, our equipment didn’t even record anything, so the hundred or so fans that got to come were the only ones that are ever going to get to see it. I had just been given that information, and the live crowd was a little more animated than we expected, so when I saw the camera I just kind of burst. I already publicly apologized to Ryan Keys. I told him what happened. He seemed to accept the apology so I think we are good. I was out of line. Ryan is a hell of a guy, and a hell of a competitor. I respect him more than I do the majority of the roster.


Kris looks back and forth between Stoner and Kali who both offer him a smile and a nod. Stoner moves down his list, but panics when he sees that the follow-up to that questions has been marked through for being too personal. He looks up at Kali, who just shrugs at him, holding up two fingers. He searches the list, not finding anything that he can connect back to what Kris’ answer was, and simply wads up the paper and tosses it out the open window.

Stoner:
Speaking of people you don’t respect, the third man in your match-up on Sunday is Travis Nathaniel Andrews. He seems like a guy that doesn’t know when to shut up, as you have put it yourself. Are you looking forward to finally being allowed to step into the ring with him?


This was more the kind of question that Kris came to talk about. The smile reappears on his face.

Kris:
Travis Nathaniel Andrews has been talking about me and my championship since before I even won it. And you know what I have been saying in return?


Neither of the two of them answer, knowing the question to be more rhetorical than anything. Kris pauses for just a second, and answers them anyways.

Kris:
I’ve been telling him to step up. He said he was going to take out whoever emerged from Into The Void as champion even before the Roulette Championship match was booked. I told him if he wanted to take a shot after I won it, then take a shot. I got no response. Then he did his little bullshit open challenge. I accepted it, but guess what? He skirted me again. Back on my birthday I was all set to book a match, and even give him a shot at this title, but for some reason Mark and Christian were convinced that it shouldn’t happen. So TNA kept running his mouth, and running his mouth, the whole time knowing that I couldn’t do anything to stop him unless he got in a ring. But what happened when this match got announced Stoner?


Scott shrugs his shoulders, not exactly knowing what answer Kris was searching for and not wanting to interrupt the roll he was on if he did not actually require an answer. However, the pause goes on a little longer and Scott is forced to take a stab at it.

Stoner:
Well he seems to have gone quiet as of late.


Kris snaps his fingers, points at Stoner and then slaps his hand down on the desk, nodding the whole time.

Kris:
Exactly. He begged, and he pleaded for a title shot. He talked so much shit week after week. Then he is put in a match with me, and he ghosts out on everyone. You know what that tells me? Travis Andrews is a bitch. I might be the kind of person that calls out everyone, but you better believe when a challenge is made I step up and take it. You better believe if someone if someone threw up a promo saying that I was a failure that didn’t deserve a spot on this card, that I would have been right there to defend myself. There would have been promos, tweets, interviews about it, and punchlines made on my show. But Travis Andrews is no Kris Halc. He is a talker. That’s it. He has been quiet lately because he knows there is no backing out now and as soon as this match starts he is getting his ass beaten. Who knows? If you all are lucky maybe you’ll get to watch me throw his ass overboard after it’s all said and done.


Kris’ answer is everything that Scott could have hoped for, and almost perfectly sets up his closing question as well.

Stoner:
If you win this weekend, your title reign continues, and you have famously made comments about exactly how long you intend to hold the SCW Roulette Championship for. How many days are you at now? Where’s the cutoff?


Kris looks down for a second, doing some math in his head.

Kris:
I am not 100% sure, but I think today marks day fifty-three. The goal in winning this championship was always to break the record. That fact that I even wanted to challenge for the Roulette Championship caught a lot of people by surprise because it is looked down on. Even J2H talks about having held it back before his name really even meant anything. For me, holding this title was about righting a wrong. I had two opportunities to take it away from Equinox and failed both times. He went on to set the record that I’m going to break sometime in October. I figured if I couldn’t beat him, at least I could beat that record and sleep a little easier at night.


The three of them laugh. Kris and Kali do so to cover the problems that Kris has been having while Stoner fails to grasp how true the tail end of it really is. He tries to respond with another question, but Kali shakes her head, circling her index finger in the air and telling him that it was time to wrap up.

Stoner:
Well, I am pretty sure that the majority of us are going to be cheering you on as you near the record. I’m being told we have to cut away for some promotional things. When we get back maybe we will see who else we can rope in. We owe a huge thank you to Kris Halc and Kali Fox for stopping by, and we will see them at Summer XXXtreme!


Kali:
Thanks for having us!


One of the other crew members pushes a few buttons on one of the control keyboards and starts the pre-recorded promotion for the supercard, but Kris is already pulling his headset off of his head before Kali even answers. Stoner stands and extends a hand to Kris, who merely looks at it, and walks out of the small room.




===================
===================




Grand Princess Cruise Ship
9:36pm PDT
6 July 2017
OFF-CAMERA



Kris moves out into the hallway, crossing to the other side and swinging his left fist, hitting the wall between two of the studs and breaking through the plaster. He pulls his fist from it, not feeling any better at all and starts to quickly move down the hallway. From behind him, Kali comes after him, seeing the hole in the wall and shaking her head as she passes it by. Once she reaches him, she grabs him by the wrist, spinning him towards her. He averts his eyes, looking up at the ceiling instead. There are tears forming in them, but none falling to his cheeks.

Kali: Relax. That went as good as we could have hoped for. There’s nothing to be upset about. You knew you were going to get some of those questions. We got out of there mostly unscathed. You’re okay.

He brings his hands up, running his fingers through his hair and shaking his head. He was still not able to bring himself to look down at her after the embarrassing questions that he had been asked concerning his personal life.

Kris: I thought me and Stoner were cool. I didn’t think that he would do that shit to me. Not him. That’s why I always go do my interviews with him. That was fucked up though. The stuff about Heather? The stuff about you? What does that have to do with SCW or Summer XXXtreme?

She can tell that he is trying to hold back most of the frustration because this was not the most private of hallways.

Kali: Nothing. But he is a member of the press and unfortunately scandalous information is always going to bring in more attention than legitimate questions will.

She shrugs, put puts a calming hand on his shoulder to comfort him. He is finally able to look down at her and immediately feels ten times worse once he lays eyes on her.

Kris: I’m sorry. You shouldn’t have gotten dragged into this.

She shakes her head.

Kali: I could have left. But I chose to stay. Because I am invested. I am not going to ruin that. I said I would do a job and I will.’m doing it.

He knew she was trying to be reassuring, and he should have let it slide, but something about it got to him. It may have been the drinking, the questions, the awful streak of bad news he had been given, or a combination of it, but he cannot stop himself.

Kris: I’m not a job, Kali.

He shrugs her hand off of his shoulder, turning around and starting to walk down the hallway


Kali: No. You are, but I like the job. I like it alot. In fact I like it so much I am breaking my own rules doing it.

She stops in the middle of the hallway, waiting for him to catch the meaning in her words. It takes him a few steps but he stops, torn. It was one of those things he needed to hear, but at the same time did not want to drag her down.

Kris: I haven't given you a lot of reason to break any rules. I have a near future ex-wife about to throw herself into the ocean at the slightest tipping point, feeling like she stabbed me in the back, whatever hallucinations I am having, and now more. You didn't come here to manage these problems. These are new. Don't stay because you feel sorry for me. I can put on a brave face and be happy. Trust me.

There it was. That phrase that he kept saying over and over again between promos, interviews and his mostly childish tweets. That was not the real Kris though, and she knew it. She had seen different. Much different. Almost the person she used to know.

Kali: No.

She folds her arms across her chest. Coming a few steps closer to him, a determined look set to her face.

Kali: I am not going to abandon you. All of this...

She reaches out, slashing a neatly manicured finger, up and down in his direction.

Kali: Is just stuff. It is stuff that you can deal with. You can’t shoulder all of it though…. and let me tell you something about suicide.

She crosses the rest of distance between them so that they are nearly nose to nose. Her voice gets lower, almost secretive.

Kali: If she was really going to do it, she wouldn't talk about it with anyone. She would just do it. Heather cares too much about the people around her to actually do it but she is attempting to get the attention she needs. She is probably also punishing herself. Not eating, not drinking fluids. I bet she is calling herself the worst names in the world too.

He notices something new in her eyes. Even before she said the words he knew whatever it was gave him an uneasy feeling.

Kali: ...and the reason I know all this is because I have been there and I got out of it too.

She holds up both her forearms to his eyes. Faded, but still there are the thin whitish scars running vertical down both, and the places where she had been stitched back up.  She closes her eyes, sighing deeply. He feels like his heart drops into his stomach.

Kris: This is why you hate me...

The second he saw it, everything made a little more sense. All of the questions about why she hung onto the thought so long was right in front of him.

Kali: So I wouldn't worry about her actually committing suicide. Drinking? Maybe. But I bet she loves her daughter too much to leave her like that.

She doesn't look at her scars, just lowers her arms and takes half a step back. He was firmly planted, with his heels dug in like cement. His first instinct was to hug her, but in that moment he lost any right to. She had only ever tried to help, and not only had he ruined that the first time around by humiliating her in front of everyone she knew, it had pushed her further than she was willing to go. He was responsible for breaking her.

Kris: I didn’t know...

She looks away from him, and shakes her head lightly, explaining.

Kali: You weren't supposed too. After my brother found me, they sewed me up and for a while, they weren't sure if I would make it. But afterwards, I had a great therapist. I fast tracked and graduated early at home. Got accepted to Harvard and I put everything into it.

He hangs his head. This was not something small that he could accept. This was a person’s life. A real one. Someone that had never done a mean thing to him in her life, and it all almost ended because he could not deal with his own shit.

Kris: You don’t have to make it alright, Kali. You don’t have to make excuses about the ends justifying the means. It doesn’t work like that. I can’t take that back. I don’t know if I can make that one better. You should hate me.

He wanted to find some way to apologize, but there was nothing.

Kali: I should, I did. I don’t know why I truly accepted the job. I saw your name and it just became my obsession to get hired. Winning people over is my specialty. I wasn't expecting... what has happened to happen and I didn't expect to care.

Kris: I don’t know what to say. I don’t deserve for you to care. The only reason you should have come would be so that you could stand there and laugh in my face as these things happened. I have more than earned it.

She reaches out to caress his face.

Kali: I don't need retribution. It was my choice. No one else's.

He tries to smile but there is nothing behind it at all. Emotionally there was just nothing left. He shakes his head back and forth against her hand.

Kris: I don’t think I can take anymore on top of all of this. I don’t know if I can do this match. Or this company. Or the rest of this boat ride.

She takes a firm hold of his head and looks him straight in the eyes.

Kali: Yes you can.

Every time he tries to look away she turns his head to keep him looking in her eyes. She was not going to let him run.

Kris: They expect the person in front of the camera. I don’t know if I can be that right now. If I can’t, then I don’t want to go out there and ruin it. I said when I came back that I had my shit together. I can’t let them know otherwise. If I do this is all for nothing.

Kali: Listen to me. You are Kris Halc. You are known for being rude, blunt and honest. Whatever is going on with you, we will deal with but switch that all off and go and retain that title.

It takes a second, but he nods. There was no getting out of any of the things weighing him down, but at least he would get to ruin someone else’s hopes of taking his title on the way. It was less than the silver lining he needed, but it would have to do.

Kris: Sunglasses and one more day of drinking and we’ll talk about it.

It was the best offer that he had.

Kali: Then someone should be there to supervise.

He holds out his hand, and she reaches into her bag, handing him back his sunglasses. Almost as soon as they are back on his face, and his eyes are hidden behind them, all of the pain evaporates from him face.

Kris: If by supervise you mean participate then yes.

His tone was still shaky. The fake smirk would sell it to fans, but even as hard as he was trying it was still there.

Kali: One drink. Last time we got in trouble.

52
 Jet City Sports Lab
Jet City, WA
10:12 am PDT
29 June 2017
OFF-CAMERA


This was his nightmare. It had never been exclusively wrestling for Kris. At first, there were drugs, there was art, there was music. In getting the drug problem under control, the rehab center was born. Art and music slowly slipped out the door in favor of a wife, kids, and the Jet City Sports Lab. To add to it, his ‘show up, fight, leave’ routine had somehow turned into ‘arrive a few days early, tape a show, do fan events, do interviews, fight, and maybe leave after everyone else’. That is why on days like this, he finds himself hiding in the office with a towel over his face. His feet are up on the desk, with an oddly haunting sketch of an eye lying in the center of it.

KJ: That’s a little dramatic, don’t you think?

At this point the voice does not even surprise him. He knew that the person that it came from was not actually there. The side effect of all of the stress and pressure he put on himself had been this stalker. The problem was, it was a person Kris had never met, and hoped to never actually come across. The sarcastic, spiteful, ghost-like hallucination of his adult son was way too much like his father for Kris to like.

Kris:...and there it is.

The problem with having a conversation was a hallucination was that they did not fall for the set ups to jokes.

KJ: The one thing that could push your headache into a full blown migraine?

Kris pulls the towel off of his face to see the person that he knew was not actually there. He had started to grow tired of the game.

Kris: You’re not real! Go haunt someone else. I have things to do.

Through the pulled shades covering the windows Kris can see movement outside stop at the raising of his voice. Hopefully people would just think that he is on some kind of conference call. He knew that his conscience was not going to let him off though.

KJ: Careful or people are going to find out that you’re starting to lose it in here.

Kris takes his feet off of the table and sits up, starting to fumble through the things on the desk. He had dozens of things he needed to do, but no motivation to start on the list. However, maybe if he kept his mind occupied it would have less time to play these tricks on him.

Kris: I’m fine...

His son laughs at him. Kris honestly doubted that any real life person would have bought the lie either so he was not at all surprised that he did not really buy into it himself.

KJ: We both know you’re not. You clearly need some help.

Kris drops the stack of papers and slams his hands down on the desk. It was not the first time he had heard it today. His hallucination was not even in the first handful of people that had told him as much. It did not mean that he was going to change his answer from the one he gave everyone else though.

Kris:I don’t need anybody. I can handle it.

KJ shrugs, moving around the desk and sitting down in the empty seat across from his father. The smug look on his face makes Kris feel uneasy. He saw so much of himself in him, and not enough of Liz. It made him seem a lot more dangerous than if it were vice-versa.

KJ: Maybe that’s out of your hands now...

Kris’ brow furrows, and he shakes his head.

Kris: We have already established that you’re not real. What can you really--

KJ cuts him off before he can even complete his sentence.

KJ: Knock knock...

Kris opens his mouth to respond, but closes it when there is a light knock on the door that immediately follows his son’s words. He looks up towards the door, very confused, before back in the chair where his son was sitting. There is nobody there. He shakes the thought away. Of course there was nobody there. Kris tosses his sketch under a stack of much more important papers and straightens up his shirt to look a lot less distressed.

Kris: Come in.

The door opens and a woman Kris has never seen enters. Her dark hair is pulled up into a bun, her latte colored skin appears flawless with what appears to be a minimalist approach to her makeup. She isn't smiling though.

Woman: Kris Halich. I was sent here to fill in for Miss Reynolds since it has become more difficult to look after you now that she has reached the third trimester of her pregnancy. My name is Kali Fox. I am a lawyer and I am under strict instructions to take care and oversee any and all things regarding your wrestling career.

She steps forward to offer an outstretched hand. Kris looks down from her eyes, to her hand, and then back up at her. Without even taking a few seconds to consider her offer, he shakes his head.

Kris: Pass. Hard pass. If you want to do blondie’s job, you can do it the same way she did. When I have paperwork for you to take care of, it will come to you. We don’t have to cross paths. We don’t need to get to know each other. We definitely don’t need to shake hands.

He turns his attention back to the papers in front of him, trying to seem busy in the hopes that she would leave him alone.

Kris: Sorry you wasted your time coming down.

She crosses her arms over her chest.

Kali: You don't really have a choice in this Kris.

She pushes a pile of papers off a nearby chair and brushes some unknown orange substance off before sitting.

Kali: I wasn't just picked by Kirsten. And I am getting paid to essentially be your babysitter. You can argue, fight, yell and scream if it makes you feel better but all in all, you are stuck with me.

He is silent for a second, leaning back in his chair. Kris looks back and forth between her eyes and the papers on the desk before picking his words carefully.

Kris: It took me less than a month to get rid of the last person Jason tried to hire to keep an eye on me. It was smart leading by blaming in on Kirsten. I’m going to guess that was Jay’s idea. Don’t worry though. You don’t need to protect his brand. It will be a lot less of a hassle for you, and a lot less of a headache for me if you just took notes from the lawyer girl though. You can do your job from home.

He waits for her to get up, but she makes no move to leave.

Kris: If you know anything at all about me you know I’m very capable of getting rid of people when I really want to. If I don’t want you around, you don’t have a chance of lasting very long. The way I see it, there is very little that I need or want from you. There’s nothing you can do for me that I can’t do myself. I am balancing everything on my own. That’s what he wanted.

Kali: I wasn't hired by Jason either. And trust me Kris, I know everything about you so I was well prepared for your ‘I’m a big boy’ speech. You don’t have to like me. I am here to do a job and I am very good at doing said job.

She looks directly into his eyes without flinching. He raises both of his hands to his face, rubbing his eyes in frustration. With his face covered, he takes a deep breath, letting it out slowly. When he pulls his hands away, he manages to fake a smile.

Kris: Summer XXXtreme is on a cruise ship. Jet City is obviously here. If I’m not here, there’s a whole lot more you can do here than you can following me around. If you’re not going to just go away, then you can at least stay here and do something useful.

She shakes her head.

Kali: Mr. Ripley has all of that under control. As I said and what you seem to have difficulty understanding is that my specific job is to make sure you are where you are supposed to be, at the correct time with all the things you need.

He shrugs.

Kris: That sounds more like an assistant, and I don’t need one, so again, no thanks. I got it. The clinic is fine. I can handle the stuff for the show before I leave. I can even arrange my own travel. I’m a grown up. I don’t have any use for you.

She shakes her head, pulling her phone out of her pocket, and clicking the screen to life.

Kali: You had yet to book any flights for this weekend. You have a fan event before you leave. The clinic has not ordered supplies in three weeks. Half of the trainees here haven’t paid you. You haven’t said anything about your match this week, and as of the moment I walked into this office, nobody involved in your show has anything to show for this week other than a five hour long conference meeting about breakfast foods.

She had done her homework. Granted, half of that information he had probably accidentally handed her himself through social media. He knew he should not have let the camera guy run the Twitter account for the show.

Kris: Okay, so I’m running a little bit behind.

Kali’s perfectly arched eyebrows raise in amusement.

Kali: A little? These are not just ‘minor’ issues Kris. These are all pretty major things. The first thing you are going to do is hand over a few of those responsibilities to your other staff members. Second, I will take care of your flight and make sure you get the the event. After that, we will discuss how you wish to go about addressing your opponent.

He laughs, crossing his arms in front of his chest.

Kris: We won’t be discussing anything once I get to the event. It’s on a cruise ship that has been booked for months. My wife and kids aren’t even going with me because there just isn’t space to make it happen. Unless you plan on sleeping on a couch for a week while I ignore your existence, you need a new game plan.

He gets up from the desk with a smug look on his face, thinking the argument has been won. Being along on the cruise ship gives him an entire extra week alone to fix everything himself and come up with a plan to get rid of her. She reaches into her messenger bag and places a folder on the desk. She flips it open not only to s front row ticket to the show but a first class room accommodations as well.

Kali: I made sure to have all of that looked after in advance. Your boss was very accommodating once I explained what I was doing.

It was her now giving him the smug look. He reaches across the desk and spins the folder around. The tickets to the show were legitimate, but not what he was interested in. Thumbing through the rest of the papers, he finds the reservation for her room. His fingers crawl across the page, looking for the number of the cabin. When he finds it, he shakes his head.

Kris: This doesn’t work. This is adjoining to me. This is supposed to be…

He looks up from the folder, and finds her waiting for his response like she knows what he was going to say. Instead of finishing the thought, he closes his mouth. This was not the kind of argument that he was going to win today. She was well prepared, and on offense. It was not surprising that he felt ambushed.

Kris: You know there’s no way off that boat. You get on it and you are stuck there with me. The fat guy thought he could hang too, and there weren’t very many ways to get under his skin. I have made a career out of making people just like you hate me. You’re setting yourself up for failure.

Kali: Well impossible to make someone who already hates you, hate you Kris. That’s one reason they picked me. Now, I have work to do getting this place back on track. You can get back to talking to yourself and pretending to work. Just be ready to do that promo…

She looks at her very expensive looking wristwatch.

Kali: Two hours.

She stands, snatching the folder from the desk and putting it back in her bag. He sits quietly like he is going to allow her to walk away without question. However, in reality he is just biding his time until she reaches for the door. One thing inside what she said gave him the window that he needed, and now he had a week to exploit it. As soon as her hand touches the doorknob, the words fly out of his mouth.

Kris: If I’m stuck with you, you can at least tell me why you already hate me. I think that’s fair.

She sighs, but doesn’t turn to face him.

Kali: But then I lose my leverage for you to keep me around. See, it is going to eat at you because you can't place me. Can’t figure out why no matter how hard you wrack your brain around it. It keeps you from doing anything overly serious. We aren't playing fair here. Fair is not getting into so much trouble that your family can’t trust you on your own.

She pulls open the door.

Kali: Two hours Kris. See you then.

He did not expect anything different if he was honest with himself. If she was going to give up that information easily, she would have volunteered it. Her mistake was thinking having the leverage made her more safe. He already has his response ready before she can even clear the doorway.

Kris: Your leverage doesn’t get me out of this chair or on that boat. If you think I’m above tanking my career just to get rid of you, you’re wrong. If I wasn’t that kind of person, your services wouldn’t be required.

She looks over her shoulder at him and reaches into her bag again. The paper she shows him is very familiar.

Kali: You underestimate who it was that actually hand picked me to do this. She said she would do it herself if quote not for someone in her head having sympathy for you.

The contract in her hand was one he knew very well and one his wife had learned about just recently when she had probed her sister about it.

Kali: She said that without Kirsten able to be around, you needed a handler. Someone that wouldn't put up with your shit. So again, do not underestimate me.

He raises his arms behind his head, cradling the back of his head in the interlaced fingers of his hands. There is a smile on his face, despite the indirect threat to his marriage and children.

Kris: I’ll see you in a couple hours then.

She places the paper back into her bag, stepping the rest of the way through the door and letting it close behind her. He waits until the door is firmly shut before he snaps up out of his seat and starts to gather papers.

KJ: She’s going to be a problem…

Kris jumps where he stands, the ghostly version of his son speaking directly into his ear.

Kris: You’re in my head. You already know she’s not. You’re just saying that to piss me off.

Kris opens the desk and grabs a black folder out of it, opening it onto the desk. He stacks the papers on the desk neatly and puts them into one pocket before walking around to the other side of the table and picking up what he needed from the stack she pushed onto the floor.

KJ: She hates you…

Kris shakes his head, coming up from the floor with what he needed and stuffing them into the empty side of the folder. He picks it up, tucking it underneath his arm and searching the back wall for the right keys.

Kris: She doesn’t actually know me. She is a lawyer. The person she hates is the person she is reading off of that paper. The junkie drug addict who cannot be trusted around children and is a danger to both himself and his wife. Now she is stuck in an adjoining room with me for a week on a boat.

KJ takes a seat where Kali had been previously sitting, raising his feet up to rest on the desk.

KJ: That has to make you mad. You had plans for that room. All of the hard work and preparation down the drain. I guess you really will be flying solo for the whole time. Even worse, now you have a nanny there to micromanage your time. I hope you plan to smuggle a little something down there with you or you are going to have a bad time.

He finds the keys that he is looking for and takes them off of the hook, moving down past the bathroom inside the office to the back door.

Kris: I’m not smuggling anything, and my plans haven’t changed, just the person has. If she’s not begging for someone to pick her up before I have to start filming on the preview show, it’s because she made some sort of deal with the devil.

KJ points from where he sits, over at his father.

KJ: ….and running off out the backdoor in a company car is going to help how?

Kris shrugs, disconnecting the fire alarm to the door and pulling the locking level up so that he can push it open.

Kris: You heard her. I have two hours to figure out who the fuck she is and why Violet hired her. Hopefully nobody will even realize I am gone. My car is out front and nobody will have seen me leave the office.

Kris closes the door, trying to end the conversation, but is immediately startled by his son leaning against the wall behind the closed door.

Kris: You have to stop doing that.

KJ shrugs.

KJ: You have to stop thinking slamming the door or walking away can get rid of me. It doesn’t work like that. You’re stuck with me until you deal with the reason that I’m here. Ignoring me isn’t going to get rid of me. Seducing me isn’t an option either…

Now it is time for Kris to shrug in response. He tried hard not to focus on how well his mind recreated the mannerism perfectly when his son did it.

Kris: You’re not real, so you’re not a real problem. She is, so she needs to go sooner rather than later. I guess you got moved to the back of the line.

Kris tries to walk away again, clicking the remote in his hand to unlock the doors of the white sedan in the alleyway. They had gotten it for the prospective trainees to use while first visiting, so nobody would notice it was missing. He climbs into the driver’s seat, throwing the folder next to him. He catches sight of his son in the back when adjusting the mirror.

KJ: Phillip is not going to tell you what you want to know.

Kris smiles, putting the key in the ignition of the car.

Kris: No, but he will give me a little bit more than I already know in exchange for me not touching him. Anything is going to help. I want this chick gone by Tuesday. I don’t have time to waste.

Kris shifts the car into drive, and looks up into the rear view mirror again, thinking he was going to get some response. To his surprise, the seat is empty behind him. He shakes his head, trying to avoid acknowledging the uneasy feeling that it gives him when he realizes he is actually alone. He was right about one thing though, he did not have any time to waste.



===================
===================




Jet City Sports Lab
Jet City, WA
12:01pm PDT
29 June 2017
ON-CAMERA



”This should be exciting...”

The screen comes to life with Kris in a regular office chair. He is seated in the middle of the the bigger of the two rings inside the Jet City Sports Lab, spinning around in circles. The SCW Roulette Championship rests on his lap, and oddly he is dressed as if he is about to compete. The unzipped, bright white, “Pure” jacket is opened to show his chest beneath it, and the matching white shorts with his name down the sides sparkle in the light.

”The entire SCW roster sets sail on a likely disease-ridden boat for a week before we are going to beat the hell out of each other. I think the reason that this roster functions so well, is because we all have our own lives. We come together to put on a show, and then with few exceptions, all go our own way afterwards. People that don’t like each other, never have to see each other unless there is a match. Any tensions between people have time to diffuse during the week. That’s not going to be the case on this boat though. We are all going to be trapped with one another, with the only escape being a long swim back to a shore.”

He stops spinning, planting his feet on the floor once he is facing the camera.

”For me that means a lot of things. Despy is hosting the show and is still mad at me about delicious cookie cannibalism. Mikah is going to be there, so I expect there to be a lot of jokes with double meaning. The Mean Girls will be in attendance, bringing the level of hotness at poolside way the fuck down. Alexis Staggs will be in the house telling me how sorry she is that she’s not sorry, and Tim will be around to get into trouble dressed as Batman. It also means that people like Travis Nathaniel Andrews and Steve Ramone, two of my biggest critics as of late, get to bask in my presence. For one of these reasons, several of them, or even all of them, there’s a good chance that someone is going to be getting thrown off the boat, and the Vegas betting lines are making me the heavy favorite.”

He shrugs. Other people might have been worried about how truthful the statements were, but Kris has always managed to enjoy the chaos he creates.

”We do know at least a few things though. One of my opponents, Ryan Keys, will definitely be dressed to impress. Jamie Dean is going to have a blast judging a bunch of wet shorts. Bobbie Dahl is going to be making so many fans so very uncomfortable, and The Bad Boys will continue to bore us with their irrelevancy. We also know this though, this Roulette Championship match is going to be held Ultimate X style over top of a pool. Now, normally we would not know what kind of match we were having before the wheel spins, so this is a pleasant change… for me. For Ryan Keys, meeting me in this kind of match is going to feel a lot like deja vu. See, I took the title away from him under these rules. Granted, there was not a pool involved. I don’t foresee that being a problem though. If stepping into the ring with me yet again, after losing to me last week, was not bad enough, now he has to do so in a match he has already lost a title to me in. But hey, I bet he enjoys the cruise anyways.”

He leans forward.

”And then there is you, Travis. Basically since the moment I first put my hands on the title that you can’t have until the end of October, you have been chirping. First it was demanding a title match and having both of the bosses laugh in your face. Then it was about how much better than me you were, and how big of a disappointment you see me as. It worked. You got me to ask the bosses for a match with you. Congratulations. However, that’s not the way things work anymore. They told me no. They even told me that I couldn’t book myself in any matches when I hosted Climax Control specifically to keep me away from you. If it was up to me, your mouth would have been closed a long time ago. As it stands, they let you earn your way into Ryan’s rematch clause. Now you get to be trapped on a cruise ship with someone like me, who you have been picking at, and picking at for more than a month.”

Kris leans forward, slinging the championship up over his shoulder as he does.

”So let me remind you of something that I just said. Typically the SCW roster gets a week to cool off after matches, heated promos, or insulting segments. Typically, each week when I show up, I have already let what you said the week before roll off my back. There is nothing typical about this cruise though. There is no time to cool off. So let me give you some advice. Pick your words carefully, or be prepared to spend the week locked in your room and hoping that the room service person knocking on your door isn’t me in a disguise. You know that I’m more than capable of beating your ass before this match even gets under way, and you know I’m the kind of person that doesn’t give a shit how much trouble it lands me in. One week from Sunday, or maybe even before, you’re going to get yours.”

He stands up from the chair, taking a few steps closer to the camera, and winking with a smile.

”Trust me.”




===================
===================




Taxy Bar
Los Angeles, CA
5:51pm PDT
30 June 2017
OFF-CAMERA


This partnership was not going well. Phillip had been no help when Kris went to ask about Kali. Apparently he had been left out of the selection process. Kris knew better than to try and get any information out of Violet either. He had returned to Jet City, done his promo, and allowed her to drive him to the airport. The entire flight was silence, Kris listening to music so loud that she could hear it, and Kali pretending not to be bothered by it. As soon as they landed, and he switched his phone back on, the arguing started. His marriage was no shaky ground, and since Kali was the only one around to vent to, he had chosen to bail. That is how he ended up in the parking lot of a bar seen a lot throughout his career, despite having a horrible reputation. The only thing keeping him in the car was an argument he was having with his new assistant. However, one particular message set him off.

Are you done throwing your temper tantrum yet? It is kind of funny watching you be mad at your phone.


It was all he could do to not look around and find where she was watching him from. All of his frustration finally bubbles over. He shuts the rental car off, and steps out, slamming the door behind him. He does not even check the street before crossing the road, texting back the only response that he thought might help him feel better.

Nope. You can watch this though.


He walks from his car, across the street to a bar he had been to more times than he could count. It was the same one so heavily featured in his early SCW work. However, before he enters, he winds up, throwing the phone as hard as he can against the bricks making up the front wall. It splinters into dozens of pieces and he pulls open the door, disappearing inside. He is shocked to see the pretty mocha skinned assistant sitting at the bar. Without even looking she pushes a glass and a silver gift bag in front of an empty stool. He pushes it out of his way and calls the bartender over to him. They shake hands, the man behind the counter with a huge smile on his face.

Kris: Brandon's. The real one.

The smile immediately fades from the bartender’s face. Kris meets his judging eyes, and speaks through gritted his teeth. His voice was low and level, clearly holding back most of his emotions.

Kris: Just fucking do it. Okay? I don't need a fucking lecture.

The man behind the counter disappears, albeit reluctantly.

Kali: Trouble in paradise? She takes a sip of her own drink, her tone even and cold.

Kris: Don't fucking talk to me. You don't exist.

His words are cool and collected, despite their viciousness. The bartender comes back, and places the bottle in front of Kris. For a second he does not take his hand off of it though. Kris grabs it around the middle and rips it from his hand.

Kris: Thank you.

He reaches over the bar, grabbing a regular sized beer glass and scooping it full of ice. The cork top of the bottle is not a roadblock at all. He raises the bottle to his lips, sinking his teeth into the cork and pulling it out. Silently, Kris fills the glass, swirls it once, and kills the entire thing. Kali smirks, still sipping her own drink slowly, but not so foolish enough as to keep pushing him when he was clearly so close to bursting. Kris puts the glass down on the table, and tilts the bottle towards it, filling the glass a second time. However, instead of draining it, he puts the cork back into the top of the bottle and stands from the stool. He reaches into his pocket and throws a stack of money on the counter before scooping up the bottle, his glass, and walking away. He rounds the pool tables where more regulars recognize him and offer greetings. He passes them without a word though, moving to a corner booth and sitting down, killing the second full glass of gin. Of course she tracks him with her eyes, but Kali stays where she is. He refused to give him the satisfaction of knowing that she was nervous about the whole situation. Part of the reason that she had been hired to make sure he stayed out of places like these.

Kris: Can I get my stuff please?

He yells it out towards the counter, without taking his eyes off of his drink. He takes the cork out of the top of the bottle, and starts to fill the glass when the bartender moves out from behind the counter and over to him. In his hands are a bucket, that Kali sees Kris reach into before dropping another few ice cubes into his glass, and a small, black phone. He pats Kris on the shoulder and comes back around the bar. Kris flips open the back of the phone and slides his SIM card into it before snapping the case closed again and turning it on. So focused on watching him without trying to be obvious, she misses the bartender stopping in front of her.

Bartender: He wants me to throw you out.

Before she can respond, he holds his hands up in front of his chest innocently.

Bartender: Don't worry, I'm not going to.

Kali: You couldn't anyway. I would sue you and this bar so badly your grandchildren would still be paying mine. You are a smart man, don't let anyone downplay that because you're a bartender.

Bartender: Lady, do you know why he comes here?

He waits for a response, but she does not cave to what was clearly just a set up to a speech.

Bartender: Kris has been coming in here for four years. This is the first time he has ever drank.

He reaches below the counter and takes out an identical bottle of gin.

Bartender: He normally drinks out of this. It's just water. And hustles the guys in some pool. He normally gives them their money back after and kicks me a little.

He takes the bottle and puts it back under the counter.

Bartender: But he knows that if you bring that attitude into a place like this, all he has to do is ask and you can be taken out back and have that education of yours beaten right out of your head. You'll be less worried about suing anyone and more worried about relearning how to tie your shoes and spell your name. Get it?

Kali: I suggest you step off sir.

She pushes her empty glass forward. He looks down at it, shaking his head. She was almost as big of a hassle as Kris was. He points over at Kris.

Bartender: He's a good kid, and clearly something is not right with him right now.

He lowers his hand, and refills her glass, sliding it back across the counter to her.

Bartender: If you can't see that, then you're not the good guy here.

She reaches into her messenger bag, presumably to pay for the drink, but the bartender shakes his head, stopping her. Kali looks up confused, but the bartender picks up the stack of money Kris had thrown on the counter.

Bartender: He already paid for it.

She glances at his name tag. Of course it had to be something less than interesting. After all, he was standing behind a bar, way past middle age, and his name was not on the marquee outside. Clearly he had made poor life choices.

Kali: Mark... I am not here to soothe his hurt feelings. I am here to make sure he doesn't do anything to fuck up a contract he signed. So while I appreciate you being concerned, you really shouldn't involve yourself. It is a sticky web you can't easily get out of.

He laughs. It is unsettling how genuine it is. It was a lot like being on the outside of a joke that everyone else gets.

Mark: How long have you been around? A week? Less? Lady I've been watching out for him for four years. I could write that kid's biography. He has helped me close up. He has helped me keep the power on when business was slow. I have scooped him up out of that booth so fucked up on the shit he put in his arm that he couldn't put a sentence together. You can't tell me anything about him that I don't know.

She takes slow sip of her brandy.

Kali: I’ve been around longer than you think. I have never said he can’t be a good person and honestly I haven't even said anything bad in this entire conversation. I simply said I am not his mom or his wife here to pat his head. I am here to make sure he doesn't get that way again because if he does... its game over. In more ways than one.

Her tone hasn't changed from the cool evenness the entire time. Mark shakes his head, neither convinced, nor impressed.

Mark: So if you know the things I know, know the kid he is, and have been around so long, why act like such a bitch? Clearly something is wrong. And you’re taunting him? You going to say the person you were texting before he smashed his phone against my building wasn’t him? If you’re not here to help, the least you can do is not make it worse.

Kali: Fair enough.

She still does not seem overly enthused about the idea, but stands from the stool, and grabs her drink before making her way across the bar. He does not look up at her, but at this point the bottle in his hand is already halfway gone. For the first time, she actually reads the label.

Kali: Brandon’s Gin. Gin? Are you an old lady?

The jab does not stop him from refilling his glass, and then topping it off with fresh ice. It was actually a question that nobody ever asked him. The brand was not carried in many places. It definitely was not on the menu here, but there was a very clear reason.

Kris: It’s the only thing I never saw my dad drink, and never saw at any of the liquor stores he took us to. It’s just mine. I don’t have to be like him to drink.

She understands immediately, but pushes any sign of it off of her face. If she was going to make it in this job, she needed to maintain the illusion for now. It would happen eventually, but not like this, and not today.

Kali: You know it’s not really something people drink by itself. Normally it gets mixed.

Kris raises his glass, the same amount of indifference in his voice. She was mildly impressed that he was still able to string together coherent sentences.

Kris: Well I’m not much of a drinker. It is not my thing, but it will have to work.

It takes effort, but she manages to ask the one question that he needed to hear, even though he would not respond favorably. It was more about the offer than whether or not he took it. It built trust.

Kali: You want to talk about it?

He shakes his head.

Kris: Nope.

Kris raises the glass, and drinks a considerable amount of the contents. It was a good sign that he was slowing, and not killing a glass in one go. She assumed that meant he was starting to get to the level he wanted to be on. The one where he did not have to feel whatever was on his mind. Her next question was not so easy. She had no clue what his answer would be, but as much as he needed to hear her ask the first one, she needed to hear the right answer to this one.

Kali: You want me to go?

He thinks it over, raising his glass again and finishing it off. At this point it was going to be a miracle if he did not black out right there in the booth before too long. His voice is low, almost a whisper, and comes with the most subtle of head shakes.

Kris: No.



===================
===================




Grand Princess Cruise Ship
Post Kris and Mikah Show
11:07pm PDT
1 July 2017
ON-CAMERA



The theme for the Black Sheep is playing to the sound of applause from the other side of a giant screen being used for the graphics for the Kris and Mikah Show. Standing by is Scott Oliver with a camera crew, waiting by the back steps in the hopes of talking to one or both of the hosts. His hopes are answered when Kris steps behind the back of the screen, clawing under his shirt with his right hand, and holding a drink completely level in the other. Despite the fact that the sun was down before the show even started, he is wearing sunglasses to cover his eyes. The Roulette Champion manages to unhook his microphone, throwing it down onto the deck as he comes off of the staircase. He turns towards Scott, and immediately stops in his tracks. He goes to turn away, but thinks better of it. He raises his drink to his lips, finishing it and coming over to Scott.

”You can leave. I just need your camera.”

Scott opens his mouth to object, but the glare that Kris shoots his direction is unlike anything he has ever seen. The two usually got along so well. Stoner holds out his microphone to Kris, who smiles, not even attempting to make it look remotely sincere before he rips it from his hand. Scott opens his mouth again, like he is going to try and get to the bottom of it, but changes his mind, turning tail and walking away. Kris raises the microphone up as music starts to play on the deck on the other side of the screen.

”Another successful show in the books. Call it the Kris and Mikah Show, or the Mikah and Kris Show, whatever the fuck you want, but we just packed a boat the day before people were supposed to show up. People are paying attention. People are enjoying what I am doing.”

He pauses, looking at the microphone and turning it over in his hands a few times. After the brief examination, he realizes it is nothing more than a prop. Irritated, he closes his eyes, taking a deep breath and attempting to count to ten. He does not quite make it, instead opening his eyes, and throwing the microphone as hard as he can. The camera turns with it, following it through the air with aid from the lights all around the boat. It splashes into the water an impressive distance away.

”My co-host had to pause and ask me if I was okay a few times during the show. Over the last couple of days I have been asked by fans, friends and family alike if I am okay. I figured that maybe my little promo yesterday left some unanswered questions so when I saw you guys standing here I just couldn’t help myself.”

He holds his arms out to his sides, and the camera pans up to see the giant screen behind him. The image is flipped because we are along the back, but very clearly is the banner with both his and Mikah’s faces on it.

”Let’s go to the tape, shall we? I am the only person on this roster that got pitched an idea to do a show. Go look at SCW studios right now. It’s a bunch of old bullshit, and then me. I put this together. I made it watchable. I made it successful enough that it was the kickoff event for Summer XXXtreme tonight.”

He lowers his arms, laughing a little.

”What else? How about being a fucking champion in this company? How about being the most well known person in this company right now. You ask free agents about SCW, and they don’t know what the fuck you’re talking about. You bring up my name, and there is instant recognition. Who else do they have carrying a title that measures up? Mikah and Crystal? Nope. They get dumped on because people think they are lazy. J2H and Raab? One we have had more than enough of as champion, the other we never cared about to begin with. Jessie Salco? Hard pass. She is barely interesting enough to stand next to Amy. Team BJ? Nowhere near the level of fandom that I have. I love them. They know it, but it is still true. I think that’s all the titles that people give a damn about. Which champion sticks out, huh? SCW fans know and love all of those people, but outside this company people would rather pay attention to Gavin Grimes than J2H. I am the one that is out there busting my ass all the time. I am the one people enjoy seeing.”

He shrugs, looking away from the camera. This was not the same Kris that people were used to seeing. He was normally only cruel when he had a point to make. This seemed like more of an angry rant.

”And that’s not even where my success ends. I hosted a show. I run my own gym where people come and beg to train. I help operate a little rehab clinic in Echo Park. I am a hell of an artist, so I am told, and a decently talented musician. Yet, people keep harping and asking if I am fine. ‘Kris are you okay?’ ‘Are you sure you’re alright?’ ‘Is something wrong?’”

His voice becomes much more sarcastic and snarky when he dives into the caricatured voices of the people concerned about him.

”Let me let you all in on a little secret. The reason that all of you like me, or watch me, despite the things I say and do, is because I am always having a good time. I enjoy myself. I do what I want. I say what I want. Over the last few years, people have really come to just expect that. That is why I can go around hitting on Mikah and people just laugh instead of tell me I am ruining the sanctity of marriage. That is why I can provoke any person in this industry on social media, and even though I am a dick, people take my side. That is why I can host a show making fun of everyone on this roster, and instead of of outrage, I am met with laughter.”

He seems to be at a loss for a better explanation.

”What else do you need to see in order for me to answer that question? A wet boxer shorts competition? Tune in a few days from now. Backstage antics like water balloon fights and practical jokes? I do that every week. You need me to flirt and make people uncomfortable more than I already do? I am not sure that I can. It already takes up a lot of my day.”

He breaks into a sort of angry, and irritated laugh that clash with his words. However, he seems unable to control the tone of his voice or facial expressions. Under the scowl, and the raised voice, he just seems bitter for some reason.

”What you all need to do, is take a huge step backwards, and then go fuck yourselves. I don’t need anybody babysitting me. I don’t need people hitting me up and trying to find some greater meaning or reason behind how I act. This is me.”

He brings both of his palms up and taps his chest.

”It’s all I’m ever going to be. It’s all that there is. It is not some mask that I need someone to pry off so I can be myself. I am not as lame as Rage. I don’t need to be saved from myself. I like being me. I am successful. I’m the fucking SCW Roulette Champion and that is not something that is changing any time soon. If that means being stuck on this cruise with a bunch of overbearing fans, and a roster full of asshats for a week, bring it on. If it means smacking around a chump like Travis Nathaniel Andrews, I’m more than capable. If it means beating Ryan Keys, AGAIN then I will dump his ass in the pool and make it happen.”

He raises his hand up to the side of his face, scratching lightly at his cheek. It has a sort of calming effect on his tone of voice. He takes a deep breath, starting to feel more relaxed. When he speaks again, it is almost the normal Kris that people have come to reluctantly love.

”What I don’t need is a boat full of people trying to make me something I am not. If you have enjoyed watching me claw my way out of the hole that I dug, then why pick at it? I didn’t used to have fans. I didn’t used to have roster members paying attention to me. I made the changes that I made on my own. I made the decision to come back, and be better, on my own. I never needed any support or coddling to make it happen. I damn sure don’t need it now that I have climbed out of the ditch and started my ascension to the top of this company. If you have enjoyed the ride, sit back and keep enjoying it. If you haven’t, change the fucking channel because I don’t care about your opinion anyways. I am doing this for me. I am doing it my way. Get on board or bail on me all together. It’s not going to change who I am either way.”

He shakes his head, and turns like he is leaving, but freezes, turning back to the camera.

”Ryan? Travis? This boat pulls out of here tomorrow. I suggest that you both enjoy this trip as much as possible. I know that I’m going to. However, when the cruise is over for me, I am walking out with everything I brought with me, and you’re both going home the same failures you’ve always been and probably always will be.”

He chuckles, turning away from the camera and heading towards the ramp leading back to solid ground. He yells back over his shoulder towards the camera before he is out of earshot though.


”Trust me!”


53
Climax Control Archives / Escape!
« on: June 23, 2017, 11:55:24 PM »
 OFF-CAMERA
Somewhere In Arizona
18 June 2017
11:51 PM PDT


Kris was in bad shape. Following his match at Climax Control he was put into the back of an ambulance and sent to the nearest hospital to be checked out. He was not really surprised. He and Joshua Acquin practically destroyed the backstage area during their fight. He had emerged victorious, but at what cost? He had a forehead full of stitches, his entire body hurt, and half of his face was covered in a bruise. To make matters worse, he had asked for it to happen. He clicks his phone screen to life, pacing back and forth in his room and waiting for a text. It had taken more than an hour worth of convincing, but he finally got someone to come and help him. However, their window was slowly closing. He slams the phone down on the side table next to the bed and fights his urge to just make a sprint out the door.

Kris: “Where is she…..?”

Mikah is seen walking down the hallway, dressed in a pair of short jean shorts and a simple turquoise shirt, headed in the direction of the nurse’s station.  She was typing something on her phone but presses the button to lock her phone as she reaches the desk. She reaches back, shoving the phone into the butt pocket of her jean shorts.  She glances around before pushing the few strands of hair out of her face that just would not stay tucked behind her ears.

Nurse: “Can I help you?”

Mikah:  â€œYes, which room is Kris Halc in?”

The nurse looks at the blonde before typing something in the computer in front of her.  The nurse squints at the computer screen before looking back up at the blonde.

Nurse:  â€œThere is nobody in this hospital by that name.  I’m sorry.”

Mikah sighs, trying not to be irritated with the woman before drumming her fingers against the countertop of the area.

Mikah:  â€œKristopher Halich, I mean.  Which room is he in?”

She narrows her eyes at the slightly older woman, who grumbles something under her breath and types the name into the computer and then points across the hall at a door, not even bothering to utter the number.

Mikah: “Kris....”

Her voice was clipped as she turns and walks in the direction of the room that the nurse had pointed to.  Mikah knocks lightly before walking into the room, shutting it behind her softly to see him in a hospital gown, a panicked look on his face.  Mikah looks a bit perplexed for a moment, clearly deciding how to approach him.

Mikah:  â€œKris…”

She spoke softly, not wanting to startle him or set him off.

Kris: “We have got to get the fuck out of here…

As soon as the door closes he springs into action. The first thing he does is check the time on his phone and the sighs heavily.

Kris: “Cutting it close… Too close… way too close…”

He moves across the room, opening a closet and tossing a pair of pink scrubs at her. It only adds to her mounting confusion. He moves around her, into the bathroom inside the room and emerges with a wheelchair. Once he wheels it out he looks at her for the first time.

Kris: “You're going to have put your hair up or something and wash off some of that makeup so you're not too attractive to be a nurse.”

He looks her over, but she does not move despite all of his instruction. His eyes widen on her, and he realizes for the first time that he is once again scratching at the crease inside his right elbow. He forces his hand away, and a smile onto his face to attempt to soothe her fear.

Kris: “We. Have. To. Go.”

She still has a worried look on her face as she holds the pink scrubs in her hands.  She looks down at the ugly pink color before looking at Kris again as she sits in the wheelchair.

Mikah:  â€œThis is crazy, Kris. CRAZY.”

She wasn’t sure about his idea and she wasn’t about to scrub the makeup off her face.  However, she slowly starts to pull the scrubs on, not really liking the salmon pink color.  She sighs before reaching up and pulling a scrunchie out of one of her back pockets.

Mikah:  â€œI do not  want to go to jail, Kris.  And I don’t even think that this little get up is going to work!  The nurses saw me come in here! They’re going to know I’m an imposter!”

She places her hands on her slender hips as the scrub pants start to fall off of her slender hips a bit.  She sighs and pulls them back up.  She pushes her shirts up, holding them in place as she focuses on tying the drawstring of the pants. When she looks up she is surprised that he is not still watching her. Instead, he has moved to the door, cracking it open and looking at the nurse behind the desk. He lets out a sigh of relief and silently closes the door back. He crosses the room again, and she tries to step into his path but he is not playing games. He skims the wall to get past her, and back over to his phone. He checks the time again, and then turns the phone off before moving back to the closet grabbing a ziploc bag full of his personal items and leaving his clothes. He tosses the phone into the bag before zipping it closed. He stops when he turns back towards her and sees the scowl on her face. However, he is still too focused on getting out to acknowledge it.

Kris: “You still have to get some of that makeup off. You need to look like a semi-smart overachiever too broke to go to med school. Not some supermodel.”

He disappears into the bathroom. She hears water run for a moment before shutting off, and a moment later, Kris emerges and hands her a damp washcloth.  She looks at the washcloth in his hands before looking back at his face.

Mikah:  â€œKris, this is insane. Will you stop for a moment, please?”

She looks into his eyes again, trying to get him to think more logically.  She looks at the damp washcloth again before looking at him.

Mikah:  â€œAll that is going to do is smear my make up, Kris.  It’s better if I just leave it on, rather than walking out of here with you looking like a two cent hooker.”

She sighs before running her fingers through her hair before grabbing the damn washcloth and walking into the bathroom for a minute.  She pulls her hair back into a loose ponytail with her scrunchie, leaving a few strands out to frame her face.  She looks at the washcloth before looking in the mirror, wishing she’d have brought her purse with her.  She turns the sink on and carefully gets it a little more wet before wiping off the light eyeshadow and eyeliner she was wearing, careful not to rid herself of the mascara.  She dries her skin before walking out.

Mikah:  â€œI am NOT taking the mascara off, Kris.  This is going to have to work.”

She didn’t think it would do either of them well for her to argue with him. She searches around the room for him, before turning around to find him at the door once again, staring out at the desk. He is mumbling himself in an excited tone, and then closes it again. He crosses the room to the wheelchair, taking the small plastic bag and placing it on his lap, but under his hospital gown so it cannot be seen. He looks up at her, still finding the annoyed look on her face. He lets out a deep breath and looks down at his lap.

Kris: “The nurses just switched shifts. Meaning the one that was out there, isn't. Anyone that doesn't recognize you will blame the shift change. None of this is illegal. Can you please just wheel me out of here? I will explain it to you once we are out.”

She still seemed unsure about this whole idea and it showed on her face.  She hesitates, staring at the wheelchair handles.

Mikah:  â€œIt sure feels illegal, Kris.”

She mutters to him as she looks at him, the panicked look on his face hit home with her and then the fact that he said please also made her more willing to do what he wanted.  She hesitates a little more before placing her hands on the handles of the wheelchair to push him out.

Mikah: “Okay..let’s do this, then.

He puts his foot up against the door to stop their progress, and turns in the chair.

Kris: “Turn left. The elevator to the MRI is down the hall. It should be open and waiting. I noticed the elevators stop here when they are not in use instead of in the lobby. Ignore everything I say and look annoyed.”

He reaches out and takes the handle of the door, pulling it open. As he said there would be, there were two new nurses who are behind the desk. Both of them look up and are immediately drawn to Mikah’s appearance, but only for a second.

Kris: “How many different fucking tests are you idiots going to do before you just let me go home?”

The nurses immediately look down to the man in the chair. In the bright lights of the hallway, Mikah can see just how bad of shape he is in. The bandage covering the dozen stitches in his forehead has spots of blood starting to seep through. The whole left side of his face was a light yellow bruise that she knew from experience would be purple by tomorrow. She turns the chair left, rolling her eyes at the nurses who do not raise question with her.

Kris: “I mean seriously! This is like five over the course of a few hours? Why do you feel the need to keep me in this ass backwards state longer than I need to be?”

Again, Mikah does not answer. They continue along the hallway as Kris continues to. Internally she laughs at the fact that doctors and nurses alike take one look at an angry patient in a wheelchair, and try to pretend to be busy to stay out of the line of fire.

Kris: “Don't get me wrong, it would be different if it wasn't a state full of fugly, busted bitches and the guys that could manage to hold back their gag reflex long enough to stick it to them…”

They get to the elevator, and as he said it would be, the door is open and waiting for them. However, problems arise when the group of doctors walking towards them appear to be heading towards the same place. He realizes there is only going to be one way to stop them from joining them on the elevator.

Kris: “Hey, smart guys that manages to get stuck in Arizona instead of a real state, you think you could convince whoever is in charge to hire better looking nurses, or at least competent ones? That way I don't have to do this same shit so many times?”

Two of the three men suddenly make excuses to head off in different directions while one stops, and smiles at Mikah.

Doctor: “I'm sure she's just doing her job. Plus, she's one of our best. You're in good hands.”

Kris rolls his eyes and laughs while Mikah wheels them into the elevator. The doctor that stopped to address them stays on the outside. Mikah spins his chair around to be in front of the door and presses the button for the lobby.

Kris: “...if she is one of your best ones, you got a real fucking problem on your hands. She's prettier than she is smart and at best she's---”

The elevator door closes before he can finish his statement. As soon as it does he stands up from the chair and pushes it out of his way. He turns towards her to see her waiting on him to finish the thought.

Kris: “...nothing short of amazing.”

He can tell she is not buying it, but they did not have time.

Kris: “Take off the scrubs. I am going to need them.”

He shrugs out of the hospital gown, now standing in the middle of the elevator in only boxer shorts, and reaches into the ziploc bag to find a name tag in it that he swiped while being admitted.  She looks at him like he’s crazy as she takes the scrubs off and tosses the shirt at him, following by the pants before adjusting her shorts and tee.

Mikah: “Okay, how did you know that would work?”

She seemed unphased by him being in his boxers, but he is quickly covered. He pulls the scrub top over his head carefully before going to work on the pants. He looks behind him as he goes. They only had two floors.

Mikah: “Or were you just winging it?”

He pulls the top down to cover the tops of the pants that rode a little too low, and then reaches out to the back of Mikah’s head as the elevator slows to a stop. He pulls the thick scrunchie from her hair and holds it in his mouth for a second while he pulls the taped bandage off of his head. The stitches were fresh, and look painful, but he takes the hair tie and puts it around his head like a headband, making sure it covered most of the stitches. As the doors open, he clips the name tag to his shirt and reaches into the ziploc bag again, putting on his glasses.

Kris: “This isn't the first hospital I have broken out of…”

He takes her by the hand, even though she fights it at first, she walks next to him as they step out of the elevator. He turns left, but a large group of people in their way causes him to reverse direction. He looks at the walls for navigation, angling down one without people. He leans over to her, speaking just loud enough for her to hear.

Kris: “Doctors don't pay attention to nurses. They just compliment blindly in hopes of banging one....”

They get to the end of the hallway, only for a few nurses to be walking in the opposite direction. He uses his grip on Mikah’s hand to spin her towards him, resting his head on her shoulder and hugging his arms around her as they pass.

Kris: “I can't believe he didn't pull through! I'm so sorry!”

His faking crying sounds in between the words actually act to speed up the passing nurses. When they are gone, he takes Mikah's hand again and continues down the hallway. He continues explaining in a low voice.

Kris: “Nobody wants to ride in an elevator with an angry patient.... No nurse is going to be dumb enough to interrupt another breaking bad news to a patient's family… no matter how bad they are bombing at it.”

They turn towards the attached parking structure and Mikah finally pulls her hand free of his. Kris steps up and opens the door, motioning for her to to through first.

Kris: “After you…”

She gives him a look, before shaking her head and stepping through the door as she turns back to look at him, making sure that he was okay. He takes the hair scrunchie off of his head, shooting it between a few of the cars.

Kris: “That had blood on it.”

He looks back over at her to catch a scowl from her. He shrugs.

Kris: “I’ll buy you a new one.”

She was at least slightly impressed by how well the escape had gone, not having near as much experience in them as he had.

Mikah:  â€œI haven’t spent a lot of times in hospitals….only after my mi--an incident that wasn’t wrestling related.”

She looks at him before pointing at the stitches on his head.  She only knew the basics of first aid and she knew that it was going to have to be changed.

Mikah:  â€œAnd you need to get that covered back up…”

She smiles softly at him before trying to decide if she needed to reach out to offer to help him walk or not. He reaches up and touches the wound on his head, pulling back his fingertips and rubbing them together.

Kris: “I can grab a first aid kit at the airport. Can you drop me off?”

She widens her eyes at him a bit before folding her arms over her chest.

Mikah:  â€œI may not know all the ins and outs of escaping a hospital because that’s not me, but I’m pretty sure that you’re NOT supposed to fly after what you went through.  And with a gash like that and I’m probably guessing a concussion?  That’s just a guess.  Your match was brutal and I don’t think you should be getting on an airplane anytime soon.”

She keeps her arms folded over her chest as she looks at him. She didn’t care if she was acting ‘motherly’ or not.

Mikah:  â€œSo, I can take you to one of two places: a hotel or back up to the hospital room.”

She gives him a look. He shakes his head back and forth and the look of panic comes back to his face.

Kris: “I'm not going back up there….”

He shakes his head and there is a legitimate sense of fear in his eyes.

Kris: “Please don't make me go back up there…”

She frowns, the panic and fear in his eyes.

Mikah:  â€œWhy?  What was going on up there that you don’t want to partake in?”

She wasn’t understanding it but she knew that there was some reason he didn’t want to go.  And she hated hospitals too, but she had never been like that. He opens his mouth to answer sarcastically but closes it without a word. He looks around, and then back to her, shrugging and holding his arms out to his side.

Kris: “Want do you want me to say?”

He turns away from her and kicks at the ground. He takes a few steps, looking down.

Kris: “This doesn't leave this parking lot….”

She nods her head, a small smile crossing her face.

Mikah:  â€œOkay…”

She looks at him, trying to be patient with him and let the empathy she felt reach her eyes and let her guard down, if only a little. He takes a deep breath, turning back towards her.

Kris: “If I get caught with drugs in my system again, I lose. No more chances. I get divorced. My kids get taken. I get fired. No questions.”

She opens her mouth to ask a question, but Kris already has the answer ready for her.

Kris: “Last time it happened we signed a bunch of papers that don't have dates on them. As soon as I fail a test they get dated and filed.”

He turns back towards the entrance to the hospital, pointing at the door.

Kris: “I told them, and I told them, and I told them. I disconnected my IV twice. I said no over and over again. They just kept coming. Kept asking.”

He shakes his head, his eyes watering slightly.

Kris: “I wasn't going to be able to keep saying no… and one slip… I’ve been there before. All it takes is once and it's just a matter of time before I go all the way back down to the bottom.”

He shakes his head, his bottom lip shaking.

Kris: “I can't go back in there.”

Mikah:  â€œOkay...you don’t have to go back in there, I promise.”

She bites onto her bottom lip, chewing on it for a moment or two.

Mikah:  â€œBut I don’t think taking you to the airport is a good idea either…”

She looks at him and then looks around before moving to the rental car she’d been driving around since her time there.

Mikah:  â€œSo, do you have any other ideas?”

She turns her eyes back to him, looking for a suggestion. He pulls off his glasses and wipes at his eyes, shaking his head.

Kris: “I don't need one.”

He puts his glasses back on his face, and manages a smile.

Kris: “An airport isn't going to let me on a regular flight. I don't need a regular flight though.”

She looks confused, and the smile falls from his face.

Kris: “Oh my god! You didn't watch my announcement when I came back to SCW, did you?!”

She shrugs her shoulders a bit sheepishly.  She looks around, avoiding eye contact for a few seconds.

Mikah:  â€œUm...that was a long time ago. I might have missed it.."

She chews on her bottom lip a little more, her cheeks flushing pink.  She looks at him before sighing and digging the car keys out of her pocket, playing with them.

Kris: “Scottsdale Airport. It's only about twenty minutes away…. and nobody is going to kick me off of the Jet City jet for being too beat up to fly.”

She blushes a little at not knowing that. She nods her head before pointing over to a silver Mercedes Benz. He stumbles a little, but Mikah is quick to come to his side, ducking under one of his arms to help him to the car. He pulls open the passenger side door, and she attempts to help him into the seat, but he stops, bringing his other arm up and around her in a hug.

Kris: “Thank you…”

He pulls back from her, and she silently nods, helping him down into the seat and closing the door.


============================
============================




ON-CAMERA
Long Beach, CA
23 June 2017
2:25 PM PDT




”Oh, I have been waiting for the right time to do this for such a long time….”

We open on Kris. The side of his face is still mostly covered by a bruise that had little chance of fully resolving itself in time for Climax Control. The line stitches on his head were covered by an orange band-aid with the word PURE written across it. Every time he looked in the mirror, he was reminded that the pain was better than his alternative.

”Polly… fucking… Playtime...”

He laughs, clearly enjoying himself. He is laying back against the windshield of his car, sitting on the hood. The car faces a fence, and the camera pans towards it slightly to show that he is sitting just outside of an airport, at the end of a runway.

”Fuck your olive branch. Fuck your vendetta against Mikah. Fuck your short-lived Bombshell Championship reign that you didn’t earn or deserve. Fuck your entire existence. You are a waste of a spot on the card. I don’t care how much management might sing your praises. To be completely honest, if you didn’t look the way that you do, you would have never gotten handed the opportunities that you got. And before you think that I’m impersonating Steve Ramone and making bullshit, baseless claims, let’s look at the tale of the tape. You’re a two time flop champion and you’re the reason that I didn’t win Blast From The Past this year. Even worse, you took the fall that got us eliminated from the tournament. You are the one that came up short after talking such a huge game in the weeks heading into the first round. What did you get after that? A main event shot and a fluke win to walk away with the top prize for the Bombshells. Where did I go? Straight to the bottom of the card and treated like shit for a few weeks. I don’t know what you did to get out of that punishment, but I applaud you because you must have all kinds of skills that we don’t get to see in the ring.”

His own laughter cuts him off and it takes him a few moments to compose himself.

”And you just love that bitch personality you try and put on. You act entitled. You act like you are some younger, better version of the person standing next to me in this match. I have some bad news for you, you come up a lot short. See it doesn’t matter is Mark and Christian let you pick your matches and book yourself in a few matches, it doesn’t change the fact that you can’t win. You aren’t going to beat Mikah. You can’t. If you could, you would have the first time, or the second time, you tried. One thing I can assure you is that this third time isn’t going to be your charm.”

He slides down the hood of the car, landing on his feet, and taking a few short steps to the fence, looking at a few of the planes getting into position for takeoff. He turns, putting his back against the fence to look into the camera.

”Imitation might be the sincerest form of flattery, but there’s never been an imitation better than the original. You don’t find celebrity impersonators getting cast in movie roles instead of the people they can kind of act or look like. That is all you are though. An impersonator. I feel sorry for Ryan, because unfortunately for him, my tag team partner is the real thing. She’s going to beat your ass at Climax Control, and then again at Summer XXXtreme when you get your second title rematch for whatever reason. Best of all, this time around I get a front row seat. I hope I get to watch her choke you out. That would make this whole painful week worth living. That would make this match that I’m not 100% for worth attending.”

He holds up his hand, shaking them back and forth before people get the wrong idea.

”...and I know that I am not going to be allowed to lay a finger on her. That’s why I said I’m just going to be happy to be there to witness it. I have someone else to worry about. Someone else to prepare for. Someone that I apparently have to break a promise to.”

He puts his hand on his chest and sighs heavily, shaking his head as the smile fades off of his face.

”Ryan, before our fight at Into The Void I said that if I won, I would make sure that you got a shot at this title one on one. I didn’t want anyone to be in the middle of us. There was no doubt in anyone’s mind that we were the only two people with a chance to walk out of Into The Void with the Roulette Championship, and because of that, I told you that I would give you the first shot if I won. Unfortunately Mark and Christian weren’t feeling that idea, and chose to have me silence Steve Ramone first. I thought after that match happened that maybe it meant we were finally going to get our chance, but then they inserted another undeserving loudmouth into the match. Now that match becomes about which one of us is going to take out Travis Andrews. That’s not what I wanted. I wanted us to go one on one, however the wheel decided, and put on the match of the year. I should have made that match happen back on the 11th, but I got lost in everything that happened that night. For that, I’m sorry. I let you down.”

He seems sincere enough, and he pauses for a second, staring into the camera in the hopes that everyone would take him seriously for once. Once the moment passes, he raises up his index finger.

”....but there is the matter of the match this week before we get to that point. This will be our third time Ryan. We went one on one and I walked out the winner. We had our Ultimate X match, and I walked out with the Roulette Championship. Now we have this mixed tag team match. It sucks to be the one to have to tell you, but the result is not going to be any different this time around… but just like what I told you at Into The Void, it’s not going to be your fault when I win. That night you had a couple of hacks taking up the spotlight in a match that should have been just between us. This Sunday you share the ring with someone that will talk down to you, and then cost you everything. Believe me. I’ve been there.”

Kris runs his fingers through his hair, sighing heavily.

”I like you Ryan, so I’m trying really hard not to be mean here. Trust me when I tell you that you can’t rely on Polly though. She has proven that she’s not better than Mikah. She’s proven that when she gets thrown in a mixed tag match she’s a liability. I know you might not believe me. I bought into her bullshit when she was standing next to me on the apron. I even agreed to be part of her little self-promoting segments. I thought we had a chance. Then she got pinned by a retiree. If that’s the level of skill she has in the ring, it’s no wonder she keeps getting dominated by Mikah.”

He shrugs, offering a compromise between the two.

”So here’s what I’m thinking Ryan. I’m thinking we start this match, and we go all the way to the end. We don’t get our chance to go head-to-head at Summer XXXtreme. We have a third wheel. However, if you don’t tag Polly, and I don’t tag Mikah, we get our chance to throw everything we have at each other. I know you might be a little hesitant to take me up on it given my current condition...”

He turns his face to the side, and takes a step closer to the camera so that the bruising is evident.

”...but I’ve been in worse shape than I am now. That’s not me talking out of my ass either. I might be a little sore, a little worse for wear, but the one thing that I am is clear-headed. I know what my limits are, and I’m ready for you. It’s okay though, if you conscience gets the best of you, it just means I get to stand on the apron and watch my co-host beat Polly’s ass up close and personal. Either way I win. The ball is in your court. I guess I’ll get your answer when the bell rings.”


54
Climax Control Archives / Consider It A Dare
« on: June 16, 2017, 11:57:33 PM »
 OFF-CAMERA
Jet City, WA
16 June 2017
8:59 PM PDT




”I feel like it is a champion’s mentality to actually care about all of the people that stand across the ring from them. For instance, even if the most talentless person in the world stands across from you, you should always try to hype the fight. Always come prepared. Always have something ready to say if they have some insult to hurl your direction. No matter who it is, a champion should be able to make something out of nothing. A champion should be able to pull a fan out of the crowd and have a high quality match.”

The video starts with a shot of Kris sitting behind a desk. Behind him are separate pictures of Violet Ripley, Parker Wayde, and his brother Jason, all taken after they won championships. The pictures of all three head trainers are a dead giveaway that we are in the back office of the Jet City Sports Lab. To the surprise of no one, the name on the placard that sits on the desk reads “Phillip Ripley” not Kristopher Halich. That is also probably the reason that he is nonchalant in the way he sits. He has the office chair leaned all the way backwards, his feet on the desk on top of what are probably important papers that he had not bothered to clear off. Finally, the thing that most all of the viewers notice before anything else, is the Roulette Championship draped over his shoulder, and pinned to his chest by his crossed arms.

”Here’s the thing… none of that sounds like me.”

He sighs heavily, shaking his head. He looks back at the pictures on the walls behind him, raising his left hand to point up at them.

”It sounds like them. It sounds like the things that they tell people that come into this place to hone their craft. Don’t get me wrong, it is good advice to give to the newbies. Anything that can keep that magical glint in their eyes a little bit longer is worth saying. It is only a matter of time before the majority of them fall to the wayside and get forgotten. Not everyone is meant to be a superstar. Every major training facility in this country has at least a handful of students. If I asked all of you at home to write down the names of twenty people that debuted in the last year and were worth paying attention to, I bet none of you could. So every single training facility will make people bust their asses, all while giving them some kind of idealistic view of how things work. There’s a reason that I am not a trainer here. It is the same reason that I never trained in a place like this. That being, none of that shit sounds anything like me at all. It doesn’t sound like something that anyone would believe if it was coming out of my mouth in some half-sincere way. It is not something that anyone would expect me to buy into. I am the guy that used to come to shows so fucked up that I couldn’t remember that I was even booked, remember? You think that I am the guy that could pull some fat, uncharismatic fan out of the audience and entertain people with the match we would put on?”

The thought actually draws a laugh out of him. He pulls his feet down off the table, knocking some of the papers onto the floor as he does. However, he does not even glance down at them before continuing.

”It’s totally okay that a lot of you just chuckled and said ‘fuck no’ to your computer screens. I’m not going to hold it against you, because you’re absolutely right. I’m not that person. I’m not those people...”

Without turning back to the pictures, he points back over his shoulder at them.

”Let’s be totally honest. If I were to pull a fan out of the audience, it would not be for a match. It would be to explain why wrestling them would be a better alternative to fighting boring ass Steve Ramone for a sixth time. It would be to draw comparisons to the Mean Girls or their male counterparts when the person had nothing interesting to say, no real ability to speak of, and spent ten minutes wasting everyone’s time. I mean for Christ’s sake, I am the guy that constantly gets told that I cross too many lines on social media. I am the guy that is being billed opposite Mikah Green to shred the entire roster on the SCW website on Saturday nights. I am not the guy that is going to build up anybody, least of all someone that is not worth my effort, or the screen time that this match is going to get.”

He shrugs, unapologetically, getting up from the chair. The suddenness of his movement sends the chair rolling backwards into one of the bookshelves behind the desk. The impact that it makes knocks over half of the stuff on a shelf right at eye-level. The noise it makes startles him, but after finding the source of the sound, he blows it off and turns back to the camera without fixing it.

”Joshua Acquin is a waste of my time, and my effort, but if this was the first time we were facing them, I might give him a little more credit. If it was the first or second time I was facing him, maybe I would be a little bit worried. If the last time that I beat him was more than two months ago, I might prepare a little. However, I have beaten this man twice, and on both occasions he did little more than walk down to the ring before my hand was raised and I added another win to my record. He wasn’t a challenge to me when he was part of a championship level tag team. He wasn’t a challenge to me at Climax Control 178 when I pinned him in the middle of the ring. Why should I care now? What has changed?”

He comes around to the front of the desk as he talks, turning Phillip’s name tag upside upside down before leaning against the desk. He waits for the audience to give him an answer, without a chance for response, before breaking down his own question.

”Well for me, I have a little bit more to carry around with me these days….”

He rolls his shoulder to draw the fan’s attention to the Roulette Championship that hangs from it. His eyes only linger on it for a second before he raises his index finger to his cheek, tapping it a few times like he is trying to think.

”Let’s see… what else...”

He snaps his fingers, having some kind of epiphany and pointing at the camera.

”Oh yeah! That is right. I haven’t lost any matches. I won the Roulette Championship. I defended the Roulette Championship. I hosted one of the most talked about Climax Control’s ever as a celebration for my birthday. I got given a show on SCW programming with the best looking female on this entire roster. I booked the main event of the very show where I embarrass this waste of human potential for a third time… Oh, and I am part of a group that contains half of the champions in this company. I guess I have been a little busy after all. What about Acquin?”

Kris does not hold back this time, nor does he wait for a response that cannot possibly come.

”Of course, I mean other than losing everything that he participates in, getting embarrassed by an unbooked Calvin Harris at Into The Void, and bitching about the fact that he does not get the same opportunities as other people. I cannot believe that I am about to say these words, but it is like he is a less talented Travis Andrews….”

He shakes his head, not liking the sound of that one.

”He is like a less successful Gabriel Asar….”

Kris waits, giving the audience time to collectively ask who the hell that even is.

”...and in case none of you remember exactly who that is, that’s kinda my point. Acquin’s one claim to fame is the fact that he was tag team champion here a couple times for a combined three months, the last of which more than two years ago. In case you don’t realize how long two years is, let me help out. Two years ago Dying Breed was good enough to be tag champions, and earlier this year Jet City wiped our asses with them. Mikah was just starting out as one of the most dominant Bombshell Champions in this company’s history. The Mean Girls were actually a little interesting. I hadn’t knocked up Liz Smalls and removed her from all of your lives yet. I could go on, and on, about all of the people that were relevant back then that none of you can even remember today, but I have made my point. Things were much different two years ago. A lot has changed. That means that people like Joshua Acquin don’t matter anymore. The world has moved on. ”

It seemed like the typical place that Kris would lay off, but something about today was different. When he laughs, there is no joy in it. He seems more irritated than anything else.

”You know what hasn’t changed about this world though? What hasn’t changed is that I was good enough to beat this guy’s ass two years ago, I proved that I was still more than capable just a few shows ago, and yet this guy is still opposite me on the card. Leading up to Into The Void, everyone but Ryan Keys was saying that I had to be sucking dick to get into the match. They said I was undeserving. Yet, I won that match. Then I went on to beat Steve Ramone to complete the hat-trick of back-to-back-to-back matches and victories against that fucking guy. I get excited to have my birthday to kick back, make some jokes, and refresh, only to be booked against the last fucking guy I beat before those matches.”

He stops, taking a deep breath and trying to calm himself. It does not have any impact on his mood though. If anything, dwelling on the idea for the extra couple of seconds just make him more angry.

”He’s fucking terrible. Put that shit on record. Christian? Mark? You guys paying attention? I know you’re back this week, so you better be listening. I tried to make this match a title match, or at least toss in some Roulette rules just to make it interesting for me. Honestly, I don’t know why either of you constantly waste time shoving this kind of person down our throats. I mean the list of people demanding title shots is long. Why though? Probably because when people bitch, you both cave. How many people in this company have to tell you to kick those types to the curb before you listen? How many of us have to bitch about having to beat down the same hacks every couple of weeks? When are you both going to find a set of balls and tell them to go fuck themselves? Are you really too blind to see that people like Travis Andrews come back and demand title matches because that shit seems to work with you two? Anyone can cut a few promos demanding shit that they haven’t earned. The true test of management is ignoring it and booking things that people want to see. Rest assured, the last thing that they want to see is Joshua Acquin in a ring… at all… let alone against a champion. Nobody cares. Nobody is interested.”

He stands up on his feet, taking a step away from the desk.

”People like me are starting to realize that while we bust ass, other’s are line hopping. While people like Chelsea and I had to work our way up from show openers, people like Veronica Taylor get handed things based on the fact that she is in a group that used to be popular. Can anyone tell me what the last time was that she showed any effort or talent at all? Where was she at on the card for Into The Void, though? People sit around wondering why SCW seems off of everyone’s radar. It’s because the people that get chances here, are the same people that are jokes everywhere else. All anyone has to do is pay attention to social media to notice that.”

He shrugs, finally starting to calm down.

”But, to reuse the phrase, here’s the thing...”

He turns around one of the chairs in front of the desk to be facing the camera, and takes a seat.

”....the booking decisions, different talentless members of this roster, the history of this company, and the standing of this company in the minds of those in this industry aren’t really any of my concern. It’s not my job to police this company. Sure, it is frustrating. Sure, it pisses me off from time to time. However, come Sunday, I get every chance in the world to do something about it. Earlier this week I begged you guys to make this Roulette rules. I begged you to let me put my title on the line. Now I’m begging you to do the opposite. If you throw the rulebook out the window, if you put my title on the line, I am going to beat Joshua Acquin so far into the ground that I am never going to have to say his name again.”

He raises his left hand to point, with his index finger, at his own face.

”If you think this is some kind of joke, look at my face. This isn’t ‘Kris being funny’ or ‘Kris being Kris’. This is me telling you that if you do that, all of the things that piss me off about this company, and the people in it, are going to be dumped onto Acquin, and your ring crew is going to have to come out and scrape him off of the mat.”

He laughs.

”Consider it a dare.”


55
Climax Control Archives / No New Tricks
« on: June 02, 2017, 05:31:28 PM »
 2 June 2017
Jet City Sports Lab
11:57AM PDT
[OFF-CAMERA]



Kris collapses in the center of the ring, lying on his back and looking up at the skylights that line the roof of the Jet City Sports Lab. A towel flies up and into the ring from the floor outside the six sided ring and lands across Kris’ face. His first reaction is to leave it there. He had been pushing himself hard today to work off a week of doing absolutely nothing productive. It was Friday, and the first day of the work week that he had even dragged himself into the Lab. However, when he hears someone grunt with the mild pain that came from rolling under the bottom rope and into the ring, he snatches the towel from his face and looks in the direction of the sound.

”Your girlfriend said you weren’t allowed to get in the ring anymore ever since you bitched on Twitter about the not being able to finish the peg board.”

Coby Quik, one of the two men responsible for the day-to-day functioning of the gym was on his feet and rapidly approaching Kris. The Roulette Champion does not make a move to get off of his back. After all, Coby was not anywhere close to 100%. The former champion in his own right was less than two months removed from surgery to put the whole left side of his face back together. The painful grunting sound told Kris that Coby's ribs were not fully healed either. Even if smaller man was pissed off, Kris knew he was smarter than to take a shot in his condition.

”Look asshole, I get that you own the place, but you have to get out of the way. No way we are going to keep people around if you are always roping off shit for personal use.”

Kris laughs, wiping at his face and then tossing the towel at Coby. The younger, and much faster man, snatches it out of the air, but its dampness makes him immediately regret his decision. His hand opens in response to his disgust, and the towel falls in a heap back to the mat.

”I haven’t even been here all week. This was my first day. I needed to work out. You guys said you needed me here. Two birds.”

Coby shakes his head, looking out across the busy gym. Nearby there were a group of students anxiously awaiting the result of the conversation the two men in the ring were having.

”It’s not two birds if you’re not actually helping do anything that we need you to do. You are just in the way, and you’re going to have to take on all fives of these guys, teach this class, or vacate the area if you don’t want to start handing out refunds.”

Kris turns his head towards the mob without making any effort to get up.

”I could totally teach a class.”

The comment gets a loud, sarcastic laugh from Coby who actually turns away from the crowd in order to do so. He shakes his head, looking down at his employer.

”As someone that has never been formally trained in any kind of fighting, what do you have to offer them?”

Kris sits up, the look of offense on his face would have intimidated someone that did not know him as well as Coby did.

”I will have you know that I have mastered more than twenty unique fighting styles in this week alone!”

Coby barely waits for him to finish before countering his point with the reality of what he was talking about.

”Learning button combinations for all the characters in Injustice 2 does not count as learning a fighting style.”

Kris shrugs, always having an answer for everything.

”Tell that to the crazy Korean people that are building arenas in order to watch people play video games.”

Coby nods, knowing better than to argue with Kris in any kind of fair way. It was a waste of time to attempt to speak to him rationally. A conversation with Kris was a lot like hydroplaning. It was better to just steer into the skid.

”I’ll do that next time I’m there. Now get the hell out of the ring and go do any of the fifty things that need done around here.”

Coby reaches down, and Kris reluctantly takes his hand, allowing himself to be pulled up from the mat. As Kris rises to his feet, he leans in close to Coby, basically whispering into his ear.

"Pass..."

Instead of further arguing with Coby, Kris moves past him, a smile on his face, to address the group of men that were standing by.

”My pint-sized compatriot has informed me that all of you are a bunch of bitches, which makes you perfect stand-ins for Steve Ramone.”

Coby looks down at the mat, his shoulders slumping in defeat. He had hoped that Kris would go quietly so that he could get on with the class. However, the nagging voice in the back of his head told him that something like this would happen before he ever got into the ring. He speaks under his breath so that only Kris could hear him.

”Some of them wrestled in college….”

Kris turns his head, listening to Coby’s words, but not responding to him with anything more than an eyeroll. Instead, he gets louder, trying to sell the students on a fight.

”Here’s what we’re going to do! You guys want to know how to prepared for a fight, right? Well what happens when your plan starts to spin out of control? What happens when you face someone who is unpredictable because they lack all of the training that you have spent so much money getting? Do any of you think that you could handle stepping into the ring and not having any idea what you are walking into?

He looks back over his shoulder at Coby and nods down at the Roulette Championship in a corner close to him. Coby crosses to it, scooping it up, and tossing it to Kris. The champion catches it with one hand and then drapes it over the ropes, putting it on display for all of the students.

"I know what I would do. It's kind of my job. I'm the champion of not having a plan and going with the flow. I am the master of just taking what my opponent gives me and biding my time until I find an opening. Now, all of you came here expecting to be talked at by a cripple. You expected to maybe pick up some techniques you could apply to your own set of skills. I say fuck all that. How about instead you each come up with a stipulation while you get ready, then step into this ring with me, one at a time, and try your luck?”

Coby chuckles, but the group starts to chatter among themselves. They all seem receptive to the idea, and Coby had to give it to Kris. It was actually a pretty intelligent idea. Kris was going to turn an angry mob into a makeshift roulette wheel. He gets no preparation for the rules, and anyone could pick something unique. The junior trainer nods a few times and walks up to Kris, patting him on the shoulder. His voice is still low so that it did not carry to the students who were already starting to get ready.

”Two birds, huh? You know, you’re actually pretty smart when you’re clear headed.”

Kris does not take his eyes away from the group of men, sizing them all up and trying to game plan his way through the handful of match-ups at the same time. When he responds, it is out of the corner of his mouth, and only for Coby’s ears.

”Remember you said that.”



======================================================
======================================================
======================================================



2 June 2017
Jet City Sports Lab
11:12PM PDT
[ON-CAMERA]


It is after hours at the Jet City Sports Lab. A camera sits in the middle of the six sided ring, facing one of the corners where Kris sits on top of the top turnbuckle. He is a little worse for wear, breathing heavily with his hair damp from sweat.

”First title defenses are huge...”

He is looking down at the mat, his fingers laced together in his lap. Since the tripod that the camera is sitting on is on the mat, Kris is actually at an angle above it. It gives a full view of his face, and the fans can see his smile as he remembers back to the other championships he has won in Sin City Wrestling.

”I mean I guess with the Internet Championship my first defense was actually against Kain at Mayhem in Morocco but you can’t count that. I didn’t even technically win, just got lucky and retained on a technicality. I can hardly remember that night. However, I can remember what it was like walking into the main event at Climax Control a couple of weeks later for my real first defense against Goth. I knew what was riding on the match. I knew the person that I was going head-to-head with was more than formidable. I knew that everyone expected me to lose. However, just over two years ago, I walked in as a paper champion and walked out as someone that needed to be paid attention to. Winning that match was the beginning of the end for my time in The Nobodies. It was when I first realized that I could be something, and somebody, in this business. It was the first real title defense of my career.  Had my priorities been a little different back there, we could be having an entirely different conversation right now...”

He shakes his head as the rest of the story plays out in his mind. The happy parts were few and far between, with a whole lot of bad decision making and poor life choices. It was like that, until last year.

”My light almost went out after that too. If I would have never come back, I would probably be one of those names that sound familiar but you can’t really place. I would be an afterthought, and not even a good one. I was synonymous with not showing up, or showing up and not being functional enough to compete to the best of my ability. That changed when I got a phone call from my brother last October. We signed our contracts on Halloween. We were champions by the middle of November.”

He looks up and raises his arms out to his sides to gesture towards the gym.

”That SCW Tag Team Championship reign that built all of this. There is no Jet City Sports Lab without Jet City winning those tag team championships, and there is no Kris Halc in SCW right now without Jet City. That's the thing that turned by career around. Jet City took those championships from The Elders and held them until the moment that Jason didn’t have anything left in the tank, but nothing can take away the feeling of walking into a no disqualification match at Inception II and kicking the shit out of the Unholy Alliance for our first defense. Scores of people called us undeserving, fluke champions, but we proved that night that we were a force to be reckoned with. It took the entire division to beat us and rip the titles out of Jet City when the time came. That had to happen for me to be sitting here in front of you right now though. James Tuscini and Steve Ramone would have all of you believe that my run in the SCW tag division should have no bearing on what happens in the singles divisions, but I proved that theory wrong a couple of weeks ago.”

He shrugs, the smile on his face not wavering.

”... but I had to redefine myself. The Nobodies was about not being recognized. The Internet Championship taught me that there was life outside of my brother’s shadow. Being The Accident showed me that I could be myself and people would pay attention. The Tag Team Championships taught me that no matter how many people think you’re done, there’s always another chance to be had. Now...”

He turns slightly on the turnbuckle and grabs the SCW Roulette Championship off of the post behind him and holds it out to the camera.

”...now I’m proving that it’s possible to go back and right all of those wrongs. I spent years kicking myself over the fact that I couldn’t win this championship. I took loss after loss chasing it before. I was thrown in a dumpster, I was thrown off of cages. I was beaten unconscious. However, like I was saying a minute ago, my priorities were shit. The things that I thought mattered, didn’t. The things that I thought were expendable, or just a means to an end, were the ones that were the most important. My skewed sense of reality robbed me of my chance to hold this championship years ago. I promised you all when I first came back that I was going to fix it. A lot of you said that it couldn’t be done...”

He pauses, looking like he is fighting the urge to break into laughter.

”...and as much as it would be the right thing to do to tell all of you that I did it for you, these days I feel like ‘I told you so’ is more fitting. I told you all that I was going to come back and hold this championship. I told all of you that I was going to change the way you thought about me. I told all of you that I was going to walk into New York, a city that I hate, and walk away with this championship, and I did just that. So, from the absolute bottom of my heart, I SO fucking told every single one of you. Even better, now I have the proof that says I was right all along, and every one of you were wrong.”

He hops down off of the turnbuckle, slinging the championship over his shoulder and displaying it proudly as he takes a few steps out of the corner.

”But who, pray tell, was the most wrong?”

He taps his index finger on his lips, pretending to be seriously considering who the culprit is.

”I guess if it’s anyone, it’s Steve Ramone. I mean this guy has been at it all along? I would say that he was talking down to me from the moment I came back, but it would be a lie. Truth be told, I wasn’t even on his radar until after I put my name and the word ‘roulette’ in the same sentence. He has been so hyper focused on getting title shots, failing most, and watching my championship slip further, and further, out of his fingers. I’m sure it actually goes on for much longer than even I realize. I mean this time last year he was pretty much doing the same thing, right? It’s kind of sad when you think about it. I mean, here I was going on and on about the success in my personal life and career over the last year. I rambled there for a second about how I have adapted and reinvented my game at every step of my career just a few minutes ago. How depressing is it that Steve Ramone finds himself in the exact same shoes today as he was last year? How embarrassing is it that he has apparently learned nothing in all of that time?”

He pauses to let the questions sink in, but doesn’t dwell on them too long. The answer was clear, and giving the viewers at home too much time to think was never a good thing.

”And THAT was the answer that I searched for after this match was announced. If any of you have seen me talk on Twitter, you have seen that I’m not really concerned with how difficult this match could end up being. I spent the entire week taking some personal time and celebrating my victory with some much needed rest and relaxation. After all, even without a match last week, I had more screen time than just about anybody else. I mean I was doing interviews, flirting with married women, and joining The Black Sheep. People might kno---”

This time he has to cut himself off, shake the thought away, and then refocus. That was not a particular tangent that he wanted to get off on. It would just take him further and further away from his point. The Black Sheep had little to do with the task at hand come time for Climax Control, and wasting his time talking about them now would not do him any favors.

”The thing that I realized about Steve Ramone is that he is stuck in the same place that he has been for as long as I can remember. From the first time that I beat him, the guy has really only been focused on one thing. In his entire career, he has struggled to take claim of the Roulette Championship. He fights to maintain his place at the bottom of the roster, and whines his way into Mark or Christian taking pity on him to shut him up. The problem in, he never shows us anything that captures the imagination of the fans. He never says anything deeper than thinly veiled sexual innuendo, or generic insults. Steven Ramone is the textbook example of someone that has become stagnant. For years he has been wading in the ocean, waiting for his arms and leg to give out so that he can finally be put out of our misery, and maybe that day is going to come this weekend."

Instead of trying to back off of the claims, as would have been typical of Jet City, Kris doubles down without his brother to balance the equation.

"That mind sound a little harsh, and you people are probably wondering why I would say things that would just enrage their opponent and give them more of a reason to win. It is not good strategy to hand out your strategy to your opponent and call them out on their biggest flaw. That is not to say that my doing so puts me in any kind of danger of losing though. See, Steve is no James Bond. We are not playing some giant chess game with words. There is no new and exciting plan for him to win this match that is going to wow the audience. There are no fifth or sixth gear for Steve to shift into when he cannot keep up with me. This is a guy that is just cruising along, never moving up the food chain, and never doing anything innovative. It is the same old shit. I see it. Everyone sees it. I’m sure even his entourage of metal heads and film prostitutes see it and are just too afraid to tell him.”

Another shrug. However, this time half of the smile on his face seems to disappear. Each word seems to get more smug and condescending, and the smile shrinks to the signature cocky smirk.

”How is that the key to beating him? That doesn’t take rocket science. If you have a person who hasn’t done anything new or original in the last few years, you know exactly how to beat them. All you have to do is find a person that is undefeated against him in those three years. You find a person who has never even come close to losing against him. You find a person so talented that Steve Ramone’s chances of winning are worse than us seeing a return from that rookie that got embarrassed by Calvin Harris at Into The Void. What is the key to beating Steve Ramone? Someone that has beaten Steve Ramone without even breaking a sweat. It doesn’t matter if he tapped out, got pinned, or had the match end with me grabbing the championship like I did a few weeks ago. Steve has nothing new to show me. He has nothing that is going to surprise or shock me. Everything that he has in his arsenal, he has already thrown at me in a match, and he hasn’t managed to win even one of them. Why don't I need to spend every moment preparing for this match? Because I have already put in all of the legwork. I know what it takes to beat him, and I have done it every single time I have tried to. I won this match and retained my title from the moment that the card was announced.”

Kris hunches down in front of the camera, raising his championship up so that the face plate takes up most of the frame.

”Get a good look at it Steve. Until I am done with this championship, this is as close as you are ever going to get. You have no hope of taking this from me, and after I beat you one-on-one, for the second time in a little over a month, you won’t have any more reasons to be running your mouth about me. I can’t say that I’m not going to be relieved. There are a lot of untalented people that have my name on their minds, so scratching one off of the list will be a relief.”

He pulls the championship back, but continues to let it hang from his hand instead of re-shouldering it.

"Only 132 days left to go."

With that, the camera cuts off to static.

56
Supercard Archives / Keys Vs Ramone vs Tuscini Vs Halc
« on: May 12, 2017, 08:39:06 PM »
 
The scene opens with Kris standing in an alleyway. The sounds of the cars on the backside of the camera are more than enough to give the impression of a busy city. Kris stands dead center in the middle of the path, a dumpster to his left, and what looks like piles of old newspapers waist-high on his right. Next to the dumpster, is a beaten up garage door that had to be fifty years old. For a second, he quietly takes in his surroundings, letting the viewers do the same without his words distracting them.

”I hate New York City….”
>It is a bold statement considering that Into The Void is now just days away, and will be taking place just eighteen blocks from where he currently stands. Something seems different about him. This place has him on edge.


”That shouldn't bother any of you. A lot of people hate this place, and for all kinds of different reasons. Maybe they like driving, and you cannot really do that here. Maybe it is too crowded, or too unsafe to raise a family. This city never sleeps, but most people actually enjoy the downtime so they find that NYC is not for them. People might hate that this place is always changing. You go to a nice restaurant on a Monday, only for it to be turned into a coffee shop by Wednesday. For every person that says they hate it here, there is the possibility of a totally unique reason for it. There are millions of reasons to hate any given place. I trust that none of you will think less of me for giving you my honest opinion.”

He shrugs, clearly still trying to warm up to the place.

”I guess it is worth explaining that my reason for hating this place has nothing to do with any of those things, or really anything outside of this alley.”

He holds his arms out to his sides.

”To the surprise of no one, for six months, I called this place home.”

The camera follows Kris as he crosses over to the beaten garage door. He reaches down to the ground to lift it, however the door gets stuck three-quarters of the way up. It was far enough to make his point though. Right at eye-level, the door was tagged with five letters.

K-Halc

The inside of the garage is dark, but the light that manages to sneak under the door shows that it is empty except for a mattress on the floor. There was no door to access the building that it was attached to. The whole space gave off the feeling of a long-forgotten-about storage room. Kris takes his hand off of the door, and though it strains, it manages to stay up. Looking at his hands, he smacks his palms together a few times and moves away from the door to the stack of newspapers. He picks one of them off of the top, and starts wiping off his hands.

”The only person that knew about this place before now was Clarissa Ashford. I’m not sure how many of you will even remember her, but she was my manager back in the day when I was carrying around the SCW Internet Championship. We were on the world tour then, but one of our flights had us staying over in the city for almost an entire day while we were waiting on the plane. I dipped out, headed right down there….”

The camera turns to follow the way he is pointing. At the end of the alleyway, across the street, is a Starbucks, directly facing the alley. The camera does not linger on it for very long before returning to Kris. As it does, he is tossing the newspaper he used to wipe his hands into the dumpster.

”... I got some coffee and I sat in the window, staring at this place, but I didn’t know why. In fact, I didn’t know why until just recently. At this point, most all of you know the big details of my past. SCW has not laid off how sketchy I was before coming back in October. The facts about my random coming and going in the company, and my lack of effort through it all is well documented. So, there is absolutely no big secret regarding how I came to live here. I got sent to rehab. I got kicked out of rehab. If my brother found me, I was going back, and I had no interest in that. What else could I do but find a place to lay low? This was it. Nobody bothered me, and I did not bother anyone else. I did what I wanted to do, and nobody even knew I was here. I’m not going to lie and say I didn’t enjoy myself. There was only one thing in the world that I needed back then, and I had it. It didn’t matter that nights got cold. It didn’t matter that at any point, whoever owns this building could have come down and randomly checked out the storage space and I would have definitely been arrested….”

He leans back against the dumpster.

”What I couldn’t understand years ago, while sitting in that coffee shop, is that I was still the same person that I was when I lived here. As far as I had gone in my life, even while holding the SCW Internet Championship, I was still the person that would have been happiest being homeless in an alley with my most favorite thing in the world. I didn’t understand it then because I was still on the hook. However, when I got here today, it was different. Last time I was looking across the street, at an alley that felt like home still. I felt like I could come over here, open up the door, and happily fall back into this life. When I got here today, it was the opposite. It is difficult to be here. It is difficult to imagine the person that I used to be. I know now that I can’t go back to that. Not because I wouldn't enjoy it, but because I have an entirely different set of priorities these days. What this place represents is not what I want most in the world anymore, and that is why it makes sense for me to be talking to all of you from right here.”

He pushes away from the dumpster, kicking an empty can on the ground and sending it flying past the camera and out of his path. He starts to pace back and forth across the alley, despite the fact that it could not be more than ten feet wide.

”Last week I went all over the place, cutting promos from places that made sense for all of my opponemts. I had just beaten Steve inside the six-sided ring, so I talked to him from there. Since James has been doing his best impression of a shitty professor, I went to a classroom and sat down. Since the most compelling this about Ryan Keys is what he is, or is not wearing, I cut a promo from a closet. This week, is about me. Just like this match is about me. As far as viewers are concerned, the other three people in this match are just around so that someone can take the fall at the end. There’s not a single thing that is compelling about the game of hot-potato that they have been playing with a title that Equinox and Goth made prestigious. Nobody cares about their nine or tenth match against one another. Nobody cares about their various rematch clauses, or motivations. The only thing in this match that has not been seen, or done before, is me walking away with the Roulette Championship.”

He stops pacing to motion to his surroundings once more. He holds his arms up to his sides, and turns to face the camera.

”I mean look at this place! The person that lived here is the same one that Equinox buried on back to back shows when the Roulette Championship was on the line; the same homeless junkie that Alex Kaelin threw in a dumpster under Roulette Rules. But what have I been telling all of you, every time that I have been in front of a camera for the last seven months? I am not back to hide from those facts, or explain them away. I am back to erase all of this shit. I came back to this company, where I do not have the best reputation, to fix what I did wrong. Since the moment I signed a new contract I have been talking about mending fences, righting wrongs, and succeeding where I have previously come up short. The problem is, nobody seems to be listening to those things.”

He drops his arms, letting out a defeated sigh.

”People are wondering why I am even in this match. For instance, the idiots are asking what qualifies me to be here. However, Steve Ramone has been an embarrassment for, at least, the last month and James Tuscini will hammer his record into your head more than a dozen times in a five minute window, but always stops short of remembering that he lost his rematch clause to a talentless hack. On the other side of the equation, management has asked me over and over again why I would want to be in this match. I just held the tag titles for months without losing any steam. Jet City takes one loss, and we take a break. To someone not paying attention, that would seem sudden. My wanting a shot at the Roulette Championship would kind of come as a shock, but to those paying attention, like all of you at home, it makes total sense. You have been watching me talk about this exact thing since the end of last year. The only thing that should be surprising about it is that it took me this long to get to this point.”

He shakes his head, putting his hands in the front pockets of his dark blue jeans. Kris shifts a little on his feet, looking at the ground in front of him.

”I can be absolutely honest with all of you. I don’t want this the same way that James, Steve and Ryan want this. They all have their motivations. Steve thinks he is entitled to more reigns with the Roulette Championship, and made a point to mention that last week. He blames management for his losses because they made him defend the title against lucky and undeserving people. James wants to assert some kind of dominance. He has this impressive record against everyone in this match except me, and nothing to show for it. Last Climax Control he became the least impressive person in a giant group. It makes sense that he would want to carry a championship into Climax Control, so that he doesn’t get lost in the shuffle. Then you have Ryan. This is a super talented kid, that is really just getting started. He wants to earn respect, but not from any of the fans, or people sitting at home, because they already adore him. He wants to hold one of the most difficult and unpredictable championships in this entire industry, so that the people in the locker room will respect him as a competitor. What he doesn't realize, is that respect won't come from those people because of this title. It is the kind of thing that takes years, not championships.”

He looks up from the ground, and into the camera.

”Unlike James and Steve, I'm not going to stand in front of a camera and shout baseless claims while failing to understand the other people in the match. They have told you that they think I have no place here. Even though I beat Steve in a Roulette Rules match on the last Climax Control, I am not deserving of being in this match. Likewise, my tag team win over James doesn't count because of my brother “cheating” while making the pin during the no-DQ tag match we had. He will even double down on the baseless bullshit by saying my brother carried me through Jet City. Apparently he missed the Climax Control where I beat Jay, in the middle of the ring, with no help at all. The last time I lost a singles match, or was even pinned in the SCW ring was more than a year ago. Can any of you say that? Can any of you say that you have had the success that I have had in the time that I have been here? You can point the finger at my brother and say that I had a talented tag team partner, but James has Dmitri at his side and still hasn't gotten the job done.”

He pauses, awaiting some kind of explanation that nobody is there to give to him.

”James likes to try and act like Jet City cheated to beat him, or wanted the double count out finish, but clearly he is the only one that hasn’t watched those matches. His team benefitted from that count out, not mine. They did it because they knew they couldn’t beat us, and would never jump to the front of the line to the tag team championships if they lost. They pulled their little stunt and then they got a No Disqualifications match that they didn’t deserve. What did they do with it? They came up short and then he wants to talk all kinds of shit about us using the rules to our advantage? Did you not know what kind of match you were walking into? Were you not paying attention?”

He pulls his left hand from his pocket, and holds it palm-out to the camera.

”No. Stop. Don't even answer that. Of course you weren’t, but that’s your problem, not mine, and I’m not going to stand here and repeat it seventeen more times so you can get it. Both of the other ‘challengers’ in this match…”

Kris raises both of his hands to put literal air quotes around the word ‘challengers’ before dropping them back into his pockets.

” …will tell you that I don’t belong, but as we have established, neither of them earned places in this match. They have both lost major matches that should have kept them out of competing for the Roulette Championship. Yet, they seem to want me to prove that I belong. I have given you people my opinion about how deserving I am, but that’s kind of a biased answer. Obviously, I think I deserve to be here, but you know who else does? The man bringing the Roulette Championship to the ring, Ryan Keys. Ryan has already told all of you that he thinks I earned this match. He admits that I fought to get here, and has said that he was glad that there was someone in this match that was not simply gifted a title match. He was happy that someone, anyone, didn’t whine, bitch, or complain their way into the title picture. He was ecstatic to compete against someone that has beaten the other challengers, and got their spot the right way. But let me ask you this, what does he have to gain from saying as much?”

Again Kris waits like the camera is going to answer his question. He looks down again, but this time with a smile on his face.

”The short answer is, nothing at all.”

He laughs out loud after the statement, and then looks back up into the camera.

”It doesn’t benefit Ryan Keys to say nice things about me. He’s not naïve enough to think that he is going to get me to take it easy on him by being nice. He’s not trying to trick me into cutting him a break. He said it for one reason, and one reason alone: it’s true. Ryan knows I have more than earned my place, and he wants nothing more than to be respected. Put those two things together and you can see that he is giving respect in the hopes of getting a little back. What he doesn't know, is that he doesn't have to earn any of it with me. I know what kind of person he is, and how talented he is. I already respect him more than both of the others combined. However, that's not going to stop me from ending his title reign almost embarrassingly short. That's not personal though. That's just how things work in this world, and in a world where even the champion knows I deserve to be here, what do I need to prove to the idiots that lucked their way? I can answer that one too: not a damn thing.”

Kris turns from the camera starting to pace once again, but stopping at the dumpster, shaking his head and laughing.

”I can say one other thing to Ryan’s benefit; that guy knows how far to push lines. He knows how far to carry his own hype before drawing a line in the sand. Ryan Keys might still be green, but he already learned something that Steve hasn’t learned in his decade long career of disappointment. He learned something that James hasn’t learned despite all his humiliating losses. How do I know this? Because you don’t hear Ryan making claims that he is going to win this match, and hang onto the title until he gets injured and has to vacate it like Steve promised he would do. You don’t hear him saying that he is going to walk in and kick everyone’s ass, and could do so blindfolded, with an arm tied behind his back, like James said in his promo last week.”

He shrugs without pulling his hands from his pockets, turning to put his back against the dumpster.

”If Steve wins this match, how is he going to backtrack off of that statement when he loses? If the wheel spins and forces James to wrestle blindfolded and one-armed, how could he even bitch about it being unfair? That’s not to say that he wouldn’t, the guy complains about cheating in a No DQ match, and I would I have to explain that flawed logic seventeen more times before he could grasp the problem with it.”

Kris starts moving towards the camera, albeit slowly. He raises his left hand to his face, tapping the middle of his lips with his index finger. He does not share the thought until he closes in on the camera, and hunches down in front of it to be eye-level.

”The only thing that I have to figure out, is if I really want to win at Into The Void. Despite the fact James and Steve have both said I don’t deserve to be in the match, they’ve at least hinted that they would be more than happy to beat me one-on-one with the title on the line. Likewise, both Ryan Keys and I have said on social media that regardless of which one of us walks out with that title, we would be happy to go one more time come Climax Control.”

He chews on the inside of his mouth, turning slightly away from the camera, thinking over all of the scenarios.

”It seems like even if I were to lose, I win. ”

He turns back to the camera, and tries, but fails, to keep the smile off of his face.

”The old me would have been okay with losing this match and waiting another couple weeks for a real one-on-one shot. The guy that lived in this alleyway would have accepted that without question, but I’ve already told you that I’m not that guy anymore. I am a newer, PURE version of myself and a good friend recently gave me some advice about this very topic. He taught me that the only match we can count on having, is the one right in front of us. I can’t guarantee that I get another shot in the near-future, or that I’m not going to get injured before I get back to the front of the line. This could be my one chance to be better than the person that called this alley his home. Therefore, I’m going to be the guy that wins this championship at Into The Void and goes on to break Equinox and Goth’s record with it. No more hot potato. No more waiting for an easier opportunity. I’ve been telling all of you that I was going to make things right, and it's about time that I follow through on that. I owe that to you. I owe that to SCW. I owe that to my friend, who had to watch his opportunity fade away while he sat on the couch broken. Most of all… I owe it to myself. On Sunday, I’m going to prove to the world that I’m not the guy that was okay with all of this.”

He takes one last look around the alley, disappointed in the person he was. When his eyes return to the viewers, he winks.

”And That’s What’s Up!”

Kris stands up, straightens his shirt, and then walks past the camera, out of the frame. The camera holds on the alley for a few seconds before fading to black and cutting off.


57
Supercard Archives / Keys Vs Ramone vs Tuscini Vs Halc
« on: May 06, 2017, 09:51:44 PM »
 


The seen opens with Kris sitting inside of the practice ring at the Jet City Sports Lab. It is no surprise that he has chosen the six-sided ring to stage his video, instead of the traditional one on the opposite end of the building.

”Steve “Half-Staff” Ramone.”

Those are the only words Kris can get out before he bursts into laughter that cuts him off. He holds up a finger to the camera, asking the viewers to just give him a second. Once composed, he tries to blow off his reaction.

”I don’t mean to laugh at you Steve, but you make it so easy. Look at how mad you were before Climax Control. You were all kinds of bent out of shape that I got added to the title picture. You even took it out on one of the backstage sluts. I mean, that part I can understand at least. I hate pretty much everyone back there other than Stoner because I’m not sure that dude even knows where he is most of the time, let alone what he is doing. Not the point though. You came in on fire. Where was that during our match?”

He pauses, and leans back in his chair as if he expects a response to come from the camera. When it does not happen after a few moments, he pushes it further.

”I told you what happened the first time we were in the ring together. It might have been a tag match a long time ago, but I walked away winning after not having even broken a sweat. Your former championship team walked away broken losers. You weren’t better than me then, and you just proved to the whole world that you aren’t better than me now. Into The Void is just two weeks removed from you tapping out like a bitch the last time we were in the ring together. What could you possibly have to say about your chances of winning the Roulette Championship? What do you think your chances are of anyone buying into anything you say? Everyone in this match has beaten you, even where the Roulette Championship is concerned. You can’t get it done with a partner. You can’t get it done by yourself. You have held this championship before, and know what it is like to prepare for whatever the wheel is going to throw at you, and you got beaten by me, the person with the least Roulette experience of all of us.”

Kris folds his arms in front of his chest, shaking his head in disappointment.

”I feel bad that they put you in this match, because even if you weren’t nursing a dick injury, you would be in over your head. You belong way down the card with your former tag buddy and the new guy. Think about where that puts you as far as Sin City Wrestling is concerned. You had been part of this company for almost a full year before I even arrived on the scene, and you are still struggling to get into the Roulette Championship picture. Do you realize how bad that looks? On the poster for this match, the veteran is the one that people are unsure even deserves a shot. Standing next to Ryan Keys and James Tuscini you look out of place. Not because you should have moved on to bigger and better things, but because people are starting to wonder how many times they have to see them beat you. Since you dropped the title to keys you have skirted a match with James, become an embarrassment to referees around the world, and gotten your ass kicked by me.”

He shrugs.

”Can you really say you did anything in the last month worth being here? Your claim to this match is a two-week title reign where SCW was on break for the first week. Even worse than that, you have lost this title to Ryan Keys twice, and another time to James Tuscini. It appears that when the people you share the ring with at Into The Void are in the mix, the Roulette Wheel is just not in your favor. However, every time I step into the ring with any of you, I can’t seem to lose.”

He uncrosses his arms and leans forward towards the camera. His voice is almost a whisper, like he is telling a secret instead of talking to the whole audience.

”You might want to tell that D-list porn star to just bite off the rest of your junk. Honestly, having to tell the world that you’re dickless would be less embarrassing than what is going to happen to you when you show up and lose this match. Just some free advice.”

He smiles widely, and winks at the camera, the feed dying just as he does.




=====================================================================
=====================================================================
=====================================================================


Off-Camera
Jet City, WA
6 May 2017
9:58 AM PDT


He is not entirely sure what shakes him from his sleep, but Kris sits up in bed panicked. Over the last couple weeks, to say that he was not sleeping well would be an understatement. The same nightmares of his life’s mistakes have not gone away, but gotten worse. The face of his adult son seemed to stalk him, even while he was awake. Heather is not at his side, and Lindsay was not in her crib, but the door to their bedroom was open. He listened carefully, to the sounds outside the room, but nearly jumps out of the bed when the man next to him starts to speak instead.

”Smells like they are making breakfast...”

Kris pushes himself off the bed on the opposite side from the man. He recognizes him immediately from his dreams. The same blonde hair peeking out from underneath the red hoodie that marked his father’s “Nobody” days. This was KJ standing in front of him, as real as anything else in the room. He was leaning against Heather’s dresser, his hands in the front pocket of the hoodie. Kris blinks a few times, shaking his head. His son was a year old, not the man in his twenties standing in front of him. However, there was no doubt in Kris’ mind who the man was. It could mean only one thing.

”I’m still asleep. You are not real. You are a baby.”

KJ thinks it over for a second before responding, since all three statements come out in a single rapid, panicked breath.

”No. Not even a little. And technically I am a toddler.”

Kris moves through the bedroom, taking a wide angle around the imaginary KJ and stepping into the bathroom of the master bedroom. He turns on the water, and cups his hands under it, splashing his face.

”You are a figment of my imagination and you will go away if I really want you to.”

Again, Kris is startled by his son’s adult voice, but this time because when he speaks, he is sitting on the bathroom counter next to the sink.

”The question is, do you really want me to...”

Kris pulls away quickly and shoots a glance back to the room where KJ was just standing. He had not seen or heard him move from that spot.

”I have no interest in talking to ghost people. You’re not real. I have more important things to do.”

KJ hops down from the counter and follows Kris back into the bedroom. Kris pulls open the doors to his closet and looks for a shirt to throw on so that he can join the rest of his real family for the breakfast that he could now smell cooking.

”Yet, I’m not the one imagining you just so that I have someone to talk to.”

He is not sure why, but that cuts right through his defenses. Kris yanks a shirt from its hanger, breaking it when he does, and then slams the door closed. He turns to his son, but before he speaks shoots a glance at the door. If Heather were to walk in and see him talking to air, there is no way she would believe that he was not back on drugs.

”I am not choosing to imagine you. I don’t even know why you are here. I have no interest in talking to you, so if you would kindly fuck off back to whatever ghost hell you are from so that I can go about my day, I would appreciate it.”

KJ gasps sarcastically and takes a step back, holding his chest like he is wounded.

”How could you say something like that to your own son?”

This is where Kris loses it, finally raising his voice.

”You’re not actually here!”

KJ’s mouth drops open, and Kris hears Heather starting to move through the house to investigate whatever it is that had her husband so riled up first thing in the morning.

”Now you’ve gone and done it...”

Kris rolls his eyes and grabs his phone off his side table just as he hears Heather coming down the hallway. He looks across the room at KJ.

”Go away….”

His son shrugs.

”You worried about her seeing me? I’m in your head dumbass. Plus, she’s not my real mom. I’m not afraid of her.”

Kris’ attention is pulled away from his son when his wife steps into the doorway. She opens her mouth to ask Kris what is wrong, but he taps his phone and shakes his head.

”Fucking people that are supposed to be building all of the storage racks at Jet City haven’t even made it in yet and they were supposed to be there two hours ago...”

Heather nods, tilting her head back towards the kitchen.

”Worry about that later. Come downstairs, the food is done, there is someone here to see you.”

Kris nods, but is not really listening. It is only after Heather turns around to head back down to the kitchen that her words register.

”Someone here to see me….?”

Heather is already out of earshot. Kris spins on his heel to search the room for any sign of the adult KJ, but is nowhere to be seen. Clearly rattled, he smacks his left cheek a couple of times for reassurance that he is awake and then heads out of the room, unsure what was waiting for him.




=====================================================================
=====================================================================
=====================================================================



”James Tuscini...”

Kris’ voice is much more flat than it was when he addressed Steve Ramone. His surroundings are different too. He has his feet up on the chair in front of him, and rows of chairs extend behind him and must be at least one fifty wide. The desk arms that raise of the side of the chairs make it easy to pick out that Kris is sitting in a college auditorium.

”Welcome to class!”

He gestures to the empty room around him.

”You know, not a particularly interesting class. Look at the size of this room. This is clearly where they bring the underclassmen to take classes that crush their soul and creative spirit. Hundreds of students. One professor that nobody gives a shit about. If you notice, I’m not the one standing up behind the podium.”

The camera turns, a cardboard cutout of James Tuscini standing behind the podium at the front of the room. Slowly, the camera rotates back to Kris.

”See, for weeks now you have taken us to the James Tuscini School of Faulty Logic. Complete with math that we never cared about or wanted to know, and a big ass scoop of self-importance. According to you, we all need to pay attention to your wins. Over the last couple of Climax Controls, you have drilled us with your record, whether it be as a tag team or in your matches against Ramone and Keys. If there is a single person that hasn’t known for at least a few weeks that your record against the other two people in this match is impressive for, I would be surprised. It is like you have one talking point that makes you look good so you have spent weeks hammering it into everyone’s head. Go watch your promo against Keys and see how many times you said it. Look back at Climax Control a few weeks ago and listen to yourself hammer that point a half dozen times.”

Kris shakes his head and does his best to stifle the laugh that tries to cut him off.

”At the same time, you want to try and discredit my place in this match. As I think I have already made clear, the only person that doesn’t deserve to be in this match is Steve. When people look at me they see that you have failed to beat me in your two chances to do so. They see a guy that has made Steve Ramone his bitch. They see a guy that beat Ryan Keys with a year of ring to deal with. You want to talk about records? I have been in a combined seven matches against the three of you. There has not been a single time where any of you have come out on top. I haven’t lost a singles match since I showed up in October. I have not been pinned. I have not tapped out. You still sure you want to push the idea that I sucked dick to get this match? I would think with a record like I have since coming back, if I were sucking dick, I would have gotten a little further up than the Roulette Championship.”

This time he cannot suppress the laugh. It takes him a couple seconds to get it together, and even when he starts speaking again, it is through the wide smile that remains on his face afterwards.

”You could fill an entire semester full of classes with just the faulty logic you have tried to sell to the fans in the time since Jet City dropped the tag team championships. The Roulette division is far from the same beast as tag team wrestling, but as far as all those opportunities you had, you failed 100% of the time. A former or current SCW Tag Team Champion, you are not. In fact, you couldn’t even follow through on your promise to be one of the final three teams in the match where Jet City lost the titles. You set the bar lower than any other team going into that match, and you still didn’t even accomplish that goal. It must disappointing to watch yourself come up short in the big situations time, after time, after time. After all, before you beat Ryan Keys a few weeks ago, you didn’t even have a claim to be in this match. You lost that to the pathetic excuse of a human being known as Xander Bishop, a man just as talentless as he was stupid. Yet, you won your match against the champion, and earned your place at Into The Void. I cannot take that away from you. What I can, and will, take away from you is any chance you have of holding the Roulette Championship until after I am done with it.”

He takes his feet off the chair in front of him and stands up, brushing at the front of his shirt so that it does not stay wrinkled from how he was sitting. Kris pushes himself from his chair, and steps into the aisle between the rows.

”Now I’m going to do the same thing to your class that you should do come time for Into The Void. Listening to you is just as much of a waste of my time as showing up for this match would be a waste of yours. Just walk away James. Walk away.”

Kris winks, turning his back to the camera and walking up the row. The camera stays focused on him until he pushes open the double doors to exit the room. As they swing closed the video cuts.



=====================================================================
=====================================================================
=====================================================================



Off-Camera
Jet City, WA
6 May 2017
10:15 AM PDT



Kris collects himself and makes his way through the hallway of his house and down the steps into the living room. He was curious as to who would show up so early to talk to him, but he knew who he really wanted it to be. At the same time, he knew that there was a slim chance that it was going to be his brother, and he should not get his hopes up just for them to be crushed. The voice that he hears as he gets to the bottom of the stairs does not belong to his brother, and is enough to raise his blood pressure.

”Everything but that hair you clearly got from your father. I almost feel bad for you kid….”

Kris’ eyes dart to his son playing with blocks in the corner of the room. It was not the adult version that was stalking him, but the one year old in the flesh. The sight would have normally warmed his heart, but the man sitting in the chair near to where he was playing was not someone that knew him well enough to show up unannounced at his house. Kris sized him up almost instantly, paying attention to the clothes that he was wearing to tell him apart from his identical counterpart.

”What makes you think that you can just show up at my house?”

Kris’ voice is low as not to startle his son, but he crosses the room with purpose. Porter stands from the chair, but barely gets up to his feet before Kris grabs him by the front of his shirt and pushes him back against the wall. Porter raises his hands, grabbing both of Kris’ wrists but not fighting back.

”Someone seems excitable this morning. Wake up on the wrong side of the bed?”

Kris freezes for a second, curious what Porter thinks that he knows. It was likely just a coincidental phrase, but the question causes Kris to look from Porter to his son. It was the opening that the relative stranger needed. He applies pressure to the sides of both of Kris’ wrists in just the right spot, and turns them, hyperextending Kris’ elbows. Kris is forced to let go of Porter’s shirt but as soon as he does, the slightly larger man releases his grip as well. Kris immediately shoves the man back against the wall.

”Why are you in my house? This is my family. You don’t know me. This is not okay.”

Porter looks down, brushing at his shirt to smooth away the wrinkles and then shooting a glance over at the door separating the living room from the kitchen.

”When your wife comes back in and sees us standing here all hostile, she is going to blame herself for letting me in, you know that right? I think it would be best for everyone if you calm down. I didn’t come here to start a problem.”

Kris looks at the door, and then back to Porter before taking a step away. Porter tries to follow him by taking a step away from the wall, but gets shoved a second time. Kris points a finger at his face as a warning, but then moves away from him and to the center of the room. Porter raises his hands, holding them up to plead his innocence and comes away from the wall when Kris is a safe distance away.

”I assume there is a reason you are here.”

Porter nods.

”Three weeks.”

Kris nods, but is not any less confused about the visit.

”Yeah. I heard. You and your brother are making your debut on Climax Control. I fail to see what that has to do with me.”

Porter reaches into his pocket and pulls out a white business card. He takes a few steps closer to Kris, his hands still raised in the air as to not spook the former drug addict. Porter holds the card between his index and middle fingers, and when he is within range, he extends the card out to Kris.

”Three weeks. That time. Be where it says. Be ready.”

Kris hesitantly takes the card from Porter’s hand and looks at it.

”What is th---”

Heather pushing through the door from the kitchen cuts off Kris’ sentence. He turns, sliding the card into his back pocket as discreetly as he can.

”Are you going to be joining us?”

Heather looks between the two of them, undoubtedly picking up on the tension in the room. Porter tries his best to break it by smiling.

”Unfortunately I have a plane to catch. I just needed to borrow him for a minute. Thank you for letting me in. You have such a lovely house.”

Heather does not quite buy the act, and shoots a curious look to Kris who shakes his head.

”It’s fine. Just work stuff.”

She nods reluctantly, and back into the kitchen, shooting Kris a look that let him know they were going to be discussing whatever this was later, and not nicely. As soon as she is back through the door, Porter smiles at Kris.

”She’s a smart one. Says a lot without saying anything at all. Why did she settle for an idiot like you?”

Kris does not even turn back to him.

”I trust you know your way out?”

Porter laughs, clapping Kris on the shoulder before heading towards the door. As he passes KJ he leans down and ruffles his hair.

”Let’s hope the smart one rubs off on you.”

Kris turns, but Porter is already back to his feet and reaching for the doorknob. He steps through it, and offers Kris another smile before pulling it closed. Kris’ gaze lingers on the door until he is sure that Porter is not coming back, and then his eyes fall to his son.

”Strange morning buddy…. Beyond strange really.”

He crosses the room and scoops up the one year old, tickling him to stop him from crying about removing him from whatever he was building with his blocks. The two head into the kitchen where the other half of their family was already waiting for them.



=====================================================================
=====================================================================
=====================================================================




”Last, but certainly not least, the man with the one thing that all of us want, Ryan Keys.”

Kris claps slowly, but it seems more genuine than sarcastic. If anything, he is just not enthused about having to say something nice about an opponent. He is leaning against the inside of a doorway. The camera is positioned in the hallway, so that the room behind him is mostly hidden by where he stands. The only thing we can see behind Kris is a window facing out towards a tall privacy fence.

”It’s been a while. It has been kind of a wild ride for the both of us, hasn’t it? I mean shortly after our match; Jet City was holding the SCW Tag Team Championships. Beating you provided the tune up I needed for that to happen. For that, first and foremost, I wanted to thank you. Your path has been interesting to say the least. In the same timeframe, you have beaten sorry ass Steve Ramone for the Roulette Championship not once, but twice. Granted, you also lost to James Tuscini which gave him a spot in this match, so you’re breaking even in my book. If I am honest, you are the only person in this match that I respect as a competitor. Six months ago, almost to the day, I told you that you were just a first step on my road to professional recovery. Back then you had lost more than you had won and were one pun about keys away from getting shit-canned. Now you are a multi-time Roulette Champion, and someone that it is still hard to say something bad about.”

This is where his demeanor changes a little. The smirk that has marked his face just before every cruel joke he has ever uttered in Sin City makes its first appearance of the night.

”But you know I’m going to, right? I can’t very well build you up and make you think that you have a chance of winning this match. Doing that might cause me to have to break a sweat at Into The Void. However, unlike Steve the reason that you’re going to lose is not because you do not belong. Unlike James, the reason you are going to lose is not because you’re not talented. No, the reason that you are going to lose is because you know that you are not the best.”

He backs up into the room, motioning for the camera to follow him. As it does, two racks of shoes covering two of the four walls of the room come into the picture.

”Even worse, you’re going to lose because you seem like a person more worried about what is in here than you are worried about what is going to happen in the ring.... ”

Kris looks up at the wall. The camera tracks his eyes, each viewer’s eyes drawn to different shoes in the display. The camera cuts back to Kris as he starts talking.

”It is a verifiable fact that I have a problem when it comes to shoes. Other than substances that I no longer care to talk about, it was where 100% of the money I made went to for a long time. Yet, you do not catch backstage clips of me debating what shoes I am going to wear. You do not see me agonizing over which ones I think Christian will like the most. That is what the SCW audience gets from you Ryan. We get a weekly dose of what is Ryan wearing. If we are really unlucky, we also get to waste our time trying to convince fans to remember Dax’s name in the process while you politely tell him and his boy band to go fuck themselves. I guess I should not say that anymore, being that they seem to have started taking my advice as of late.”

He gets off track quickly, and shakes the thought away before refocusing.

”You don’t see me talking about this kind of thing in promos, or backstage because this is the kind of thing that does not matter to SCW. What matters is wins and losses. Wins that I have. Losses that you have racked up. I win and I brag about that fact. I make sure that people know how good I am. I show them every time that I step into that ring, and then remind them of it every time they tune into see what I have to say about my next match. But like I said, you don’t concern yourself with that kind of thing. You would rather talk about what you are going to wear, as opposed to what you can do in that ring, and I already told you why that is. You know that you’re not the best that this company has to offer.”

He shrugs, not seeming remorseful at all that he has to be the one to say it.

”We had a match, and after you lost, you shrugged it off. It wasn’t your night. It was just one match. I was the better man. Those are all good things to say in the name of sportsmanship, but I get the feeling that you actually believe them. I get the idea that it does not matter to you whether you win or lose as long as people enjoyed the show. That is great, to a point. That point comes when you don’t get beat up about losing. That point comes when you don’t have that same fire to win that people see when they look at me. People know that I want to win every match that I participate in. People see me get rocked to my foundation when things do not go my way. Jet City dropped the titles, my brother left, and every fan in this company watched me have mini identity crisis because of it. On the other hand, you lose, put on a smile, and say you will get them next time. Losing doesn’t bother you because you’re okay not being the better man. Next week, just before Into The Void, you might take offense to me saying so, but your actions after losing to me have spoken louder than your words can now.”

Kris looks down at the floor, trying to recall the exact words he had used before their previous match. It was fitting then, and even more so now. It takes him a couple seconds, but he looks up with a smile.

”I will leave you with the same words that I left you with last time we were set to compete with each other, because it still seems relevant enough: No amount of being the crowd favorite, or even whipping it out and helicoptering it in front of me and everyone in attendance is going to stop me from winning this match.”

He looks away from the camera and up at the wall of shoes.

”Nothing is going to stop me from taking your title, Ryan….”

He points at the wall.

”I could use your help picking out the shoes that I am going to be wearing when I do it though. That might be a subject you’re more equipped to handle. Get back to me.”

He winks to the camera, and just like the previous two times, the feed cuts off.

58
Climax Control Archives / Once More.... Lucky Sevens.
« on: April 28, 2017, 08:10:05 PM »
 

”Once more unto the breach, dear friends, once more.”

Kris is sitting against the brick wall in the lounge of the Jet City Sports Lab. The hardwood floors under him cannot be comfortable to sit on, and the rigid bricks had to be painful against his back, but the smile on his face shows that neither are bothering him. He flips the pages of Henry V, skimming through Act Three before closing the book and holding it up.

”If you ask a college educated person to talk to you about war, that is normally a quote that they throw on you pretty earlier in the conversation. I had the distinct lack of pleasure of having to read this play in high school. I had pretty much forgotten about it until this week. I was reading the little promotional blurbs that the interns write about each of the cards that Sin City releases, and something about my match struck me.”

He drops the book to his lap, and reaches down to the floor on the opposite side of him than the camera. He lifts a piece of paper from the wood floor, and reads just one line from it.

”Kris will have his hands full, being his first real foray into the Roulette Division.”

He sighs heavily, and then drops the paper to the floor where it originated. The former Internet Champion shakes his head before turning his attention back to the camera.

”Someone needs to hire better writers for the SCW website. Anyone that has paid a little bit of attention to me in the last few weeks knows that this is far from my first chance in the Roulette Division. I have challenged two different Roulette Champions for the title, and got my ass handed to me both times. Equinox even had the distinct pleasure of kicking my ass twice for the same title. I am sure that Alex Kaelin would have done the same thing if he would have stuck around for longer than thirty seconds.”

He seems disappointed in his history with the Roulette Division, and he rolls the paperback book in his hands, smacking it against his palm.

”That is why the quote came to mind. This isn’t me throwing my career, body, and reputation on the line for the first time. I have tried before, and I have failed before. I cannot even say that the third time will be the charm, because this will be the fourth. The most violent matches that I have been a part of have come after spinning the Roulette Wheel, and I have competed outside of this company several times. There is nothing more brutal, or more unpredictable than going after the Roulette Championship. Even worse, the nightmare does not end once you win it either. Every minute you spend in pursuit of, or laying claim to this championship is a minute you lose off of your career. Why do you think that it keeps switching hands so quickly? Holding this title is physically and mentally damaging.”

He unrolls the book, and just stares at the cover while he talks.

”All week-long people have been asking me if I am sure this is what I want. Christian double checked with me, and seemed surprised that I was not going to be going back into the tag division. Mark double checked with me after I made my intentions clear. Friends, family, and people I don’t even know have asked me if this is the best move for my career. To be honest, it probably isn’t. Chasing this title is going to hurt. Winning it is going to be difficult. Keeping it for any period of time has recently proven to be impossible. However, I didn’t come back to play it safe and do what was right for my career. I came back to mend bridges that I had burned, and to succeed where I have previously failed. Part of that failure involved the Roulette Championship. There’s only one thing that I can do to undo that failure.”

He turns the book to the camera.

”Once more unto the breach, dear friends, once more.”

====================================================
====================================================
====================================================


Jet City Sports Lab
28 April 2017
6:34 PM PDT


The gym is packed. From the moment that Coby had given it a free plug through weeks of promos, dozens of people had poured in trying to find someone to train them, or somewhere to work out that wasn’t some depressing gym chain full of half-functional equipment and fatties that were only kidding themselves. One of those people had been Abby Watkins. Kris was surprised to see her, only because she wasn’t some rookie trying to break into the business. She was a former tag team champion in her own right. To put it in the most insulting way possible, she did not need Jet City. However, she was family, so when she asked, he couldn’t say no. Today the two stand in the middle of one of the two rings inside the facility, Kris having protective pads on each hand for Abby to hit. The two of them are drenched from head to toe in sweat, a clear indicator that they had been at it a while.

”Your brother might actually die if he saw how bad you were sucking right now...”

It was the kind of comment that he knew would irritate her. Parker Wayde had always been part of her life, but until October, he did not even know she existed. She wanted to make it on her own before she tried to be a part of his life. His opinion of her was attached to her self-worth, which was something that Kris understood all too well being a younger sibling himself.

”Why are you always such a dick?”

Before Kris can respond to her, she fires off a combination of two left jabs, followed by a right, and then a high kick that Kris must shift on his feet to be able to catch with the pad. She was every bit as fast as he was, and seventy pounds lighter on her feet.

”My parents were really mean to me.”

Breathing heavily, she takes a step back and waves him off. Kris tries to mask the relief that washed over his face by using one of the pads to wipe sweat from his forehead.

”Let’s not go there.”

Kris smiles, knowing full well how to make anyone uncomfortable in any situation. She drops to the mat and rolls out of the ring before starting to unwrap her hands. Kris traps the glove under his arm, against his ribs, and pulls his hand free before pulling off the other and tossing both out of the ring in her direction.

”All this training and you don’t even know where you’re going to sign yet...”

She turns back towards him after throwing the wrapping from her left hand in a garbage can.

”At least I am doing some real training in a ring. What’s your excuse?”

He looks almost offended, stepping to the ropes closest to her and leaning forward on them.

”Training in the ring would be a waste of time. I can’t get locked into any one game plan. It is Roulette Rules.”

Abby starts unwrapping her other hand, a look of confusion washing over her face.

”What does that even mean?”

This draws a laugh from him. He had made the point on a few occasions that SCW always seemed to be off the beaten path. It should not have surprised him that she was not familiar with the concept.

”They spin a wheel. It gives the match a stipulation. That’s what we go out there and do. No way to plan, because you never know what the wheel is going to do. In my experience, that fucking thing hates me. I know what Steve can do in the ring. I know what traps to stay out of. As far as the actual match though, I won’t even know what I’m walking into until I am in the ring.”

Abby nods, the concept seeming unique to her.

”What kind of stipulations are you talking?”

This gets a much more enthusiastic laugh from Kris.

”The works. It could be anything from a Triple Cage to a Water Balloon War. You never know what you’re going to get. I can’t prepare for some kind of Barbed Wire Massacre when the reality of it is, I could end up in a tuxedo match. It is all up to chance.”

She nods.

”I get it now.”

Now it is Kris’ turn to look confused.

”I would hope so. It is not hard to grasp.”

She shakes her head.

”No, not that. The quote. You keep saying it lately.”

He smiles widely, because she was the first person to make the connection.

”Before our innocence was lost, you were always one of those blessed with lucky sevens.”

Abby nods, tossing the wrapping from her right hand into the garbage.

”You cleaned up, so you’re banking on those lucky sevens to come back your way.”

He shrugs.

”I’m not sure you can un-lose innocence, but it is worth a shot, right?”

It takes her a second, not wanting to give any kind of free reassurance to someone that goaded her into breaking her hand just over a year ago. He was different now though. Better yet, he was basically family now.

”It’s worth a lot more than that, but you already know that. If you didn’t, this whole ‘Pure’ thing would never have happened.”

It takes a few seconds, but Kris nods in agreement with her. Abby scoops a towel off a nearby table, and wipes her face with it before pointing to the back. He does not respond verbally, instead nodding a second time. She heads off towards the showers to get cleaned up. He watches her go, and then looks out at all the people enjoying this place that he and Coby had basically built on their own. He might not be able to get any innocence back, but if business was any indication, those lucky sevens had already come back to him.


====================================================
====================================================
====================================================

”It is strange to have back-to-back matches where you refer back to the same point in history.”

There is nothing particularly impressive about the former SCW Tag Team Champion’s surroundings. The kitchen of his home is much less exciting than the rock wall we caught him scaling last time. The camera is set up on an island-style counter in the center of the room, and Kris is leaning against the counter in front of it, peeling an orange.

”But first, I apologize for not being able to greet you from a more entertaining place. I can’t always be in the most creative of venues. I have responsibilities these days. Not just to you people, or to the Jet City Sports Lab, but here at home. I can’t exactly expect my wife to take care of an infant, a toddler, two dogs, and a teacup pig all on her own. I already get to unfairly jet off for the weekends. During the week, it is hard to get away.”

He is still way too small to be seen in full view of the camera, but as Kris is talking, KJ's tuft of blonde hair raises off his head just high enough so that he can be seen moving in between the counters where Kris is standing. The younger half of Jet City looks down and smiles, breaking off a piece of the orange. The viewers see a tiny hand reaching up, opening and closing a few times to show that the toddler wanted what his father had. Without hesitation, he hands KJ the piece of the orange, and the tuft of hair wanders away from the camera.

”Anyways, referring to the same point in history. Last week I had to remind Joshua Acquin that I had already been in a match with him once before. That match ended with him tapping out like a bitch not once, but twice. See, the first time, the referee was not paying attention. Josh thought he had escaped. Moments later he was screaming like a little girl again, and the match was over. Some of you might be asking why I would need to bring that up again this week. The answer to that is simple. The whole reason that Josh was tapping out like a bitch was because his tag team partner was incompetent and couldn’t make the save. Who was that tag team partner? None other than the man with only half a dick left, Steve Ramone.”

Kris breaks off another piece of the orange and pops it into his mouth. He looks away from the camera for just a second, most likely keeping track of what his son was up to, before turning his attention back to the viewers.

”That’s right! Good ol’ four inch… er… I guess two inch is more appropriate given recent developments… has already been in a match with me before. The same match that Acquin was in. Meaning the only time sorry ass Steve has been in the ring with me ended in an emphatic loss for him. In case you missed it when I said it last week, that match happened when my partner and I couldn’t stand the sight of one another, and Steve’s team was coming off a tag team title run. He was at a high point, and I was at a low point, yet my hand was the one raised when it was said and done. Now, I am a little more seasoned, a whole lot more sober, and riding a pretty nice wave of momentum right now. I have pulled a 180 since our last match. On the other hand, Steve has botched most of his opportunity. The guy lost his title to Ryan Keys and half of his dick to a veteran porn star that forgot there's no place for teeth in a blowjob. History shows that he couldn’t manage to beat me while I was down, why does he even expect to have a chance now?”

The blonde tuft of hair makes another appearance as KJ walks back to his father, reaching up and demanding another piece of the orange. Kris looks down, shaking his head.

”This was supposed to be for me, you know?”

KJ says something that the camera does not quite pick up, and Kris smiles, handing him another piece of the fruit. Like the first time, KJ disappears afterwards, going back to whatever he was doing on the opposite end of the room. Kris returns his focus to the camera.

”I get it though. The dude must a little pissed off. As a former champion, he should have gotten his shot at Keys before anyone like James Tuscini or myself got involved in the mix. I mean that is what rematch clauses are for, right? Here is the problem with that: nobody is interested in seeing “Captain Half-Cocked” take on the “Human Sex Toy” Roulette Champion for the thirtieth time. What do either of them even have to offer? Steve only ever talks about banging sluts that have no standards. Ryan spends most of his time on camera debating on what degrading thing he is going to wear. It’s fucking boring. Best case scenario? Keys retains over someone we have seen him beat before. Worst case? More Roulette Hot Potato. It is a lose-lose situation. Throwing in James Tuscini doesn’t add any appeal, because Xander Bishop made that dude his bitch. Given the options, doesn't it make sense for Mark Ward to add me to the title picture?"

Kris turns to his left, tossing the peel off of the orange into a trashcan off screen.

"Some people saw it as a shock. Christian expected Jet City to make another go of it. Jason's on a worldwide vacation, and not speaking to me, so that's a no go. Others expected me to set my sights a little higher than the third-tier gimmick belt, but no way I’m entering the clusterfuck main event picture where four people have legitimate claims to the same title. I guess there is the Internet, but I have been there and done that. Hopefully all of you are starting to see where this path leads. The Roulette makes more sense for me right now than anything else that SCW has to offer, but that is still a couple weeks away. My point is, my addition to that match at Into The Void directly led to this match at Climax Control. This week, Boston gets a sneak preview of what is going to happen at the supercard.”

He pauses just long enough to shoot a glance back over at his son before continuing.

”That makes this match about momentum, not that I really need any more of it. My first match back in SCW I beat Ryan Keys. More than a year of ring rust didn’t stop me from winning that match. Since then, I haven’t been pinned, and I haven’t tapped out. That was November of last year. What has Steve done in that time other than drop the Roulette Championship twice, and be a constant embarrassment to this company? The fact is, if you add both of his reigns together, it doesn’t come close to how long I held the tag team belts.”

He holds his hand up to the camera before viewers can raise any disagreement with him through their screens.

”Yeah. Okay. Fine. Tag team wrestling is a different beast. Let me give a better example. If you add those two reigns of his together, it doesn’t come close to the reign that a distracted junkie that was sloppy in the ring had with the Internet Championship two years ago. Who was that person? Me, and I beat him while strung out and not giving a shit. If he can’t even stack up against that person, what chance does he have against me now?”

He tosses another slice of the orange in his mouth, shaking his head and enjoying a light laugh while he chews it.

”Do yourself a favor Steve and have your girl chomp down on the half a dick you have left, because not being medically cleared to compete is the only way that you don’t end up losing this match. If you choose to show up, and you are in the ring when the bell rings, I can’t guarantee that you even make it to Into The Void. Is that what you want? Yet another missed opportunity?”

Kris pauses to let the the question settle in, and the blonde tuft of hair makes yet another return to the frame. This time Kris does not even wait for him ask before extending the last piece of the orange out to him. Once the child takes it, Kris holds up his empty hands to him.

"No more."

The little one takes off, leaving his father standing in the frame alone again. He looks back at the camera.

"That goes for all of you too."

He smirks, winking at the camera at the same time that he makes a clicking sound with his cheek. With that, the video cuts off.

59
Climax Control Archives / In The Cold Light Of Morning
« on: April 21, 2017, 01:00:40 AM »
 18 April 2017
6:14 AM PDT
The Cold Light Of Morning -- Seattle, WA

♬ ”In cold light of morning while everyone is yawning, you're high…..”♬


Something was wrong. Kris’ eyes snap open at the sound of a male voice singing. There was something familiar about it. The few musical notes that accompanied the words are what actually draw him out of his sleep, but, strangely, Heather is not at his side. Even worse, as he stands up, the room is organized differently, and Lindsay’s crib is gone. Kris sits up in bed, looking to the window to see the beach he grew up near in San Diego, but this was Seattle, was it not?

♬ “In the cold light of morning the party gets boring, you're high…..”♬


Again, the same eerily familiar voice sings out softly from another room, drawing Kris’ mind away from the thoughts of how something is amiss with his surroundings. He pushes himself up from the bed, throwing the blanket to his side and walking across the hardwood floors of the loft towards the cracked bedroom door. It is not until he pulls on the handle of the door that he realizes that he does not live in the loft anymore. He goes to turn to the window again, but a noise from just outside the door startles him and draws him that direction.

Looking into the hallway, he sees himself, but not in a reflection. Crouching against the wall of the hallway is a much younger version of himself, a bag clutched in his hand, looking around wildly like he is being chased by someone or something, and just trying to find a place to hide. Kris did not need to investigate the bag further to remember. In fact, not only did he know what was in it, he remembered being crouched against the wall. He knew what he was running from. It also meant that he knew that no matter how hard he ran he would never get away from that particular memory. He takes a step forward towards himself, but before he can close the distance, he watches himself fade away as if he were never there.


♬ “Forget past indiscretions, and stolen possessions, you're high….”♬


That voice again. It was so much like his own, but it was not a perfect match. He takes a few more steps down the hallway, passing the open door to the bathroom. Steam clouds the room at first, but starts to subside when he steps into the doorway in search of the singing voice. It is not there, but another painful memory is. This version of himself is in worse shape than the first. Reese Spencer sits at the side of the bathtub, screaming words that Kris cannot hear at his unresponsive doppelganger, fully clothed having water blasted down on him.

It is hard to breathe. He takes another step into the room, having to put a hand on the wall to balance himself. He reaches out, putting a hand on Reese’s shoulder to try and reassure her that things are going to be okay. This moment was already gone, and he was still standing right here. She needed to know that it was not the end. Just before he can make contact with her, the steam clears, and he is standing alone in the bathroom. Kris blinks a few times, the weight on his chest not lifting even after the images from his past are gone.


♬ ”In the cold light of morning you're drunk sick from whoring, and high....”♬


There it was again. He turns from the bathtub, but is stopped in his tracks. Clarissa Ashford leans against the inside of the doorway. Overcome with emotion he steps forward, needing some kind of proof that she is really standing in front of him. This time there is no sudden disappearance. His hand brushes her cheek, and she smiles at him. The relief that fills him brings a smile to his face when he feels the warmth of her skin beneath his fingertips. He opens his mouth, trying to form a greeting of any kind that would explain why he felt the need to make sure she is real, but before he can, she shakes her head and places her index finger over her mouth before glancing over her shoulder back towards the hallway.

He should know better than to track her eyes at this point, but finds himself compelled to do so anyways. Just behind Clarissa, hidden because of how short she is, but holding an engagement ring in her hand is Ava. Streaks of eyeliner run down her face, and the weight on his chest intensifies. He steps forward, trying to go around Clarissa and explain, but they both dissipate just like all of the others before them. He does not get the chance to make his case. They are gone.


♬ “Staring back from the mirror’s a face that you don't recognize....”♬


Turning towards the singing voice again, now starting to feel real panic, he realizes he is not in a hallway at all. Instead, it is the living room of the apartment in New York. Again unconscious, Kris is laying on top of the remains of a glass coffee table, a rubber tie still on his arm. It was not something that he had used often, so this memory is easily identifiable. He takes a single step towards himself and the front door busts open. His brother hops the couch that is between the overdosed version of himself and yells back towards the door. Jason starts to pull Kris upright in his lap, snapping his fingers in front of his open eyes.

However, those eyes were focused on one thing and one thing alone, the real Kris. The one that Jason could not see. The one that was fine, and very much alive standing just behind him. The former version of himself shakes his head, and Kris starts to defend himself, but as he he works to form the first syllable they are gone. He is back in the hallway, and that doped up, hollow version of himself stares back at him from a reflection in the glass of a picture frame.


♬ “A loser, a sinner, a cock and a dildos disguise....”♬


It takes every bit of willpower he has to pull himself away from the reflection and down the hallway towards the voice. His steps are small, and labored because no matter how hard he tries he cannot seem to catch his breath. As he inches closer to the end of the hallway, it gets harder and harder to think, let alone function.

♬ “In the cold….”♬  


Just another few steps. It was coming from the living room. Not the fake one from New York. The one right here in Seattle. This was his house. These memories were not real. None of it was real, and he knew that all he needed to do was figure out who was singing and it would all be over. He reaches out for the corner of the wall where the hallway ends and breaks into the living room and peers around the corner as he struggles to raise his foot of the ground to take another step.

♬ “Light…”♬  


There he was. A red hoodie was up over his head and he was facing away from where Kris stood. He recognizes the attire immediately. Anyone would have. It was the hoodie from his time with the Nobodies. The problem was, the person sitting there could not be him. The hair peeking out of the top of the hood was blonde. Kris was many things, but blonde was not one of them. Kris falls forward, abandoning trying to force his legs to work with them. As soon as his hands hit the floor he starts scrambling forwards. At this point he may run out of air before he gets any kind of answer as to what is happening to him.

♬ “Of…”♬  


He crawls across the floor, reaching out with one hand and touching the hip of whoever is sitting in the chair. In response, the man turns, pushing the hood off of his head and looking Kris in the eye. The look that they share lasts decades in Kris’ mind, and there is no doubt in his mind who sits in front of him even though he has never met him. The man smiles, and places a hand on Kris’ shoulder. He leans forward, and whispers a single word into Kris’ ear.

♬ “Day…”


Covered in sweat and breathing more heavily than he can ever recall doing in his life, Kris sits up in bed, and looks around the room. He can see Jason’s house across the street through the window next to the bed. Lindsay is safely in her crib on Heather’s side of the bed and Kris’ wife is sound asleep despite the fact that he had to have been struggling in his sleep. At first he fights the urge to get out of the bed following his experience, but he needed to make sure of something.

Kris walks across the carpeted floors of his bedroom, and directly across the hall from his room to where his son is asleep. The crib bed had been dropped down to be a toddler bed, that KJ was still incapable of climbing over the rail of. The night light in the room bathed the bed in enough light that Kris could see that KJ was fast asleep, lying mostly on his stomach with his face to the side. However, even in the low light there was no mistaking his blonde hair… the exact same color from whatever nightmare Kris had clawed his way out of. As he stands there, just watching his first child sleep, the crack in the curtains starts to show signs of light. The sun was coming up.




============================================================================
============================================================================



21 April 2017
9:10 PM PDT
The Jet City Sports Lab -- Seattle, WA

”Thirteen.”

The video starts on Kris he is hanging off the side of the rock wall at the Jet City Sports Lab, nearly to the top of the wall, but not wearing one of the protective harnesses that ensure that whoever attempts to scale the wall does not break their legs when they make a miscalculation. The camera is being operated by someone at the top of the obstacle, looking down on Kris, who seems to have run out of hand holds for his ascent. The nearest one is just out of his reach, no matter how hard he stretches for it, which could be the reason that he cuts himself off after only one word, a number that means nothing by itself. Kris looks down for a second, and then moves his foot a little closer to his next hand grip, but even trying to push himself that way with his legs does not seem like it is going to be enough. Again he has to reconsider, and this time he brings his legs up higher on the wall to a foothold that was previously at knee height. He leans into the wall, only having one hand with anything the hold onto and takes a deep breath before jumping to his left, and latching his hand onto the grip that he could not have reached otherwise. It is a struggle to get his feet planted, and he swings by a single hand for a few seconds before finding footing. As soon as he does, he looks up at the camera with a smile.

”Seventeen.”

At this point the ascent becomes a little bit easier. Kris finds the grip that he needs to in order to advance up the wall. He slaps his hand on the top edge, and pulls himself up to sit on top of it.

”And two.”

He rubs his hands together, brushing the chalk off of them before shaking his arms out. His breathing is heavy, but not labored like he had nothing left in the tank. He turns to the camera with a less than convincing smile.

”I’ve been thinking a lot about things that I have been running from, and those numbers are definitely a part of it. Since I have been back in SCW I have talked vaguely about past accomplishments. I speak generally when I talk about how long I have been around. I leave out a lot of details that are less than flattering about me in the hopes that they don’t get brought up by my opponents. So why would I bring up the fact that in my near three years in Sin City I have compiled the lackluster record of 13-17-2? Especially if, in doing so, it seems that I lose a lot more often than I win. Sure, we could talk about how wins in other companies are more than enough to ‘right the ship’, but other companies don’t matter. What does matter is Sin City Wrestling, a place where I have beaten Kain, and Goth in main events for the Internet Championship. I have main evented on Climax Control against people like Seven Deadly Sins and Sean Jackson multiple times. At the same time, I have lost matches to historically irrelevant people like Gavin Stephens, and Gabriel Asar.”

The mention of the first of the men is enough to get a laugh at of almost everyone watching other than Kris’ sometimes-friend Mikah, while the second is more of a head scratcher.

”Over the last couple weeks I have been staring at my record and trying to find the silver lining. I obviously cannot stand up here and brag about being the person who beat Mikey Impact, Vincent Peterson or Ninja because nobody remembers who the fuck those people are. They were footnotes. Throwaways. All of the people that actually matter like Equinox, Despayre, and most recently Team BJ got in the ring with me and beat my ass, sometimes more than once. The people you remember, have historically beaten me. That is, unless you want to talk about Joshua Acquin, or for that matter all three of the asshats that Christian and Mark have set up for the Roulette Championship.”

He pauses, letting his hostile glare into the camera sit for a few seconds. The promotional people had correctly labeled him has “impatiently” waiting to be heard.

”Let’s square away all this Roulette bullshit before I get into talking about Acquin. I know he’s supposed to have my focus this week, but I cannot get this frustration out of my system unless I just throw it out there. Why do I need to carry it around? It is only going to distract me. The fact is, there is only one person that is talking about the Roulette Championship that has any reason to be. As far as I can tell, the only person sitting on an undefeated record against Steve Ramone, James Tuscini, and Ryan Keys is me. I have been in the ring with all of them, starting with Steve way back at Climax Control 119. All of these three idiots have held the Roulette Championship and proven exactly one thing: they can’t hang onto the motherfucker no matter how hard they try. But, I guess that doesn’t matter to Christian and Mark. I guess the fact that one of their championships looks like a really bad hot-potato joke more than it does anything prestigious doesn’t bother them. Then again, I am practically opening the show against someone who has always been a scrub in this company, so maybe they aren’t bright enough to realize how bad they are fucking up the Roulette Championship.”

He shrugs, trying his best to brush the thoughts away and focus on his task for this week.

”Joshua Acquin is not totally unrelated to all of that. As I already mentioned, I have already had the opportunity to face him in the ring. It was the same night that I beat Steve Ramone. These two were tag team champions at one point, and faced off against me and Tim after The Nobodies were already a sinking ship. What happened when Tim and I, who couldn’t stand each other at that point, got into the ring with these former tag team champions? The match was one-sided and I can still hear the echoes of Joshua Acquin tapping frantically and begging for the pain to end. ”

The remembers back on that night fondly, and the smile on his face widens.

”The important thing that we have to ask ourselves, is how is this time going to be different? Obviously way back when we had that match, we had tag partners. Josh, you were coming off of losing the tag team championships. I was coming off of losing my Internet Championship after getting jumped in LA a couple nights before the event. In fact, if you take this match out of my record, I was smack in the middle of an eight match losing streak when that match happened. Even worse, I didn’t win another match after that one until I beat Ryan Keys last year. I didn’t care about this company. I was hooked on a few different substances. If you go back and watch some of the matches that I participated in, you can hear the announce team bitch and complain about how I didn’t even look like I wanted to be here. Yet, as low as I was, and as hot as you were at the time, you and Steve walked away with a loss while Tim and I got our hands raised.”

He shakes his head, making a clicking sound with his cheek to signify his disappointment.

”All that being said, this match just doesn’t look very good for you, does it? You aren’t facing some drug addled skeleton that’s not sure where he is or what his name is like you were last time you were in the ring with me. You don’t have a tag partner around to try, but fail, to pick up the slack for you. Instead, you are flying solo against me and my perfectly PURE state of mind. The differences between then and now are numerous. I want to be here now. I want to be someone worth remembering. I’m not just collecting a paycheck to get wasted at night, and I am damn sure a lot more polished inside the ring than I was back then. I have been back here since October and have not been pinned, and have not submitted in all of that time. I got knocked out of Blast From The Past because of a lackluster partner that apparently deserves a top title shot this week while I get left at the bottom of the card struggling to get noticed in the Roulette division. Jet City lost their tag titles by going over a top rope. As far as someone beating me in the middle of that ring, it has not happened since CJ Sharpe cheated to pin me in January of last year. How many times have you been pinned or submitted in the last 473 days, Josh? What about just this year? Those numbers are laughably higher than the zero times it has happened to me.”

Carefully, he turns to his side and stands up on top of the rock wall, brushing off the chalk from his shirt and shorts. Once he gets settled, he takes a single step towards the camera, offering one last thought.

”I have already proven that at my worst, I can be victorious over your best. Unfortunately for you, I am PURE and at my best, and you’re about as intimidating as a sneeze. I look forward to beating you. Even if it is only so that I can rub it in Christian’s face that his ‘punishment’ was about as difficult as trying to find something to hate about Xander Bishop.”

60
Climax Control Archives / Direction
« on: April 07, 2017, 11:53:57 PM »
 
We open on Kristopher Halich pacing back and forth in front of the camera. He is wearing a plain white shirt, and bright orange basketball shorts, a clear indication that he is somewhere inside his home. He is looking down at the floor as he moves back and forth in front of the camera. He mutters a few words, but they are mostly to himself. Suddenly, he stops, coming to some kind of conclusion in his head.

”I guess that I have been a lot more quiet on social media since my last match. I kind of avoided saying a lot last show even though I ended up in front of a few cameras. The thing is, as much as it was time for Jet City to take a backseat for a little while, Jet City gave me direction. When Jason and I first started putting Jet City together last year, I had been out of wrestling for a while. It had been a while since I had really been seen anywhere and at one point I was pretty sure that I was done with this business. I had come in, had some success, and that was going to be enough.”

He takes a deep breath, taking another step like he is going to resume his pacing before stopping himself and unpacking more of his thoughts.

”Jason had it in his mind that he had done everything that he ever wanted to do, except hold tag team titles with me. It was important to him, because as he has told all of you on more than one occasion, he borrowed this dream from me. He felt like because of that, his career should make it come full circle. Jet City had a pretty solid championship run from the first moment we showed up in SCW, until the second split. We even had a match against each other which was more than we could have ever asked for, honestly. I challenge any of you to name a pair of siblings that wouldn’t jump at the chance to fight each other in front of a few thousand people, while a whole lot more watched the events from home.”

This time a chuckle cuts him off. He does not look at the camera but fans can see his hand clench into a tight fist as he realizes where his thoughts had led him to.

”Now that Jason has left on his world tour, Jet City isn’t around to give me direction anymore. I think that is the reason that I have been quiet. For a while I was thinking that maybe I could just fall back in with the same people that I used to hang around. I thought that the Kris Halich that you all would want to see, would be the one that found the most success here. I thought about throwing on the red hoodie, coming down to the ring to some Manson, and talking about how entitled the roster seems to act these days.”

As he speaks he takes a few steps before turning on his heel, and going back the other direction. As he finishes, he pauses while he runs over the faces of the people on the roster. Before he gets lost in it, he shakes the thought away. He stops, and actually looks up at the camera this time.

”What I’ve come to realize, is that isn’t me anymore. I’m not a nobody, despite what some people might try to sell you. I got off to a rough start here, but I kicked a whole lot of ass on my way to the Internet Championship and I held onto that thing for four months. I got to main event shows against people in the SCW Hall of Fame. I made such an impact that when I came back more than a year later, Jet City was a no brainer for a tag team title match. A tag team title match that we won that led to neither of us being pinned, or submitted since we the moment we signed a contract. For Jason, that means never actually being bested, at least in a technical sense, for his entire time here. I can’t call myself a nobody having done those things. It takes way too much effort to sell a lie, and everybody can always tell when you’re faking it. Look no further than Xander Bishop for an example of that.”

Not a chuckle, but a full bodied laugh cuts him off this time. It takes him a moment to get it under control, but once he does, his face melts back into that same irritated confusion from before.

”So what else could I do for direction? Shedding the nobody gimmick should have been a no brainer, because I actually turned my back on that once already. That’s the reason that Lexi pretty much can’t stand me. I picked up and ran with this “Accident” thing for a long time because it mirrored what people said about me. I had a recognizable last name when I popped up, so I accidentally lucked into the right places at the right times. The Nobodies were an accidental hit. Who thought that people would respond to people they could relate to? I accidentally got Despayre to start competing in singles when he had been part of a tag team for so long. Look at him now. Let’s also not forget the punchline of accidentally impregnating Liz Smalls.”

It brings a smirk to his lips. That was a subject that he no longer touched on a lot because it seemed like such a long time ago. However, it is wiped away just like his thoughts of reclaiming the mantle of ‘nobody’.

”Here’s the problem with all that, I’m not that person either. I didn’t accidentally show up in SCW. If you all remember, the first thing that I told all of you when I came back was that I was here for redemption. I was here to do things the right, and sober way. I wanted to step into the ring and know that I pushed things as far as they could go for as long as they could go every single time. Win or lose. To tell you the truth, more often than not I did this job just to collect a paycheck. Nothing more. Nothing less. When I made the decision to come back, it was to show everyone what I could do with actual motivation. Jet City winning and reigning over the tag division for four months wasn’t an accident.”

He reaches off camera and when he comes back to the center of the frame, he has a steel chair in hand that he unfolds and places a few feet in front of the camera, sitting down. He looks only at the floor for a second, bringing his hands up to his face to try to wipe the lack of sleep out of his eyes.

”Therein lies the problem though, right? My very actions seem to ruin every direction that I could go. Nothing that I have ever done quite fits the person that is sitting in front of you today. I’m a somebody, that’s here on purpose, that’s no longer being held back by an overprotective partner.”

As he goes he seems to get more and more excited about being “let out of the box” as Mikah had put it on Twitter. For the first time, the idea of shedding all of those identities did not seem to be weighing him down.

”A Blast From The Past partner is a little different from a regular partner though. I mean for one, she is much better looking. For two, she is a she. Although, I’m not 100% sure that is an actual difference from what I am used to. The jury is still out. We’re also not fighting to protect anything. From the first match Jet City had here, we had the titles and from that point it was just about keeping them. There was no chase. It was a balancing act. Blast From The Past is a chase, and the biggest chase that this company has to offer. Outlast teams comprised of literally anyone interested in joining from inside the company, or outside the company? All for the chance at winning a title shot? Not as a team really, but two individuals each trying to claim their prize.”

He lets his mind wander to what he would after winning the tournament. It all seemed so close. The reality of the situation brings him down out of his thoughts though.

”The match itself is even different. We can’t single a person out, because as soon as one person makes a tag, both teams switch things up. It goes against the very nature ot tag team wrestling to offer your opponent a free time out every time you tag. However, the fact that we are each pursuing our own prize by winning this, it means just about everyone can learn to coexist with someone for a few matches.”

He shrugs. Even someone like him, who was typically incapable of playing nice with anyone, could learn to play nice for a short period of time if the price was right. In the case of Blast From The Past, the price was perfect.

”I happened to get lucky. The random partners thing popped up my name right next to Polly Playtime. She may not be the most decorated person on the female side of this tournament, but she is probably the most like me. I can look at her and see the same, ‘fuck the world let’s go have fun at it’s expense’ look in her eye that I see in the mirror. When everyone participating in the tournament was announced, I made lists of who would be acceptable to team with and trust when I say that Polly’s name was on the top of the shortest of the shortlists. The fact is, she’s not even reached her full potential here yet. You can look at half of the names in this tournament and notice that they are past their best years. As Chelsea Payne has put it a few times, you can’t look around the locker room without seeing at least one reanimated corpse that SCW brought back for this tournament.”

At the mention of Chelsea’s name, he winks at the camera, no doubt part of the ongoing battle with her boyfriend. He was not about to lay off the rest of the people in the tournament though.

”In addition to the old, there are a lot of choices that were bad for more than one reason. For instance, I didn’t want to team with Amanda Cortez because it turns out I am allergic people with herpes. I could have never focused. I would have had to wear gloves just to tag in and out and that doesn’t sound fun at all. But it’s not just that. Some I just couldn’t stomach being around. One afternoon with Sam Marlowe and my brains would be art on the fucking wall. Our personalities clash. Mainly the fact that I have one, and she is way too far up on her moral high horse to allow herself to find her own. She literally worked concessions after Chelsea beat her. She’s a fucking doormat.”

He shakes his head, a light shiver running down his spine at the mere thought of having to deal with her week, after week, after week. That would not be a price worth paying. There was a light at the end of the tunnel though.

”But no…. I got Polly. It seems like we are going to be on the same page about most things without having to really even talk about them. Anybody that pays enough attention to either of us knows that putting us together just seems to make sense, and sound damn entertaining. We made it a point to pop up last week, even without a match, just to test the waters. That’s more than you can say about some of the teams in this tournament. Someone of them have been quiet. Some of them just blatantly hate each other, not unlike the team of Misty and Brother Grimm apparently.”

Some of the confidence that he has been lacking up to this point starts to come back as he turns towards the subject of the people that he was going to actually be in the ring with. He seems to stop himself from going any further though. It was not the right time or place, nor was it what he had sat down to talk about.

”There are just a few things that all of you need to understand going into Climax Control. As far as partners go, I hit the jackpot. As far as direction, I’m done searching for answers in the past. The only thing that matters is getting to the end of this tournament so that this next chapter, regardless of what it is going to be called, can go ahead and get kicked off sooner rather than later.”

He offers a smile before standing from the chair, and disappearing past the side of the camera. For a moment, it stays focused just on the chair, before the feeds cuts off to static.

===================================
===================================
===================================



4 April 2017
11:22 AM PDT
Jet City Sports Lab



Kris bursts through the glass double doors of the front entrance of the gym that he and Coby Quik had been slaving to get open over the last few weeks. Kris had even allowed Coby to unveil the gym as part of a dig at an opponent of his own. However, now that it had been announced to the public, their timetable to get it done was shrinking. The doors do not even fully close behind Kris before the noise he makes grabs Coby’s attention, who is working on organizing the layout of the gym.

”What are you so pissed off about so earlier in the morning?”

Kris makes short work of the distance in between himself and Coby, and tries, but fails, to calm himself down.


”Early? Coby it’s almost noon. This isn’t early. Early was when I was up at five o’clock with two very awake children after only getting about an hour of sleep because I have been having to secondhand argue with people all day, everyday, for like three weeks!”

Coby looks up confused.

”Secondhand argue?”

Kris’ phone beeps in his hand and he does not even look at the screen before spinning on his heel and throwing it as hard  as he can across the room. It first makes contact with one of the weight racks which splinters the phone into pieces that go multiple directions.

”Every time my phone goes off it is someone texting me, or calling me to tell me that Jason has changed something, or wants to do something different than the way we planned it.”

Coby nods in agreement with him, not seeing how it makes Kris any different from any of the rest of the people involved with the gym so far.

”Yeah, he is on his world vacation with that chick so he calls in to tell us all how horrible we are at doing all of his part of the work for him. Join the club dude.”

Kris steps forward and places both of his hands on Coby’s shoulders, which gets the smaller man to look up at him.

”No…. He calls all of you… and then all of you come to to me. He won’t talk to me. I won’t answer calls, and he ignores texts. The night we lost the titles, he said we needed a break, and that is the last time I have heard from him.”

Coby slaps both of Kris’ hands away and laughs.

”So you’re mad that your brother broke up with you? Dude haven’t you been going on and on for years about how you have done everything in your power to get him to go away and he refuses to leave you alone? Now you are actually complaining about the fact that he isn’t talking to you. If I didn’t know any better I’d say that you actually---”

Kris turns away from Coby and kicks a stack of workout mats that go flying.

”There’s just so much going on and I’m tired of being the person at the end of the chain. The sign outside says Jet City. Last I checked I am half of Jet City, and if I remember correctly, the better half after our match against each other. Now I’m suddenly not good enough to talk to.”

Coby laughs.

”How does Heather deal with you? You are like a big, whiny, man-baby, and she already had a toddler and a newborn at home. You just threw your phone across the room and broke it while you were throwing a tantrum. Just chill.”

Kris turns back to Coby confused, and then looks back and forth between him and where the phone shattered. After looking back and forth a few times, Kris points in the direction of the phone questioningly.

”You mean that phone?”

Coby nods, the confusion now spreading to his own face.

”What other phone would I be talking about?”

Kris shakes his head and smiles. His hand drops to his pocket and he pulls his phone from it, clicking the screen on, and showing Coby the background picture of Heather.

”My phone is fine.”

Coby points over at the decoy phone now totally lost.

”What was---”

Kris cuts him off, but is already backpedaling back towards the front of the gym.

”Oh, that one was yours. You left it outside and I walked past it on the way in. Chelsea has been looking for you...”

Coby takes one more look back at the shattered remains of the phone before taking off at a sprint towards Kris who pushes open the front door and takes off down the street.


===================================
===================================
===================================



”The problem with this tournament is the people that it brings out.”

This time when we open on the former SCW Tag Team Champion he is dressed as we would see him on his way down to the ring. He is sitting on a table, his back to the obstacle course that takes up half the floor space at the Jet City Sports Lab.

For the most part we get people from past and present SCW, with a couple outside faces popping in. I have been here while a few of these tournaments have been going on, but never lept into them before for that reason, and that reason alone. It attracts the stars of yesterday and unfamiliar faces. In a lot of cases, a good chunk of the people that show up in thr tournament have nothing better to do with their time than participate. They have sometimes spent months, or an entire year since the tournament last happened not involved in this business and staying safely at home.

He takes a drink from the bottle of water in his hand, and uses his other hand to brush away sweat from his brow.

”Meanwhile you have everyone on the roster here busting ass week in and week out. We have promos that you can watch for every match that we have ever been in. We pop up on the show even when we are not in the ring. Most of us even have some kind of Twitter presence where you can get a real feel for us without having to pay attention to the show even. We are easily accessible at the click of a button.”

He shakes his head, looking disappointed.


”To be completely honest with all of you, I when I wasn’t part of this company, I wasn’t paying any attention to it. Misty and I have both come and gone from SCW a few times, but we have never really been around at the same time. Before this match was announced the only thing that I knew about her was that she used to have some really bad memory problems. When she came back for this tournament the last time, she was very touchy about the subject and went as far as to block me on social media. Our paths never actually crossed to my knowledge. After this match was announced, I learned something else about Misty. I learned that there was some dude named Brother Grimm that has been trying to make her life hell for the last year. I shit you not, it was all news to me.”

He laughs, but there is something under the humor that was not yet coming through.


”I’m not trying to say that the people standing across from me at Climax Control are not to be taken seriously. These two are the second most successful combination in this tournament. They have six championship reigns in this company between the two of them, and have actually competed in this tournament before. Furthermore, they can both look back at the last few months and see exactly what Polly and I have been up to. They can plan for our exact timing in a match. They can see the mistakes that we were making right up to Blaze of Glory. The fact that we have been around week after week means that we are undoubtedly two of the most thoroughly scouted individuals in this tournament.”

He shrugs.

”Not even I have a response to that claim that is going to be able to sway any of you away from the belief that this is going to be probably the toughest challenge that I have ever come up against. What I can tell you, is that all the research in the world cannot make up for the fact that Polly and I doing this every single week is the best thing that we have going for us. Sure, it definitely means that we are going to be the less prepared team heading into this match, but it also means that we are the most ring ready. We know exactly how hard we can push ourselves today, not how hard we could do it months ago. Maybe that is what gives us the edge in this match. If it’s not that, maybe it will be the fact that we can actually get along.”

He pauses to let the dig settle in.

”The announcement for this match came with the disclaimer that Brother Grimm has made Misty’s life hell. If that is true, how can she stomach the idea of tagging him into the match. For that matter, why would she tag herself into the match in order to save him from catching a beating? I mean that’s the only reason to tag in this match, right? As long as you have the momentum you want to stay in the ring, because the moment you tag out, your opponent gets a breather. The only reason that Brother Grimm would be reaching to tag Misty’s hand would be because he needed her help. I don’t know about any of you, but no title shot is worth saving a person that was trying to ruin my life. No accolade in this business would be greater than knowing that I was the person that could offer help, but they were reaping exactly what they have sowed. Why would I throw that away in pursuit of a possible shot at a championship at the end of this tournament?”

He seems to consider the other side of the coin as well.


”Conversely, if I were trying to ruin a person’s life, why would I even attempt to function as a partner to that person? If my whole goal was to see them crushed, would I not just bring some popcorn down to ringside and witness the carnage first hand? It wouldn’t make sense to offer my hand and allow them reprieve from bodily harm if I wanted to see them in agony. Let’s face it, these two functioning as a team is not only unlikely and illogical, but goes against who they both are as people. Yet, standing across from that are two people with no ring rust at all that can actually manage to get along with one another.”

He tosses the half empty water bottle into a trash bin and uses a towel to dry his face before pushing off of the table.

”All things considered, I’m not sure either of our teams has an edge going in. We each have positives, and negatives, and highlighting every one of them would take lots of time and would be super boring for everyone involved. The fact is that you two have the experience in every possible way that you could define the term. On the other hand, my team is more than match ready, capable of working together, and made up of two people whose brightest days in this company are ahead of them and no longer in the rear view.”

He takes a step towards the camera, contemplating how he wants to close out. He hunches down so that his face is directly in front of the lens.

”Misty, you don’t even have to be on my radar for this match, because my sole purpose has to be to keep you on the apron. To me, this is just a match between me and Grimm with the added difficulty of making sure Polly’s shoulders stay off of the mat. The easiest way to do that is to keep you out of this match. It seems to be as good of a shot as I am going to get. ”

He laughs.

”So that just leaves us, Grimm. Which one of us is it going to be? I’m sure our opinions on the matter are not going to agree with one another, but I also think that you are banking on something that is just not going to happen. You whole shtick revolves around me being afraid of you. If you know anything about me, you know that I am already really well acquainted with real fear. That kind of terrified your life is ending and seeing it flash before your eyes kind of fear. There is nothing that a man inside a wrestling ring can say that is going to come close to that. There is no threat you can make. There is no harm you can inflict. The one weapon that you know to use, just isn’t going to cut it in the ring against me, and no amount of reading up on me is going to be able to prepare for that fact that I’m not a guy that follows a plan during a match. Not even I know how this is going to play out, and I’m not going to try and run it all through my head. When that bell rings, whatever happens, happens. I don’t see you besting me even if it was on your best day.”

He flicks the button on the side of the camera, cutting the feed off to static.


Pages: 1 2 [3] 4 5